Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.

gsbc · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker gsbc
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 882
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
annual 
meeting

The 26th Annual Meeting of Shareholders will be held 
at 10:00 a.m. CDT on Wednesday, May 6, 2015, at the 
Great Southern Operations Center, 218 S. Glenstone, 
Springfield, Missouri.

corporate
profile

In 1923, Great Southern Bank was started with a $5,000 
investment and has since grown to the company it is 
today. Our footprint spans eight states and we serve 
more than 163,000 households by providing them 
with a comprehensive line of products and services. 
With nearly 1,300 dedicated associates we provide 
exceptional service to our customers and it is our goal 
to understand what matters most in every interaction 
we have with them.  

With $4.0 billion in total assets, we are headquartered 
in Springfield, Mo. and operate 111 offices in eight 
states with 108 retail banking centers in Missouri, 
Arkansas, Kansas, Iowa, Nebraska and Minnesota, 
commercial lending offices in Dallas, Texas, Tulsa, 
Okla. and Overland Park, Kansas, and a home loan 
center in Springfield, Mo. Customers can expect 
the most convenient services possible, including the 
longest banking hours in town, mobile, online and 
telephone banking, plus a large ATM network.

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc., the holding 
company for Great Southern Bank, is a public 
company and its common stock (ticker: GSBC) is 
listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

As of December 31, 2014, there were 13,754,806 
total shares of common stock outstanding and 
approximately 2,000 shareholders of record.

The last sale price of the Company’s Common 
Stock on December 31, 2014 was $39.67.

stock 
information

HigH/Low Stock Price

2014 

2013 

2012

High 

Low 

High 

Low 

High 

Low

First Quarter 
$31.00 
Second Quarter  32.25 
Third Quarter 
33.77 
Fourth Quarter  40.28 

$26.95 
28.00 
29.53 
29.80 

$27.34 
28.00 
31.00 
31.23 

$23.31 
22.60 
25.71 
25.87 

$25.18 
27.71 
31.81 
31.49 

$20.60
21.25
27.22
24.25

DiviDenD Declarations

2014 

2013 

2012

First Quarter 
Second Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Fourth Quarter 

$.20 
.20 
.20 
.20 

$.18 
.18 
.18 
.18 

$.18
.18
.18
.18

C2

Corporate Headquarters

1451 E. Battlefield
Springfield, MO 65804
(800) 749-7113

MaILING address

P.O. Box 9009
Springfield, MO 65808

dIVIdeNd reINVestMeNt

For details on the automatic reinvestment  
of dividends in common stock of the  
Company call Computershare at  
(800) 368-5948 or visit computershare.com.

ForM 10-K

The Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission may 
be obtained from the Company’s website, 
GreatSouthernBank.com, the SEC website or 
without charge by request to:

Kelly Polonus
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
P.O. Box 9009
Springfield, MO 65808

INVestor reLatIoNs 

Kelly Polonus
Great Southern Bank
P.O. Box 9009
Springfield, MO 65808

audItors
BKD, L.L.P.
P.O. Box 1190
Springfield, MO 65801-1190

LeGaL CouNseL

Silver, Freedman, Taff and Tiernan, L.L.P.
3299 K St., N.W., Suite 100
Washington, DC 20007

Carnahan, Evans, Cantwell & Brown, P.C.
P.O. Box 10009
Springfield, MO 65808

traNsFer aGeNt aNd reGIstrar
Computershare Trust Company, N. A.
P.O. Box 30170
College Station, TX 77843-3170

 
 
 
to our shareholders

Making It 

Count

As we look back at 2014, we are pleased to report that Great Southern 
recorded strong financial results and significantly enhanced the 
franchise. Our team of nearly 1,300 associates enthusiastically executed 
our objectives and maximized opportunities that came our way. 
Headlines for 2014 included growth and expansion, improved credit 
quality and enhanced service. We grew through strategic acquisitions, 
but also grew significantly by taking advantage of the expansive multi-
state franchise that we’ve built over the last few years. Credit quality 
continued to improve bringing credit quality ratios to pre-financial crisis 
levels. Efforts to improve service never cease and we made great strides 
last year. 

expanding  
our Markets
In March 2014, we completed the acquisition of two Neosho, Mo., 
branches and certain customer accounts in St. Louis, which were 
acquired from Neosho-based Boulevard Bank. This acquisition enabled 
us to considerably increase our customer base and footprint in 
Neosho and the chance to serve more St. Louis customers through our 
existing banking center network. The combined Neosho and St. Louis 
transactions represented approximately $92 million in deposits and $11 
million in loans. The Neosho transaction did allow for elimination of 
redundant expenses. In June 2014, we consolidated our legacy Great 
Southern Neosho office into the former Boulevard Bank branch directly 
across the street, leaving two banking centers to serve this community. 

In June 2014, we participated in our fifth FDIC-assisted transaction 
since 2009.  Great Southern entered into a purchase and assumption 
agreement with the FDIC to acquire certain loans and other assets 
and assume all of the deposits of Valley Bank, a full-service bank 
headquartered in Moline, Ill., with significant operations in Iowa. Assets 

1

Joseph W. turner
President and  
chief executive officer

William V. turner
chairman of the Board

total assets
$3.95 billion

 2010  2011  2012  2013 2014

with a fair value of approximately $379 million were acquired and 
liabilities with a fair value of approximately $368 million, including an 
impressive non-time deposit base of $187 million, were assumed. This 
transaction, unlike our previous FDIC-assisted transactions, did not 
provide loss share coverage for the loans acquired and resulted in a 
bargain purchase gain of $10.8 million. 

Valley Bank operated 13 locations – six locations in the Quad Cities 
market area and seven in central Iowa, primarily in the Des Moines 
market area. This strategic acquisition provided the Company a new 
entry into the attractive Quad Cities market and expanded our presence 
in the Des Moines region. In September 2014, two underutilized Valley 
Bank locations were closed – one in Moline, Ill., and one in Altoona, 
Iowa. Operational systems conversion was completed in October 
2014, enabling all Great Southern and former Valley Bank customers 
to conduct business at any banking center throughout our footprint. 
Customer retention has been exceptional thanks to the hard work and 
commitment of our team of associates. 

New and expanding  
Loan relationships
We had a stellar year in serving the loan needs of commercial and 
consumer customers throughout our franchise. Total gross loans, 
excluding acquired covered loans, acquired non-covered loans and 
mortgage loans held for sale, increased $525.5 million, or 25.1%, from 
December 31, 2013, to December 31, 2014. Our loan portfolio mix 
continues to change favorably and is more diversified by loan type 
and geography than ever before. Nearly every major metropolitan 
market in our footprint is now staffed with a commercial lending team 
and we’re tapping into the business opportunities we knew existed 
when we initially entered these markets. While we have ramped up our 

2

production, our lenders have received a clear 
message as to our lending approach with 
expectations of non-speculative projects with 
appropriate equity. Despite pricing pressures 
and other competitive forces, our underwriting 
criteria remains conservative and is primarily 
centralized. 

2014

 2010  2011  2012 

2013

total capital
$420 million

Loan production is coming from the majority 
of our markets, including our new commercial 
loan production offices in Tulsa, Okla., and 
Dallas, Texas, which were both opened in 
February 2014. In our legacy portfolio in 2014, 
we experienced the largest growth in St. Louis, 
Dallas, Minneapolis, Tulsa, Springfield and 
Kansas City. We saw loan portfolio growth 
in nearly every loan type with the largest 
increases in the areas of commercial real estate 
loans, consumer loans and construction loans.

Our consumer lending division had another 
record-breaking year as we focused on 
leveraging our geographic footprint. The 
consumer lending portfolio increased by 
nearly $192.3 million, or 70%, from December 
31, 2013, to December 31, 2014. Indirect 
lending was the primary driver of the uptick 
in production as our Indirect Lending team, 
Business Bankers and banking center staff 
fostered relationships with established new 
car dealers that also sell used cars. Direct 
consumer loans, those originated through 
our banking center network, also increased in 
record numbers.   

Improved  
Credit quality 
We are pleased with the progress we made in 
2014 in improving our credit quality. Since the 
end of 2013, overall credit quality improved 
with a $20.3 million, or 23%, decrease in 
non-performing assets and potential problem 
loans, excluding those acquired from the 
FDIC.  Non-performing assets were 1.11% of 
total assets at December 31, 2014, compared 
to 1.74% of total assets at December 31, 2013.  
As a comparative, at December 31, 2014, SNL-
followed U.S. Banks with assets of $1 to $5 
billion had an average non-performing assets 
to assets ratio of 1.26%.  

The provision for loan losses for the year 
ended December 31, 2014, decreased $13.2 
million to $4.2 million when compared with the 
year ended December 31, 2013.  At December 
31, 2014, the allowance for loan losses was 
$38.4 million, a decrease of $1.7 million from 
December 31, 2013.  Total net charge-offs 
were $5.8 million and $17.9 million for the 
years ended December 31, 2014, and 2013, 
respectively.  The decrease in net charge-offs 

  2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014

total deposits
$2.99 billion

total loans
$3.04 billion

 2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 2014

and provision for loan losses in the year ended December 31, 2014, were 
consistent with our expectations. 

our Network 
access for Customers at the right time and place 

Serving our customers how, when and where they prefer and doing 
so efficiently is vital to our ongoing success. Customer preferences 
continually change; products and services evolve, as well as how to 
access them. The challenge is how to address these preferences when 
individual customer desires change at varying degrees and speeds. 
It’s a balancing act, especially with the fast pace of technological 
developments. One size does not fit all. 

For years, the future role of the banking center has been a topic of 
much discussion in the industry. Many banks are trimming their banking 
center network and hours of operation in light of the predominance of 
self-service channels, like mobile banking and online banking. Like the 
rest of the banking industry, a large number of our customers enjoy the 
convenience of mobile and online banking and we are seeing steady 
increases in adoption. However, we do not believe that electronic 
banking will be the demise of the banking center altogether; albeit 
transactions such as account deposits and cashing checks in the banking 
center are steadily decreasing. We find that most customers still prefer 
to utilize a banking center for their more complex financial needs. 

The number of banking centers we operate will change over time as 
we regularly analyze utilization, performance, profitability and market 
potential. In 2014, besides expanding our banking center network 
through acquisitions, we opened two new offices to enhance our 
presence in two key markets and closed two facilities. Our first full-
service banking center was opened in Fayetteville, Ark., located in the 
burgeoning Northwest Arkansas corridor and home of the University 

3

of Arkansas. This office represents our second location in Northwest 
Arkansas, with the other located in nearby Rogers, Ark. In the St. Louis 
metropolitan area, we opened a full-service banking center in Ferguson, 
Mo., in June 2014. This office is located in the northern region of 
the metropolitan area where we lacked a presence. Two leased and 
underutilized banking centers were closed after careful consideration– 
one in Lamar, Mo., and another in Johnston, Iowa. 

Looking ahead, two new offices are expected to be opened in 2015. At 
the time of this writing, construction of a full-service banking center at 
3200 S. Providence Road in Columbia, Mo., is nearing completion and 
should open for business in April 2015.  The home of the University of 
Missouri, Columbia is a strong and dynamic market serving as a regional 
medical hub and home to several large corporations. The University 
of Missouri draws students from cities and towns from all Missouri and 
beyond. With our Company’s extensive footprint in Missouri, many 
households with college-aged students will find it advantageous to use 
Great Southern at home and away at school in Columbia.  

In mid-2014, the Company purchased a 20,000-square-foot former 
bank office building in Leawood, Johnson County, Kan., a suburb of 
the Kansas City metropolitan market area. Scheduled to be open for 
business in mid-2015, the office will house the Kansas City commercial 
lending group, currently located in nearby Overland Park, Kan., and 
a retail banking center. Additional space in the building is leased to 
tenants unrelated to the Company.  

To improve customer service in our banking centers, we made getting 
a debit card much faster and easier. Instead of waiting seven to 10 
days for a card to arrive in the mail, customers can now walk out of any 
banking center with a fully-activated debit card. “Instant issue” debit 
card technology was deployed at all 108 banking centers and gives us a 
competitive advantage in many of our markets. 

total
net income
$42.95 million

  2010 

2011 

2012 

2013  2014

4

Book Value 
per common share
$26.30

 2010  2011  2012  2013 2014

Research began in 2014 on the feasibility of 
utilizing technologically-advanced ATMs, 
commonly called interactive teller machines 
(ITMs). An ITM looks similar to a traditional 
ATM, but it gives the customer the choice of 
self-service or connecting with a remote live 
teller in a highly personalized, two-way audio/
video interaction. The machines work like 
any other ATM unless the customer pushes 
a button to request a live teller on a video 
monitor. The teller on the screen controls that 
machine and all of its functions. For example, 
if a customer loses or forgets his ATM card, he 
can prove his identity by showing the teller a 
driver’s license and get cash. Customers can 
also cash a check to the penny and receive 
bills in any denomination they request. A pilot 
study is on tap for 2015. We expect to deploy 
three ITMs at selected sites to gain a better 
understanding of this technology and gauge 
customer acceptance. 

the  
end result
Our focus on executing our strategy 
culminated in our solid financial performance 
in 2014. Earnings and capital remained strong.  
Our core net interest margin (excluding 
loss share accretion) was relatively stable at 
3.83% for the year ended 2014, as compared 
to 3.66% for 2013. Net income available to 
common shareholders for 2014 was $43.0 
million, or $3.10 per diluted common share, 
compared to $33.2 million, or $2.42 per diluted 

common share for the year ended 2013. The 
Company ended the year with assets of $4.0 
billion. Total stockholders’ equity increased to 
$419.7 million at December 31, 2014, or 10.6% 
of total assets. Common stockholders’ equity 
was $361.8 million, or 9.2% of total assets, 
equivalent to a book value of $26.30 per 
common share at the end of 2014. Shareholder 
dividends of $0.20 per common share were 
declared in each of the four quarters of 2014. 
Consecutive quarterly dividends have been 
paid to common shareholders since 1990.  

One additional capital item to note relates 
to the U.S. Treasury’s Small Business Lending 
Fund (SBLF) preferred stock we have 
outstanding, which totals approximately $58 
million. The Company has participated in the 
SBLF since 2011. We are currently paying a 
dividend to the Treasury of 1%, the lowest 
rate possible in the program and a very 
favorable cost of capital. Our Bank earnings 
have afforded us the ability to distribute 
cash in the form of dividends to the holding 
company such that we now have enough 
cash there to fully repay the SBLF funds. We 
currently anticipate repaying these funds prior 
to the first quarter of 2016, at which time the 
dividend rate on any unpaid balance would 
increase from 1% to 9%.

Making it count  
in 2015
In 2015, our strategic direction is deliberate 
and straightforward. We are optimistic about 
our prospects in 2015, as we see tremendous 
opportunity in our expanded franchise. Key 
priorities in 2015 include attracting new 
customers and deepening relationships with 
existing customers, managing interest rate 
risk, sustaining a strong credit discipline, 
maintaining strong capital and appropriate 
liquidity levels, and investing in our 
communities. We remain open to growing 
by acquisition; however, the number of 
FDIC-assisted deals available has diminished 
significantly over the last several years. We will 
only consider open bank deals that provide an 
acceptable return to our shareholders.     

Total return*
5 year cumulative
$215

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.

NASDAQ Composite

NASDAQ Financial

$215

$100

 2009 

2010 

2011 

2012 

2013  2014

* The graph above compares the cumulative total stockholder return on GSBC 
Common Stock to the cumulative total returns of the NASDAQ U.S. Stock Index 
and the NASDAQ Financial Stocks Index for the period from December 31, 2009 
through December 31, 2014. The graph assumes that $100 was invested in GSBC 
Common Stock on December 31, 2009 and that all dividends were reinvested.

Opportunities abound to better serve our customers, mentor our 
associates, add value to our shareholders’ investment, or make our 
communities better places to live. It’s our job to take advantage of these 
opportunities, or even create them, and make what we do count.

As we move ahead, we pledge to keep the long-term success of the 
Company and the long-term interests of our shareholders in mind in 
every decision we make. We want to thank our associates for their 
tremendous focus and effort over the past year; our customers for giving 
us the opportunity to serve their needs; and our shareholders for your 
continued confidence in the bright future of our Company. We also owe 
a debt of gratitude to our Board of Directors for their guidance and 
leadership, and we welcome our newest Board member, Mr. Doug Pitt.

Sincerely yours,

William V. Turner

Joseph W. Turner

5

putting our

resources

where it counts

In 2014, one of our major focuses was on growing our loan portfolio. 
To do this, we knew we had to invest in new markets to facilitate this 
growth, while continuing to take advantage of the network we’ve worked 
hard to establish. One step we took to help accomplish our goals was 
the opening of our loan production offices (LPOs) in Dallas, Texas, and 
Tulsa, Okla., attractive markets that have impressive growth potential. 
We hired experienced bankers with deep market knowledge to manage 
these offices. We are pleased with our progress in these markets thus far, 
and expect our success to continue. 

Overall, our loan portfolio grew by more than 25%, or more than 
$525 million, in 2014. This is primarily due to significant increases in 
commercial real estate loans, consumer loans and construction loans, 
and is a testament to how we’ve invested our resources where it counts.

Our consumer lending division had yet another record-breaking year in 
2014. In 2013, we were focused on leveraging our geographic footprint, 
and that continued to be our strategy last year. We certainly reaped 
the benefits of this strategy, too, seeing total loan production from this 
segment surge to more than $321 million, an increase of more than $182 
million from 2013 production levels. This is a direct result of significant 
gains in our indirect lending portfolio. This growth was made possible 
by continued expansion of our existing relationships with car dealerships 
and adding new ones, while taking advantage of the full power of our 
geographic footprint.

2012  2013  2014
$468 million+
total  
Consumer  
loan portfolio

commercial 
loan 
projects

With every loan we fund, there is an 
idea, a vision or a story. Our lending 
efforts often give us the opportunity 
to provide funding for projects that  
help revitalize a neighborhood, spur 
economic development or simply 
enhance the quality of life. We’ve been 
involved with historic renovations, low-
income housing projects, a development 
serving our nation’s veterans and much 
more. Here are but a few of the many, 
many projects that make us proud.

Market Lofts davenport, Iowa
We worked with a company out of St. Louis, Mo. called Restoration St. 
Louis, Inc. to provide financing for the renovation of this historic four-
story building that was built in 1905. Market Lofts in Davenport, Iowa 
features hotel-style living centered in Davenport’s Loft District.

Catoosa Hills Catoosa, okla.
Catoosa Hills is a 66-acre shopping center stretching along I-44 in 
Catoosa, Okla. The center is located across the street from the Cherokee 
Hard Rock Casino and includes several restaurants, a movie theater and 
brought nearly 1,000 new jobs to the area.

6
6

A

B

C

D

E

F

Bissinger’s st. Louis, Mo.
Bissinger’s Handcrafted Chocolatier is a high-end chocolate company 
that has been based in St. Louis since 1927. They recently relocated 
their headquarters to just north of the Arch in downtown St. Louis. 
The new location is near the riverfront and the building, which is 
on the National Register of Historic Places, underwent significant 
renovations to house the company’s operations.

union station st. Louis, Mo.
Our participation in this project helped our borrower not only acquire 
this historic landmark property, but perform renovations that turned 
it into a luxury hotel in downtown St. Louis. As you can see, this is 
a beautiful site and a project with which we are very proud to be 
associated.

Freedom place 
st. Louis, Mo.
Freedom Place is a 
permanent housing 
project for formerly 
homeless veterans 
located in St. Louis, Mo., 
providing affordable 
apartments for America’s 
heroes. It is a 100% 
special needs housing 
development that 
provides homeless 
veterans a permanent 
home, as well as the 
supportive services 
necessary to maintain it.

C

power and Light Building Kansas City, Mo.
The Historic Power and Light Building is located in the heart of 
downtown Kansas City. The renovation of this building turned it from 
a once-mostly vacant office building to luxury lofts. The location 
puts tenants mere steps away from premier entertainment venues, 
restaurants and shops the area has to offer. 

Cambria suites plano, texas
Cambria Suites Hotel in Plano, Texas is a luxury hotel located within 
walking distance of Shops at Legacy, an urban lifestyle center in the 
area, and close to offices of several large corporations.

Frisco Lofts springfield, Mo.
Frisco Lofts is a beautiful, new multi-family housing development in 
downtown Springfield. The historic Frisco building underwent the 
necessary renovations to turn the former office building into low-
income housing in Springfield.

77

a

B

D

E

F

improving our

efficiency,
convenience
 and cost 
savings

with technology

Mobile Check 
deposit
Great Southern Bank 
Mobile Check Deposit, 
our service that allows 
customers to deposit 
checks directly from their 
smartphone using the 
Mobile Banking App, 
continues to grow in 
customer use. In 2014, this 
service averaged more 
than $1 million deposited 
per month and grew by an 
average of more than 100 
new users per month.

Mobile app
We continue to see active 
use for the Great Southern 
Mobile Banking App. 
As trends in technology 
move forward, we update 
our Mobile App to 
ensure a high-quality user 
experience. Services like 
Mobile Check Deposit, 
which is accessed through 
the Mobile App, enhance 
the customer experience. 
For 2015, we’re working on 
a feature known as “Secure 
Swipe,” which allows 
customers the ability to turn 
their debit cards on and 
off, helping to increase the 
security of their accounts.

check 
balance

text Banking
Great Southern Bank 
Text Banking, our service 
that allows customers to 
manage their accounts 
utilizing text messages, 
continued to see increased 
use in 2014. Each month, 
we saw an increase in 
active users and we 
currently have more than 
3,300 customers who use 
the product on a regular 
basis. The service not 
only allows customers to 
manage their accounts, but 
also helps them keep track 
of their account activity 
with Text Alerts.

atM Network
We constantly evaluate our 
ATM network to ensure 
it remains as convenient 
for our customers as 
possible. In the last year, 
we’ve added deposit 
taking ATMs in certain 
areas where they are most 
beneficial. We’re also in 
the process of evaluating 
Interactive Teller Machines 
for areas where we know 
we have customers who 
would benefit.

Instant Issue debit Cards
The service we were most excited about rolling out in 
2014 was Instant Issue Debit Cards. Now our customers 
can come to any of our banking centers and leave 
within minutes with a new debit card activated and 
ready for use. This service enhances the customer 
experience for new customers and current customers 
alike. It also helps maintain customer convenience levels 
in times of mass debit card reissues, which continue to 
be prevalent in our industry for a variety of reasons.

8

serving our customers

In 2014, we continued to make investments in our products and services to make them more 
efficient and convenient for our customers and the Company. The newest service we rolled 
out in 2014, and the one about which we are most excited, is Instant Issue Debit Cards. 
This service now allows our customers to walk out of the banking center with their debit 
card in hand after opening their account. You can read more about this great service below. 
Additionally, we continue to make improvements to services like our website, Mobile Banking 
App, ATM network and more.

While we are working to bring our customers the self-service channels they desire, we 
continue to focus on ensuring our banking centers remain relevant and viable options. As we 
move forward with new products and services, we must continue to be mindful of existing 
products and services to ensure they remain effective and efficient.

Go  
team!

Website
We continue to make 
improvements to our 
website as they are 
needed. Our website is 
viewed as not only an 
extension of our brand, but 
as another banking center. 
Customers have the ability 
to open accounts, manage 
their accounts through 
Great Southern Online 
Banking, apply for loans 
and learn more about our 
Company.

social Media
Our social media presence 
is a constant focus. The 
importance of being able 
to provide our customers 
with a two-way channel for 
communication cannot be 
overstated. Additionally, 
social media channels 
such as Facebook give 
us an avenue for cost-
effective advertising and 
public relations. Sites like 
Google+ help improve 
search engine optimization 
for the Company.

partnerships
Our sports partnerships 
continue to grow with 
our franchise. In 2014, we 
added a few new faces 
to our family of sports 
relationships. We began 
relationships with the Iowa 
Cubs and the University 
of Iowa. Both of these 
great organizations allow 
us to be active members 
in our communities and 
create important brand 
awareness.

Marketing
Taking advantage of both 
traditional and digital 
marketing allows us to 
target our efforts in unique 
ways. Our Olympics 
campaign included TV, 
radio and Facebook ads, 
along with a Facebook 
contest and giveaways. 
We’ve also had great 
response rates to our 
Pandora radio and Yahoo 
mobile ads. With our 
expanding footprint, we 
can use multiple channels 
to get the best return on 
our advertising dollars in 
each market.

expanding our  

reach & 
relationships

with our customers
through multiple  
channels

9

we
doubled
our presence
in iowa

central iowa
& quad Cities

2014 was another year of aggressive growth 
for our Company, headlined by the acquisition 
of the former Valley Bank in an FDIC-assisted 
transaction that helped to heighten our 
presence in Iowa. 

This acquisition supported our long-term 
strategy of strengthening our presence across 
the state of Iowa. Our footprint grew by 
12 banking centers in the Des Moines and 
Quad Cities markets of Iowa, the Quad Cities 
market representing a community we hadn’t 
previously served. 

Entering the Quad Cities market represents 
a great opportunity for the Company as it 
is home to more than 27,000 businesses 
including the John Deere world headquarters, 
Alcoa and Kraft. It’s located in the heart of 
the Midwest along the Mississippi River, 
and is surrounded by 40 colleges and 
universities within a 90-mile radius, including 
12 community colleges, two public four-year 
universities, two public satellite campuses and 
24 private colleges. The region’s surroundings 
and commitment to education, art and culture 
make it a great place to do business.

10

expanding our

presence

where it counts

9 new 
communities
23,000+ 
total new 
households

sW Missouri

In January 2014, we entered into an agreement with Boulevard 
Bank to purchase two of their branches in Neosho, Mo., 
and acquire certain deposit and loan relationships from its 
branch in the St. Louis, Mo., area. The acquisition represented 
approximately $92 million in deposits and $11 million in loans. 
Neosho is a market our company has served for more than 
20 years and this transaction allowed us to strengthen our 
presence in this great community. 

st. Louis metro

In June 2014, we opened our eighth full-service banking 
center in the St. Louis metro market in the community of 
Ferguson, Mo. The new facility serves customers six days a 
week and is located in the northern region of the metropolitan 
area where we lacked a presence. To lead the banking center, 
we assembled a team of experienced, local bankers who 
understand the needs of the community.

Go  
hogs!

NW arkansas

Also in June 2014, we opened our second full-service 
banking center in the burgeoning Northwest Arkansas 
market. This banking center, located in Fayetteville 
right down the road from the University of Arkansas, 
serves customers six days a week. It, too, is led by a 
team of local banking veterans.

11

do

Volunteerism comes in many forms and everyone’s role is 
important in making a meaningful impact. Our bankers 
are more than bankers. They’re mentors, board members, 
advisors, committee members, educators and so much 
more. We’re proud of our associates and the time and 
energy they give to their community.

8,400+
volunteer hours

Walking dogs  

at anmimal shelters 
• organizing clothes 

for foster children 
• cleaning homes for 
the  elderly • being on 
call for victims centers 
• chaperoning prom for 
special needs students • 
preparing meals for the 
homeless • hosting pajama 
party for women’s shelter • 
filling backpacks for kids  
in need • serving breakfast 
to veterans • donating 
blood • walking to 
fight cancer • serving 
on nonprofit boards • 
distributing clothes and 
food to the homeless 
• mentoring at risk 

students • supporting 

the local arts • 

giving families a 

bright holiday • 

teaching  
kids to  

save

GIVING
BaCK

in ways that count

In early 2014, we created our Community Matters Program, a program 
designed to serve as the foundation for our Company’s philosophy 
of how we strengthen our communities by leading, doing, giving and 
teaching. 

These four initiatives represent the best ways in which we can effectively 
serve all of our communities. It is our goal to make a meaningful impact 
on these communities. We accomplish this by being active leaders in 
improving our local economies, assisting our community partners in 
meeting the needs of these communities through nonprofit donations, 
encouraging our associates to volunteer in meaningful projects and 
teaching financial education to children, teens, adults and seniors. 

Banks play a vital role in the life of their communities. The engagement 
of bankers at all levels is crucial to the strength and growth of vibrant 
communities. After all, a bank can only be as strong as the communities 
it serves. 

2014 was a great year for our associates and the investments they made 
into our communities. Our associates gave more than 8,400 hours of 
documented volunteer time at more than 700 volunteer service events. 
We also had more than 220 associates serve a nonprofit in a leadership 
capacity and more than 430 different nonprofit organizations were 
served by our volunteers. Our associates also donated more than 
$51,000 to local and national nonprofits through our Community Matters 
Casual Days, days in which associates are allowed to wear jeans for a 
small donation.

Collectively, Great Southern Bank and its associates gave more than 
$1,000,000 to local and national nonprofits in 2014, further solidifying our 
focus on giving back in ways that count.

1212

  220+

  associates in

non-profit
leadership
roles

lead

We share a common goal 
with other members of our 
communities – the desire for 
a strong, thriving economy. 
Therefore, it makes sense to 
invest in our communities to 
bring more resources and 
opportunities to impact local 
people. We’re committed 
to fostering growth and 
long-term success, because 
a thriving, strong economy 
means more success for 
everyone.

Inspiring others

As part of our Community Matters Program, we also introduced the Bill and Ann 
Turner Distinguished Community Service Award. This annual award was named after 
our chairman, Bill Turner, and his wife Ann, who have been instrumental in creating 
a community-minded culture since joining the Company in 1974. Developed by our 
associate-led Community Matters Team, the award emphasizes the importance placed 
on volunteerism at Great Southern Bank by honoring one outstanding associate who 
demonstrates excellence in volunteer service to their community.

Andrea Brady, the recipient of our inaugural Bill and Ann Turner Distinguished 
Community Service Award, is pictured above being presented the award by our 
Chairman, Bill Turner. Andrea’s relentless commitment to her community is truly 
inspiring and the quality that impressed our judges the most. She is willing to do 
anything for anyone, regardless of their circumstances or stature.

give

Through our Community 
Matters Charitable Giving 
Program, our company 
donates hundreds of 
thousands of dollars annually 
to nonprofit organizations, 
focusing primarily in areas 
of education, health and 
human services, community 
and economic development, 
arts and culture and our 
partnership with United Way.

$85,000+

donated by our
associates

$1,000,000+

donated by
Great southern Bank

3,500+
students

learned to save

teach

We believe that banking and education go hand in 
hand. From the first connection with our customers, 
we are their financial educators. We listen to 
their needs and guide them through options to 
determine what works best for their financial lifestyle 
and financial security. This education goes outside 
the banking walls and into the community. Our 
associates are lending their talents and expertise 
in the community by volunteering to help children, 
teens, adults, seniors and small businesses learn 
about finance and money management.

13

 
 
 
directors

of Great southern 
Bancorp, Inc. and 
Great southern Bank

Back Row

douGlas M. pitt
Board Member
Business Owner and 
Care To Learn Founder

earl a. steinert, Jr.
Board Member
Co-owner, EAS Investment  
Enterprises, Inc./CPA

Larry D. Frazier
Board Member
Retired – Hollister, Mo.

Grant q. Haden
Board Member
Attorney and Managing 
Partner, Haden, Cowherd 
and Bullock LLC

thomas J. Carlson
Board Member
President, Mid America 
Management, Inc.

Front Row

William e. Barclay
Board Member
Retired – Springfield, Mo.

Joseph W. turner
President and 
Chief Executive Officer

William V. turner
Chairman of the Board

Julie t. Brown
Board Member
Shareholder, Carnahan, 
Evans, Cantwell & 
Brown, P.C.

tammy 
Baurichter
Controller

Kris Conley
Director of  
Retail Banking

rex Copeland*
Chief Financial 
Officer

debbie Flowers
Director of Credit  
Risk Administration

doug Marrs*
Director of 
Operations

Lin thomason*
Director of 
Information Services

steve Mitchem*
Chief Lending  
Officer

Bryan tiede
Director of Risk 
Management

Kelly polonus
Director of 
Communications
and Marketing

Matt snyder
Director of Human 
Resources

Joe turner*
President and  
Chief Executive 
Officer

*Denotes Executive Officer

14

leadership
team

marking  
an important 
year

In 2014, we celebrated 

our 25th year on 

the NASDAQ Stock 

Exchange. We’d like to 

thank our shareholders, 

associates, customers 

and communities for 

our continued growth 

and success.

15

selected 
Consolidated 
Financial  
data

Summary Statement of 
  Condition Information: 
  Assets 
  Loans receivable, net 
  Allowance for loan losses 
  Available-for-sale securities 
  Other real estate owned, net 
  Deposits 
  Total borrowings 
  Stockholders’ equity (retained 
    earnings substantially restricted) 
  Common stockholders’ equity 
  Average loans receivable 
  Average total assets 
  Average deposits 
  Average stockholders’ equity 
  Number of deposit accounts 
  Number of full-service offices 

2014 

2013 

December 31,
2012 

(Dollars in Thousands)

2011 

2010

$3,951,334 
3,053,427 
38,435 
365,506 
45,838 
2,990,840 
514,014 

419,745 
361,802 
2,784,106 
3,824,493 
3,007,588 
402,670 
217,877 
108 

$3,560,250 
2,446,769 
40,116 
555,281 
53,514 
2,808,626 
343,795 

380,698 
322,755 
2,403,544 
3,789,876 
2,996,941 
378,650 
192,323 
96 

$3,955,182 
2,346,467 
40,649 
807,010 
68,874 
3,153,193 
391,114 

369,874 
311,931 
2,326,273 
4,005,613 
3,199,683 
352,282 
197,733 
107 

$3,790,012 
2,153,081 
41,232 
875,411 
67,621 
2,963,539 
485,853 

324,587 
266,644 
2,007,914 
3,496,860 
2,671,710 
316,486 
189,288 
104 

$3,411,505
1,899,386
41,487
769,546
60,262
2,595,893
495,554

304,009
247,529
2,019,361
3,528,043
2,661,164
309,558
171,278
75

The tables on pages 16, 17, and 18 set forth selected consolidated financial information 
and other financial data of the Company. The selected statement of condition and 
statement of operations data, insofar as they relate to the years ended December 
31, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, are derived from our Consolidated Financial 
Statements, which have been audited by BKD, LLP.  See Item 6. “Selected Consolidated 
Financial Data,” Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations,” and Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary 
Information” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K. Results for past periods are 
not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any future period. 

16

 
 
 
 
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
selected 

Consolidated 

Financial  

data

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2010

December 31,

(Dollars in Thousands)

Summary Statement of 

  Condition Information: 

  Assets 

  Loans receivable, net 

  Allowance for loan losses 

  Available-for-sale securities 

  Other real estate owned, net 

  Deposits 

  Total borrowings 

  Stockholders’ equity (retained 

    earnings substantially restricted) 

  Common stockholders’ equity 

  Average loans receivable 

  Average total assets 

  Average deposits 

  Average stockholders’ equity 

  Number of deposit accounts 

  Number of full-service offices 

$3,951,334 

3,053,427 

38,435 

365,506 

45,838 

2,990,840 

514,014 

419,745 

361,802 

2,784,106 

3,824,493 

3,007,588 

402,670 

217,877 

108 

$3,560,250 

2,446,769 

40,116 

555,281 

53,514 

2,808,626 

343,795 

380,698 

322,755 

2,403,544 

3,789,876 

2,996,941 

378,650 

192,323 

96 

$3,955,182 

2,346,467 

40,649 

807,010 

68,874 

3,153,193 

391,114 

369,874 

311,931 

2,326,273 

4,005,613 

3,199,683 

352,282 

197,733 

107 

$3,790,012 

2,153,081 

41,232 

875,411 

67,621 

2,963,539 

485,853 

324,587 

266,644 

2,007,914 

3,496,860 

2,671,710 

316,486 

189,288 

104 

$3,411,505

1,899,386

41,487

769,546

60,262

2,595,893

495,554

304,009

247,529

2,019,361

3,528,043

2,661,164

309,558

171,278

75

The tables on pages 16, 17, and 18 set forth selected consolidated financial information 

and other financial data of the Company. The selected statement of condition and 

statement of operations data, insofar as they relate to the years ended December 

31, 2014, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, are derived from our Consolidated Financial 

Statements, which have been audited by BKD, LLP.  See Item 6. “Selected Consolidated 

Financial Data,” Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 

and Results of Operations,” and Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary 

Information” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K. Results for past periods are 

not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any future period. 

Summary Statement of Operations Information:
Interest income: 
  Loans 

Investment securities and other 

Interest expense: 
  Deposits 
  Federal Home Loan Bank advances 
  Short-term borrowings and repurchase agreements 
  Subordinated debentures issued to capital trust 

Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 
Net interest income after  provision for loan losses 
Noninterest income:
  Commissions 
  Service charges and ATM fees 
  Net realized gains on sales of loans 
  Net realized gains on sales of 
    available-for-sale securities 

  Recognized impairment of available-for-sale securities 
  Late charges and fees on loans 
  Gain (loss) on derivative interest rate products 
  Gain recognized on business acquisitions 
  Accretion (amortization) of income/expense related 

    to business acquisition 

  Other income 

Noninterest expense:
  Salaries and employee benefits 
  Net occupancy expense 
  Postage 

Insurance 
  Advertising 
  Office supplies and printing 
  Telephone 
  Legal, audit and other professional fees 
  Expense on foreclosed assets 
  Partnership tax credit 
  Other operating expenses 

Income from continuing operations 

  before income taxes 
Provision for income taxes 
Net income from continuing operations 
Discontinued Operations

2014 

For the Year Ended December 31,
2012 
2011 
(In Thousands)

2013 

2010

$  172,569  $  163,903 
14,892 
  178,795 

10,793 
  183,362 

$  170,163 
23,345 
  193,508 

$  171,201  $  145,832
27,359
  173,191

27,466 
  198,667 

11,225 
2,910 
1,099 
567 
15,801 
  167,561 
4,151 
  163,410 

12,346 
3,972 
2,324 
561 
19,203 
  159,592 
17,386 
  142,206 

20,720 
4,430 
2,610 
617 
28,377 
  165,131 
43,863 
  121,268 

26,370 
5,242 
2,965 
569 
35,146 
  163,521 
35,336 
  128,185 

38,427
5,516
3,329
578
47,850
  125,341
35,630
89,711

1,163 
19,075 
4,133 

2,139 
– 
1,400 

(345)   

10,805 

1,065 
18,227 
4,915 

243 
– 
1,264 
295 
– 

1,036 
19,087 
5,505 

2,666 
(680) 
1,028 
(38) 
31,312 

(27,868)   
4,229 
14,731 

(25,260) 
4,566 
5,315 

(18,693) 
4,779 
46,002 

56,032 
23,541 
3,578 
3,837 
2,404 
1,464 
2,866 
3,957 
5,636 
1,720 
15,824 
  120,859 

52,468 
20,658 
3,315 
4,189 
2,165 
1,303 
2,868 
4,348 
4,068 
2,108 
8,128 
  105,618 

51,262 
20,179 
3,301 
4,476 
1,572 
1,389 
2,768 
4,323 
8,748 
1,825 
8,760 
  108,603 

57,282 
13,753 
43,529 

41,903 
8,174 
33,729 

58,667 
14,580 
44,087 

896 
18,063 
3,524 

483 
(615) 
651 
(10) 
16,486 

(37,797) 
2,450 
4,131 

43,606 
15,220 
3,096 
4,840 
1,316 
1,268 
2,270 
3,803 
11,846 
2,035 
6,226 
95,526 

36,790 
7,133 
29,657 

767
18,652
3,765

8,787
–
767
–
–

(10,427)
2,018
24,329

39,908
13,480
3,231
4,463
1,754
1,447
2,158
2,832
4,914
161
6,723
81,071

32,969
9,669
23,300

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes 

Net income  
Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion 
Non-cash deemed preferred stock dividend 
Net income available to common shareholders 

– 
43,529 
579 
– 

– 
33,729 
579 
– 
$  42,950  $  33,150 

4,619 
48,706 
608 
– 
$  48,098 

612 
30,269 
2,798 
1,212 

565
23,865
3,403
–
$  26,259  $  20,462

16

17

 
 
 
 
   
   
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
selected 
Consolidated 
Financial  
data

2014 

Per Common Share Data:
  Basic earnings per common share 
  Diluted earnings per common share 
  Diluted earnings from continuing operations per 
    common share 
  Cash dividends declared 
  Book value per common share 
  Average shares outstanding 
  Year-end actual shares outstanding 
  Average fully diluted shares outstanding 

Earnings Performance Ratios:
  Return on average assets(1) 
  Return on average stockholders’ equity(2) 
  Non-interest income to average total assets 
  Non-interest expense to average total assets 
  Average interest rate spread(3) 
  Year-end interest rate spread 
  Net interest margin(4) 
  Efficiency ratio(5) 
  Net overhead ratio(6) 
  Common dividend pay-out ratio(7) 

Asset Quality Ratios (8):
  Allowance for loan losses/year-end loans 
  Non-performing assets/year-end loans and foreclosed assets 
  Allowance for loan losses/non-performing loans 
  Net charge-offs/average loans 
  Gross non-performing assets/year end assets 
  Non-performing loans/year-end loans 

Balance Sheet Ratios:  
  Loans to deposits 
  Average interest-earning assets as a percentage
     of average interest-bearing liabilities 

Capital Ratios:
  Average common stockholders’ equity to average assets 
  Year-end tangible common stockholders’ equity to assets 
  Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.:
     Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio 
     Total risk-based capital ratio 
     Tier 1 leverage ratio 
  Great Southern Bank:
     Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio 
     Total risk-based capital ratio 
     Tier 1 leverage ratio 
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock  
Dividend Requirement (9):
  Including deposit interest 
  Excluding deposit interest 

At and For the Year Ended December 31,
2012 

2011 
 (Number of shares in thousands)

2013 

$  3.14 
3.10 

$  2.43 
2.42 

$  3.55 
3.54 

3.10 
0.80 
  26.30 
  13,700 
  13,755 
  13,876 

2.42 
0.72 
  23.60 
  13,635 
  13,674 
  13,715 

3.20 
0.72 
  22.94 
  13,534 
  13,596 
  13,592 

$  1.95 
  1.93 

  1.89 
  0.72 
  19.78 
 13,462 
 13,480 
 13,626 

1.14% 

0.89% 

1.22% 

0.87% 

  12.63 
0.39 
3.16 
4.74 
3.86 
4.84 
  66.30 
2.77 
  25.81 

  10.52 
0.14 
2.79 
4.60 
3.88 
4.70 
  64.05 
2.66 
  29.75 

  16.55 
1.49 
2.71 
4.53 
3.57 
4.61 
  51.44 
1.56 
  20.34 

  11.67 
  0.35 
  2.73 
  5.06 
  3.68 
  5.17 
  56.98 
  2.61 
  37.31 

1.34% 
1.39 
  471.77 
0.24 
1.11 
0.26 

1.92% 
2.46 
  201.53 
0.91 
1.74 
0.80 

2.21% 
2.98 
  180.84 
2.43 
1.84 
0.94 

2.33% 

  3.31 
 149.95 
  2.09 
  1.96 
  1.25 

2010

$  1.52
1.46

1.42
0.72
  18.40
  13,434
  13,454
  14,046

0.68%
9.42
0.91
2.30
3.81
3.81
3.93
  54.17
1.61
  49.32

2.48%
3.93
  141.02
2.05
2.30
1.52

 102.09% 

  87.12% 

  74.42% 

  72.65% 

  73.17%

  120.95 

  116.03 

  110.12 

 110.55 

  108.22

9.0% 
9.0 

8.5% 
8.9 

7.4% 
7.7 

7.4% 
6.9 

7.2%
7.1

13.3 
14.5 
11.1 

11.4 
12.6 
9.5 

15.6 
16.9 
11.3 

14.2 
15.4 
10.2 

15.7 
16.9 
9.5 

14.7 
15.9 
8.9 

  14.8 
  16.1 
9.2 

  14.1 
  15.3 
8.6 

16.8
18.0
9.5

14.6
15.8
8.3

4.41x 
  11.59x 

3.07x 
6.44x 

3.22x 
8.66x 

1.82x 
3.38x 

1.55x
3.04x

(1)  Net income (loss) divided by average total assets.
(2)  Net income (loss) divided by average stockholders’ equity.
(3)  Yield on average interest-earning assets less rate on average 

interest-bearing liabilities.

(4)  Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
(5)  Non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest 

income plus non-interest income.

(6)  Non-interest expense less non-interest income divided by 

average total assets.

(7)  Cash dividends per common share divided by earnings per common 

share.

(8)  Excludes assets covered by FDIC loss sharing agreements.
(9)  In computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges and preferred 

stock dividend requirement: (a) earnings have been based on income 
before income taxes and fixed charges, and (b) fixed charges consist 
of interest and amortization of debt discount and expense including 
amounts capitalized and the estimated interest portion of rents.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2014 Financial Information
201
1 Financial Information

Contents

20  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
4
1 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition

and Results of Operation.
and Results of Operations.

56 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
50 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

57 Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.
51 Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

59 Consolidated Statements of Income.
53 Consolidated Statements of Income.

61 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.
54 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity.

56  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
62 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity.

59 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
64 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

67 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

19

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION 

Forward-looking Statements 

When used in this Annual Report and in other documents filed or furnished by the Company with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission (the "SEC"), in the Company's press releases or other public or shareholder communications, and in oral statements made 
with the approval of an authorized executive officer, the words or phrases "will likely result," "are expected to," "will continue," "is 
anticipated," "estimate," "project," "intends" or similar expressions are intended to identify "forward-looking statements" within the 
meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties, 
including, among other things, (i) non-interest expense reductions from Great Southern’s banking center consolidations might be less 
than anticipated and the costs of the consolidation and impairment of the value of the affected premises might be greater than 
expected; (ii) expected cost savings, synergies and other benefits from the Company’s merger and acquisition activities, including but 
not limited to the recently completed Valley Bank FDIC-assisted transaction, might not be realized within the anticipated time frames 
or at all, and costs or difficulties relating to integration matters, including but not limited to customer and employee retention, might 
be greater than expected; (iii) changes in economic conditions, either nationally or in the Company’s market areas; (iv) fluctuations in 
interest rates; (v) the risks of lending and investing activities, including changes in the level and direction of loan delinquencies and 
write-offs and changes in estimates of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses; (vi) the possibility of other-than-temporary 
impairments of securities held in the Company’s securities portfolio; (vii) the Company’s ability to access cost-effective funding; 
(viii) fluctuations in real estate values and both residential and commercial real estate market conditions; (ix) demand for loans and 
deposits in the Company’s market areas; (x) legislative or regulatory changes that adversely affect the Company’s business, including, 
without limitation, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and its implementing regulations, and the 
overdraft protection regulations and customers’ responses thereto; (xi) monetary and fiscal policies of the Board of Governors of the 
Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board or the FRB”) and the U.S. Government and other governmental initiatives 
affecting the financial services industry; (xii) results of examinations of the Company and Great Southern by their regulators, 
including the possibility that the regulators may, among other things, require the Company to increase its allowance for loan losses or 
to write-down assets; (xiii) the uncertainties arising from the Company’s participation in the Small Business Lending Fund program, 
including uncertainties concerning the potential future redemption by us of the U.S. Treasury’s preferred stock investment under the 
program, including the timing of, regulatory approvals for, and conditions placed upon, any such redemption; (xiv) costs and effects of 
litigation, including settlements and judgments; and (xv) competition. The Company wishes to advise readers that the factors listed 
above and other risks described from time to time in documents filed or furnished by the Company with the SEC could affect the 
Company's financial performance and could cause the Company's actual results for future periods to differ materially from any 
opinions or statements expressed with respect to future periods in any current statements. 

The Company does not undertake-and specifically declines any obligation- to publicly release the result of any revisions which may 
be made to any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of such statements or to reflect the 
occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events. 

Critical Accounting Policies, Judgments and Estimates 

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and 
general practices within the financial services industry. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting 
principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the 
amounts reported in the financial statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Allowance for Loan Losses and Valuation of Foreclosed Assets 

The Company believes that the determination of the allowance for loan losses involves a higher degree of judgment and complexity 
than its other significant accounting policies. The allowance for loan losses is calculated with the objective of maintaining an 
allowance level believed by management to be sufficient to absorb estimated loan losses. Management's determination of the 
adequacy of the allowance is based on periodic evaluations of the loan portfolio and other relevant factors. However, this evaluation is 
inherently subjective as it requires material estimates of, among other things, expected default probabilities, loss once loans default, 
expected commitment usage, the amounts and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, value of collateral, estimated 
losses, and general amounts for historical loss experience. 

The process also considers economic conditions, uncertainties in estimating losses and inherent risks in the loan portfolio. All of these 
factors may be susceptible to significant change. To the extent actual outcomes differ from management estimates, additional 
provisions for loan losses may be required which would adversely impact earnings in future periods. In addition, the Bank’s regulators 
could require additional provisions for loan losses as part of their examination process. 

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additional discussion of the allowance for loan losses is included in the Company’s 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K under "Item 1. 
Business - Allowances for Losses on Loans and Foreclosed Assets." Inherent in this process is the evaluation of individual significant 
credit relationships. From time to time certain credit relationships may deteriorate due to payment performance, cash flow of the 
borrower, value of collateral, or other factors. In these instances, management may have to revise its loss estimates and assumptions 
for these specific credits due to changing circumstances. In some cases, additional losses may be realized; in other instances, the 
factors that led to the deterioration may improve or the credit may be refinanced elsewhere and allocated allowances may be released 
from the particular credit.  In the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company began using a three-year average of historical losses for the 
general component of the allowance for loan loss calculation.  The Company had previously used a five-year average.  The Company 
believes that the three-year average provides a better representation of the current risks in the loan portfolio.  This change was made 
after consultation with our regulators and third-party consultants, as well as a review of the practices used by the Company’s peers.  
No other significant changes were made to management's overall methodology for evaluating the allowance for loan losses during the 
periods presented in the financial statements of this report.   

In addition, the Company considers that the determination of the valuations of foreclosed assets held for sale involves a high degree of 
judgment and complexity. The carrying value of foreclosed assets reflects management’s best estimate of the amount to be realized 
from the sales of the assets.  While the estimate is generally based on a valuation by an independent appraiser or recent sales of similar 
properties, the amount that the Company realizes from the sales of the assets could differ materially from the carrying value reflected 
in the financial statements, resulting in losses that could adversely impact earnings in future periods. 

Carrying Value of Loans Acquired in FDIC-assisted Transactions and Indemnification Asset 

The Company considers that the determination of the carrying value of loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted transactions and the 
carrying value of the related FDIC indemnification assets involve a high degree of judgment and complexity. The carrying value of 
the acquired loans and the FDIC indemnification assets reflect management’s best ongoing estimates of the amounts to be realized on 
each of these assets. The Company determined initial fair value accounting estimates of the assumed assets and liabilities in 
accordance with FASB ASC 805, Business Combinations. However, the amount that the Company realizes on these assets could differ 
materially from the carrying value reflected in its financial statements, based upon the timing of collections on the acquired loans in 
future periods. Because of the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC on certain of these assets, the Company should not incur any 
significant losses related to these assets. To the extent the actual values realized for the acquired loans are different from the estimates, 
the indemnification asset will generally be impacted in an offsetting manner due to the loss sharing support from the FDIC.  
Subsequent to the initial valuation, the Company continues to monitor identified loan pools and related loss sharing assets for changes 
in estimated cash flows projected for the loan pools, anticipated credit losses and changes in the accretable yield.  Analysis of these 
variables requires significant estimates and a high degree of judgment.  See Note 4 of the accompanying audited financial statements 
for additional information regarding the TeamBank, Vantus Bank, Sun Security Bank, InterBank and Valley Bank FDIC-assisted 
transactions. 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

Goodwill and intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are subject to an impairment test at least annually and more frequently 
if circumstances indicate their value may not be recoverable. Goodwill is tested for impairment using a process that estimates the fair 
value of each of the Company’s reporting units compared with its carrying value. The Company defines reporting units as a level 
below each of its operating segments for which there is discrete financial information that is regularly reviewed. As of December 31, 
2014, the Company has one reporting unit to which goodwill has been allocated – the Bank. If the fair value of a reporting unit 
exceeds its carrying value, then no impairment is recorded. If the carrying value amount exceeds the fair value of a reporting unit, 
further testing is completed comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying value to measure the 
amount of impairment. Intangible assets that are not amortized will be tested for impairment at least annually by comparing the fair 
values of those assets to their carrying values. At December 31, 2014, goodwill consisted of $1.2 million at the Bank reporting unit. 
Goodwill increased $790,000 during 2014, due to the acquisition of certain loans, deposits and other assets of Boulevard Bank.  Other 
identifiable intangible assets that are subject to amortization are amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of seven years. At 
December 31, 2014, the amortizable intangible assets consisted of core deposit intangibles of $6.3 million, including $2.6 million 
related to the Valley Bank transaction in June 2014 and $763,000 related to the Boulevard Bank transaction in March 2014.  These 
amortizable intangible assets are reviewed for impairment if circumstances indicate their value may not be recoverable based on a 
comparison of fair value. See Note 1 of the accompanying audited financial statements for additional information. 

For purposes of testing goodwill for impairment, the Company used a market approach to value its reporting unit. The market 
approach applies a market multiple, based on observed purchase transactions for each reporting unit, to the metrics appropriate for the 
valuation of the operating unit. Significant judgment is applied when goodwill is assessed for impairment. This judgment may include 
developing cash flow projections, selecting appropriate discount rates, identifying relevant market comparables and incorporating 
general economic and market conditions. 

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Based on the Company’s goodwill impairment testing, management does not believe any of its goodwill or other intangible assets are 
impaired as of December 31, 2014. While the Company believes no impairment existed at December 31, 2014, different conditions or 
assumptions used to measure fair value of the reporting unit, or changes in cash flows or profitability, if significantly negative or 
unfavorable, could have a material adverse effect on the outcome of the Company’s impairment evaluation in the future. 

Current Economic Conditions   

Changes in economic conditions could cause the values of assets and liabilities recorded in the financial statements to change rapidly, 
resulting in material future adjustments in asset values, the allowance for loan losses, or capital that could negatively impact the 
Company’s ability to meet regulatory capital requirements and maintain sufficient liquidity. 

The previous economic downturn elevated unemployment levels and negatively impacted consumer confidence. It also had a 
detrimental impact on industry-wide performance nationally as well as the Company's Midwest market areas. Since 2012, 
improvement in several economic indicators have been noted, including increasing consumer confidence levels, increased economic 
activity and a continued decline in unemployment levels. 

The national unemployment rate declined from 6.7% as of December 2013 to 5.6% in December 2014. In 2014, job growth averaged 
246,000 per month, compared to an average monthly gain of 194,000 in 2013.  Unemployment levels in our market areas decreased 
during 2014 in all states in which the Company has offices, with all but one state at unemployment levels lower than the National 
unemployment rate.  Unemployment rates at December 31, 2014 were:  Missouri at 5.4%, Arkansas at 5.7%, Kansas at 4.2%, Iowa at 
4.1%, Nebraska at 2.9%, Minnesota at 3.6%, Oklahoma at 4.2% and Texas at 4.6%.  Three out of these eight states had unemployment 
rates among the ten lowest in the country.  Of the metropolitan areas in which Great Southern Bank does business, the St. Louis 
market area continues to carry the highest level of unemployment at 5.6%, which is an improvement over the 6.5% rate reported as of 
December 2013. The unemployment rate at 4.3% for the Springfield market area was below the national and state average for 
December 2014.  Metropolitan areas in Iowa, Nebraska and Minneapolis boasted unemployment levels ranging from 3.2% - 4.2%, 
ranking them among the lowest unemployment levels in the nation.   

Sales of newly built, single-family homes were at a seasonally adjusted annual rate of 481,000 units in December 2014, according to 
the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and the U.S. Census Bureau.  This level compares favorably to the level at 
December 2013.  The median sales price of new houses sold in December 2014 was $298,100, with an average sale price of $377,800.  
The seasonally adjusted estimate of new houses for sale at the end of December 2014 was 219,000, which represented a supply of 5.5 
months at the sales rate at that time.  An estimated 435,000 new homes were sold in 2014, which is 1.2% above the 2013 level of 
429,000.  Foreclosure filings have decreased to their lowest level since 2007.  Building permits have increased across our market areas. 
However, builders continue to be constrained by tighter credit conditions for home buyers and a limited supply of labor and buildable 
lots.  

The performance of commercial real estate markets also improved substantially in the Company’s market areas as shown by increased 
real estate sales activity and financing of those activities. According to real estate services firm CoStar Group, retail, office and 
industrial types of commercial real estate properties continue to show improvement in occupancy, absorption and rental income both 
nationally and in our market areas. 

While current economic indicators for the Midwest show improvement in employment, housing starts and prices, commercial real 
estate occupancy, absorption and rental income, Bank management will continue to closely monitor regional, national and global 
economic conditions as these could have significant impacts on our market areas. 

General 

The profitability of the Company and, more specifically, the profitability of its primary subsidiary, the Bank, depends primarily on its 
net interest income, as well as provisions for loan losses and the level of non-interest income and non-interest expense. Net interest 
income is the difference between the interest income the Bank earns on its loans and investment portfolio, and the interest it pays on 
interest-bearing liabilities, which consists mainly of interest paid on deposits and borrowings. Net interest income is affected by the 
relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the interest rates earned or paid on these balances. When 
interest-earning assets approximate or exceed interest-bearing liabilities, any positive interest rate spread will generate net interest 
income. 

In the year ended December 31, 2014, Great Southern's total assets increased $391.1 million, or 11.0%, from $3.56 billion at 
December 31, 2013, to $3.95 billion at December 31, 2014. Full details of the current year changes in total assets are provided in the 
“Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013” section of this Annual Report.    

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans.  In the year ended December 31, 2014, Great Southern's net loans increased $599.3 million, or 24.6%, from $2.44 billion at 
December 31, 2013, to $3.04 billion at December 31, 2014.  Partially offsetting the increases in loans were decreases of $49.6 million 
in the FDIC-covered loan portfolios.  The net carrying value of the loans acquired in the Valley Bank transaction (acquired non-
covered loans) was $122.0 million at December 31, 2014, down from $165.1 million at the acquisition date of June 20, 2014.  
Excluding acquired covered loans, acquired non-covered loans and mortgage loans held for sale, total loans increased $525.5 million 
from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014, with increases in almost all loan types.  The increase was primarily due to loan 
growth in our existing banking center network, as well as loans originated through our new commercial loan production offices in 
Tulsa, Okla., and Dallas, Texas.  As loan demand is affected by a variety of factors, including general economic conditions, and 
because of the competition we face and our focus on pricing discipline and credit quality, we cannot be assured that our loan growth 
will match or exceed the level of increases achieved in 2014 or prior years.  The Company's strategy continues to be focused on 
maintaining credit risk and interest rate risk at appropriate levels.  

Loan growth has occurred in most loan types and has come from most of Great Southern’s primary lending locations, including 
Springfield, St. Louis, Kansas City, Des Moines, Omaha and Minneapolis.  The lending offices in Dallas and Tulsa have now been 
open for several months and are generating new loans as well.  Net loan balances have increased primarily in the areas of commercial 
real estate, commercial construction and consumer loans.  Generally, the Company considers these types of loans to involve a higher 
degree of risk compared to some other types of loans, such as first mortgage loans on one- to four-family, owner-occupied residential 
properties, and has established certain minimum underwriting standards to help assure portfolio quality.  For commercial real estate 
and construction loans, these standards and procedures include, but are not limited to, an analysis of the borrower’s financial condition, 
collateral, repayment ability, verification of liquid assets and credit history as required by loan type.  In addition, geographic diversity 
of collateral, lower loan-to-value ratios and limitations on speculative construction projects help to mitigate overall risk in these loans.  
It has been, and continues to be, Great Southern’s practice to verify information from potential borrowers regarding assets, income or 
payment ability and credit ratings as applicable and as required by the authority approving the loan.  Underwriting standards also 
include loan-to-value ratios which vary depending on collateral type, debt service coverage ratios or debt payment to income ratios, 
where applicable, credit histories, use of guaranties and other recommended terms relating to equity requirements, amortization, and 
maturity.  Great Southern’s loan committee reviews and approves all new loan originations in excess of lender approval authorities.  
Consumer loans are primarily secured by new and used motor vehicles and these loans are also subject to certain minimum 
underwriting standards to assure portfolio quality.  Great Southern’s consumer underwriting and pricing standards have been fairly 
consistent over the past several years.  The underwriting standards employed by Great Southern for consumer loans include a 
determination of the applicant's payment history on other debts, credit scores, employment history and an assessment of ability to meet 
existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan.  Although creditworthiness of the applicant is of primary consideration, the 
underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the security, if any, in relation to the proposed loan amount. 

Of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2014 and 2013, 74.1% and 76.0%, respectively, was secured by real estate, as this is the 
Bank’s primary focus in its lending efforts.  At December 31, 2014 and 2013, commercial real estate and commercial construction 
loans were 40.7% and 39.5% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio (excluding loans acquired through FDIC-assisted transactions), 
respectively.  Commercial real estate and commercial construction loans generally afford the Bank an opportunity to increase the yield 
on, and the proportion of interest rate sensitive loans in its portfolio.  They do, however, present somewhat greater risk to the Bank 
because they may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the economy generally.  At December 31, 
2014 and 2013, loans made in the Springfield, Mo. metropolitan statistical area (Springfield MSA) were 17% and 20% of the Bank’s 
total loan portfolio (excluding loans acquired through FDIC-assisted transactions), respectively.  The Company’s headquarters are 
located in Springfield and we have operated in this market since 1923.  Because of our large presence and experience in the 
Springfield MSA, many lending opportunities exist.  However, if the economic conditions of the Springfield MSA were worse than 
those of other market areas in which we operate or the national economy overall, the performance of these loans could decline 
comparatively.  At December 31, 2014 and 2013, loans made in the St. Louis, Mo. metropolitan statistical area (St. Louis MSA) were 
20% and 20% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio (excluding loans acquired through FDIC-assisted transactions), respectively.  The 
Company’s expansion into the St. Louis MSA beginning in May 2009 provided an opportunity to not only expand its markets and 
provide diversification from the Springfield MSA, but also provided access to a larger economy with increased lending opportunities 
despite higher levels of competition.  Loans made in the St. Louis MSA are primarily commercial real estate, commercial business and 
multi-family residential loans which are less likely to be impacted by the higher levels of unemployment rates, as mentioned above 
under “Current Economic Conditions,” than if the focus were on one- to four-family residential and consumer loans.  For further 
discussions of the Bank’s loan portfolio, and specifically, commercial real estate and commercial construction loans, see “Item 1. 
Business – Lending Activities” in the Company’s 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.   

The percentage of fixed-rate loans in our loan portfolio has increased from 44% as of December 31, 2010 to 55% as of December 31, 
2014 due to customer preference for fixed rate loans during this period of low interest rates.  Of the total amount of fixed rate loans in 
our portfolio as of December 31, 2014, 99% mature within one to five years and therefore are not considered to create significant 
long-term interest rate risk for the Company.  Fixed rate loans make up only a portion of our balance sheet and our overall interest rate 
risk strategy.  As of December 31, 2014, our interest rate risk models indicated a one-year interest rate earnings sensitivity position 
that is fairly neutral.  For further discussion of our interest rate sensitivity gap and the processes used to manage our exposure to 

23

 
 
 
 
interest rate risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk – How We Measure the Risks to Us Associated 
with Interest Rate Changes” section of this Annual Report.  For discussion of the risk factors associated with interest rate changes, see 
“Item 1A. Risk Factors – Risks Relating to the Company and the Bank – We may be adversely affected by interest rate changes” 
included in the Company’s 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

While our policy allows us to lend up to 95% of the appraised value on one-to four-family residential properties, originations of loans 
with loan-to-value ratios at that level are minimal.  When they are made at those levels, private mortgage insurance is typically 
required for loan amounts above the 80% level unless our analyses determined minimal risk to be involved, and therefore these loans 
are not considered to have more risk to us than other residential loans.  We consider these lending practices to be consistent with or 
more conservative than what we believe to be the norm for banks our size.  At December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, an 
estimated 0.3% and 0.4%, respectively, of total owner occupied one- to four-family residential loans had loan-to-value ratios above 
100% at origination.  At December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, an estimated 1.8% and 0.5%, respectively, of total non-owner 
occupied one- to four-family residential loans had loan-to-value ratios above 100% at origination.   

At December 31, 2014, troubled debt restructurings totaled $47.6 million, or 1.5% of total loans, down $6.5 million from $54.1 
million, or 2.3% of total loans, at December 31, 2013.  The amount of troubled debt restructurings has remained relatively stable since 
2011.  Concessions granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties may include a reduction in the interest rate on the loan, 
payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance or other actions intended to maximize collection.  During the year ended 
December 31, 2014, five loans totaling $1.7 million were each restructured into multiple new loans.  During the year ended December 
31, 2013, four loans totaling $3.5 million were each restructured into multiple new loans.  For further information on troubled debt 
restructurings, see Note 3 of the accompanying audited financial statements. 

The loss sharing agreements with the FDIC are subject to limitations on the types of losses covered and the length of time losses are 
covered, and are conditioned upon the Bank complying with its requirements in the agreements with the FDIC, including requirements 
regarding servicing and other loan administration matters.  The loss sharing agreements extend for ten years for single family real 
estate loans and for five years for other loans.  At December 31, 2014, approximately four years remained on the loss sharing 
agreement for single family real estate loans acquired from TeamBank and the remaining loans had an estimated average life of two to 
ten years.  At December 31, 2014, approximately four and one half years remained on the loss sharing agreement for single family real 
estate loans acquired from Vantus Bank and the remaining loans had an estimated average life of three to twelve years.  At December 
31, 2014, approximately seven years remained on the loss sharing agreement for single family real estate loans acquired from Sun 
Security Bank and the remaining loans had an estimated average life of five to twelve years.  At December 31, 2014, approximately 
seven and one half years remained on the loss sharing agreement for single family real estate loans acquired from InterBank and the 
remaining loans had an estimated average life of six to thirteen years.  The loss sharing agreement for non-single-family loans 
acquired from TeamBank ended on March 31, 2014.  Any additional losses in the non-single-family TeamBank portfolio are not 
eligible for loss sharing coverage.  The remaining loans in the portfolio had an estimated average life of two to seven years and had a 
carrying value of $26.9 million at December 31, 2014.  The loss sharing agreement for non-single-family loans acquired from Vantus 
Bank ended on September 30, 2014.  Any additional losses in the non-single-family Vantus Bank portfolio are not eligible for loss 
sharing coverage.  The remaining loans in the portfolio had an estimated average life of one to seven years and had a carrying value of 
$23.1 million at December 31, 2014.  At December 31, 2014, approximately two years remained on the loss sharing agreement for 
non-single-family loans acquired from Sun Security Bank and the remaining loans had an estimated average life of two years.  At 
December 31, 2014, approximately two and one half years remained on the loss sharing agreement for non-single-family loans 
acquired from InterBank and the remaining loans had an estimated average life of one to three years.  While the expected repayments 
for certain of the acquired loans extend beyond the terms of the loss sharing agreements, the Bank has identified and will continue to 
identify problem loans and will make every effort to resolve them within the time limits of the agreements.  The Company may sell 
any loans remaining at the end of the loss sharing agreement subject to the approval of the FDIC.  Loans that were acquired through 
FDIC-assisted transactions, which are accounted for in pools, are currently included in the analysis and estimation of the allowance for 
loan losses.  If expected cash flows to be received on any given pool of loans decreases from previous estimates, then a determination 
is made as to whether the loan pool should be charged down or the allowance for loan losses should be increased (through a provision 
for loan losses).  This is true of all acquired loan pools regardless of whether or not they are covered by loss sharing agreements.  If a 
charge down occurs to a loan pool that is covered by a loss sharing agreement, the full amount of the charge down will be reflected in 
the allowance for loan losses and a separate asset will be recorded for the amount to be recovered from the FDIC.  The loss sharing 
agreements and their related limitations are described in detail in Note 4 of the accompanying audited financial statements.  For 
acquired loan pools that currently are not covered by loss sharing agreements, the Company may allocate, and at December 31, 2014, 
has allocated, a portion of its allowance for loan losses related to these loan pools in a manner similar to how it allocates its allowance 
for loan losses to those loans which are collectively evaluated for impairment. 

The level of non-performing loans and foreclosed assets affects our net interest income and net income. We generally do not accrue 
interest income on these loans and do not recognize interest income until the loans are repaid or interest payments have been made for 
a period of time sufficient to provide evidence of performance on the loans.  Generally, the higher the level of non-performing assets, 
the greater the negative impact on interest income and net income.   

24

 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale Securities.  In the year ended December 31, 2014, available-for-sale securities decreased $189.8 million, or 34.2%, 
from $555.3 million at December 31, 2013, to $365.5 million at December 31, 2014.  The decrease was primarily due to the sale of the 
Company’s Small Business Administration loan pool securities, other mortgage-backed securities and certain municipal securities 
during the period, and normal monthly payments received related to the portfolio of mortgage-backed securities.  The Small Business 
Administration securities were sold at a gain of $569,000.  The Valley Bank securities acquired in June 2014 were sold in July 2014 at 
a gain of approximately $175,000.   

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents totaled $218.6 million at December 31, 2014, a decrease of $9.3 million, or 
4.1%, from $227.9 million at December 31, 2013.  The decrease in cash and cash equivalents was primarily due to the repayment of 
$130 million of FHLBank advances and structured repurchase agreements and the origination of new loans. Offsetting these decreases 
were increases of $109 million of cash and cash equivalents received in the Valley Bank FDIC-assisted acquisition in June 2014, $80 
million of cash received related to the Boulevard Bank transaction in March 2014, and proceeds received from the sale of certain of 
the Company’s investment securities. 

Other Real Estate Owned.  Other real estate owned totaled $45.8 million at December 31, 2014, a decrease of $7.7 million, or 14.3%, 
from $53.5 million at December 31, 2013.  Of the total at December 31, 2014, $42.9 million was foreclosed assets and $2.9 million 
was other real estate owned not acquired through foreclosure, which is made up 13 properties.  Eleven of these properties were branch 
locations that have been closed and are held for sale and two of these are land which was acquired for potential branch locations.  
Foreclosed assets, excluding those related to assets that are part of FDIC-assisted transactions, decreased from $42.1 million, or 1.2% 
of total assets, at December 31, 2013 to $35.5 million, or 0.9% of total assets, at December 31, 2014.  The Company’s foreclosed 
assets began increasing as the United States economy slowed due to a severe economic recession in 2008 and 2009, and continued to 
increase through 2012.  During 2014, the Company’s foreclosed assets decreased primarily in the areas of subdivision and commercial 
construction, multi-family residential and commercial real estate, partially offset by increases in one- to four-family residential.  See 
“Non-performing Assets – Foreclosed Assets” for additional information on the Company’s foreclosed assets. 

Deposits.  The Company attracts deposit accounts through its retail branch network, correspondent banking and corporate services 
areas, and brokered deposits. The Company then utilizes these deposit funds, along with FHLBank advances and other borrowings, to 
meet loan demand or otherwise fund its activities. In the year ended December 31, 2014, total deposit balances increased $182.2 
million, or 6.5%.  Approximately $366 million of deposits were acquired in the FDIC-assisted acquisition of Valley Bank in June 
2014.  Approximately $92 million of deposits were acquired in the Boulevard Bank transaction in March 2014.  Transaction account 
balances increased $78.7 million, while retail certificates of deposit increased $56.3 million.  Great Southern Bank customer deposits 
totaling $23.7 million and $76.3 million, at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, were part of the CDARS 
program which allows bank customers to maintain balances in an insured manner that would otherwise exceed the FDIC deposit 
insurance limit. The FDIC counts these deposits as brokered, but these are deposit accounts that we generate with customers in our 
local markets.  Brokered deposits were $150.0 million at December 31, 2014, an increase of $100.0 million from $50.0 million at 
December 31, 2013.  The Company elected to increase brokered deposits to fund a portion of its loan growth during the period.   

Our deposit balances may fluctuate from time to time depending on customer preferences and our relative need for funding.  We do 
not consider our retail certificates of deposit to be guaranteed long-term funding because customers can withdraw their funds at any 
time with minimal interest penalty.  When loan demand trends upward, we can increase rates paid on deposits to increase deposit 
balances and utilize brokered deposits to provide additional funding.  Because the Federal Funds rate is already very low, there may be 
a negative impact on the Company’s net interest income due to the Company’s inability to lower its funding costs significantly in the 
current low interest rate environment, although interest rates on assets may decline further.  The level of competition for deposits in 
our markets is high. While it is our goal to gain deposit market share, particularly checking accounts, in our branch footprint, we 
cannot be assured of this in future periods.  In addition, while we have been generally lowering our deposit rates over the past several 
years, increasing rates paid on deposits can attract deposits if needed.  However, this could negatively impact the Company’s net 
interest margin.   

Our ability to fund growth in future periods may also depend on our ability to continue to access brokered deposits and FHLBank 
advances. In times when our loan demand has outpaced our generation of new deposits, we have utilized brokered deposits and 
FHLBank advances to fund these loans. These funding sources have been attractive to us because we can create either fixed or 
variable rate funding, as desired, which more closely matches the interest rate nature of much of our loan portfolio. While we do not 
currently anticipate that our ability to access these sources will be reduced or eliminated in future periods, if this should happen, the 
limitation on our ability to fund additional loans could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results 
of operations. 

Net Interest Income and Interest Rate Risk Management.  Our net interest income may be affected positively or negatively by 
changes in market interest rates. A portion of our loan portfolio is tied to the "prime rate" and adjusts immediately when this rate 
adjusts (subject to the effect of loan interest rate floors, which are discussed below).  We monitor our sensitivity to interest rate 

25

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
changes on an ongoing basis (see "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk").  In addition, our net interest income 
may be impacted by changes in the cash flows expected to be received from acquired loan pools.  As described in Note 4 of the 
accompanying audited financial statements, the Company’s evaluation of cash flows expected to be received from acquired loan pools 
is on-going and increases in cash flow expectations are recognized as increases in accretable yield through interest income.  Decreases 
in cash flow expectations are recognized as impairments through the allowance for loan losses. 

The current level and shape of the interest rate yield curve poses challenges for interest rate risk management. The FRB last changed 
interest rates on December 16, 2008. Great Southern has a significant portfolio of loans which are tied to a "prime rate" of interest. 
Most of these loans are tied to some national index of "prime," while some are indexed to "Great Southern prime." The Company has 
elected to leave its “Great Southern prime rate” of interest at 5.00%. This does not affect a large number of customers, as a majority of 
the loans indexed to “Great Southern prime” are already at interest rate floors which are provided for in individual loan documents. 
But for the interest rate floors, a rate cut by the FRB generally would have an anticipated immediate negative impact on the 
Company’s net interest income due to the large total balance of loans which generally adjust immediately as the Federal Funds rate 
adjusts. Loans at their floor rates are subject to the risk that borrowers will seek to refinance elsewhere at the lower market rate, 
however.  Because the Federal Funds rate is already very low, there may also be a negative impact on the Company's net interest 
income due to the Company's inability to lower its funding costs significantly in the current environment, although interest rates on 
assets may decline further. Conversely, interest rate increases would normally result in increased interest rates on our prime-based 
loans.  The interest rate floors in effect may limit the immediate increase in interest rates on these loans, until such time as rates rise 
above the floors.  However, the Company may have to increase rates paid on deposits to maintain deposit balances and pay higher 
rates on borrowings.  The impact of the low rate environment on our net interest margin in future periods is expected to be fairly 
neutral.  As our time deposits mature in future periods, we may be able to reduce rates somewhat as they renew.  However, any margin 
gained by these rate reductions is likely to be offset by reduced yields from our investment securities and our existing loan portfolio as 
payments are made and the proceeds are potentially reinvested at lower rates.  Interest rates on adjustable rate loans may reset lower 
according to their contractual terms and new loans may be originated at lower market rates.  For further discussion of the processes 
used to manage our exposure to interest rate risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk – How We 
Measure the Risks to Us Associated with Interest Rate Changes.” 

The negative impact of declining loan interest rates has been mitigated by the positive effects of the Company’s loans which have 
interest rate floors. At December 31, 2014, the Company had a portfolio (excluding the loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted 
transactions) of prime-based loans totaling approximately $534 million with rates that change immediately with changes to the prime 
rate of interest. Of this total, $484 million also had interest rate floors. These floors were at varying rates, with $15 million of these 
loans having floor rates of 7.0% or greater and another $229 million of these loans having floor rates between 5.0% and 7.0%. In 
addition, $240 million of these loans have floor rates between 2.75% and 5.0%.  At December 31, 2014, all of these loans were at their 
floor rates. The loan yield for the total loan portfolio was approximately 141 basis points, 185 basis points and 214 basis points higher 
than the national "prime rate of interest" at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, partly because of these interest rate 
floors. While interest rate floors have had an overall positive effect on the Company’s results during this period, they do subject the 
Company to the risk that borrowers will elect to refinance their loans with other lenders.  To the extent economic conditions improve, 
the risk that borrowers will seek to refinance their loans increases. 

Non-Interest Income and Operating Expenses.  The Company's profitability is also affected by the level of its non-interest income 
and operating expenses. Non-interest income consists primarily of service charges and ATM fees, accretion income (net of 
amortization) related to the FDIC-assisted acquisitions, late charges and prepayment fees on loans, gains on sales of loans and 
available-for-sale investments and other general operating income. In 2014, 2012, 2011 and 2009, non-interest income was also 
affected by the gains recognized on the FDIC-assisted transactions. In 2014, 2013 and 2012, increases in the cash flows expected to be 
collected from the FDIC-covered loan portfolios resulted in amortization (expense) recorded relating to reductions of expected 
reimbursements under the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, which are recorded as indemnification assets.  Non-interest income 
may also be affected by the Company's interest rate derivative activities, if the Company chooses to implement derivatives.  Operating 
expenses consist primarily of salaries and employee benefits, occupancy-related expenses, expenses related to foreclosed assets, 
postage, FDIC deposit insurance, advertising and public relations, telephone, professional fees, office expenses and other general 
operating expenses.  Details of the current period changes in non-interest income and non-interest expense are provided under 
“Results of Operations and Comparison for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.”  

Business Initiatives   

The Company completed several initiatives to expand and enhance the franchise in 2014.  

Commercial loan production offices were opened in Tulsa, Okla., and Dallas, Texas, in February 2014. The Tulsa office is located in 
southeast Tulsa at 4200 E. Skelly Dr. and the Dallas office is in Preston Center (north Dallas) at 8201 Preston Rd.  Managed by 
experienced lenders with local market knowledge, the offices provide a wide variety of commercial lending services including fixed 

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and variable-rate commercial real estate loans for new and existing property. Competitive commercial construction and portfolio 
financing are also available. 

In March 2014, Great Southern completed the acquisitions of certain loan and depository accounts and two branches in Neosho, Mo., 
and certain depository and loan customers serviced in St. Louis, Mo., from Neosho, Mo.-based Boulevard Bank. The combined 
Neosho and St. Louis transactions represented approximately $92 million in deposits and $11 million in loans. In June 2014, the loan 
and deposit accounts of the affected former Boulevard Bank customers were converted to Great Southern’s operating systems, 
allowing these customers to bank at any of Great Southern Bank’s retail banking centers or through Great Southern’s various 
electronic channels.  Related to this acquisition, the Bank consolidated its legacy Great Southern Neosho office into the former 
Boulevard Bank branch directly across the street.   

In June 2014, Great Southern Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement (with no loss sharing agreement) with the 
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to acquire certain loans and other assets and assume all of the deposits of Valley Bank, a full-
service bank headquartered in Moline, Ill., with significant operations in Iowa. At the time of this acquisition, Valley Bank operated 
13 locations – six locations in the Quad Cities market area and seven in central Iowa, primarily in the Des Moines market area. The 
acquisition provided the Company a new entry into the Quad Cities market and enhanced its presence in the Des Moines region. In 
September 2014, two former Valley Bank locations were closed – one in Moline, Ill., and one in Altoona, Iowa. A new banking center 
in Ames, Iowa, opened for business in October 2014, replacing the leased former Valley Banking office in that market. The Company 
converted the Valley Bank operational systems into Great Southern’s systems on October 24, 2014, enabling all Great Southern and 
former Valley Bank customers to conduct business at any banking center throughout the Great Southern six-state retail franchise. 
Upon completion of the operational conversion, back office operations were consolidated.  

Also in June 2014, two new banking centers were opened. A banking center began operating in Fayetteville, Ark., a part of the 
Northwest Arkansas region and home to the University of Arkansas. This opening represented the second office in Northwest 
Arkansas, the other being located in nearby Rogers, Ark.  A new full-service office was also opened in Ferguson, Mo., representing 
the eighth banking center in the St. Louis metropolitan area.  

In September 2014, the Company closed two banking centers - one each in Lamar, Mo., and Johnston, Iowa.  Both of these offices 
were leased and were underutilized.  Customer accounts have been moved to other Great Southern locations.  

Construction of a full-service banking center in Columbia, Mo., home of the University of Missouri, is underway.  The new banking 
center site is located at 3200 S. Providence Road and is expected to be open late in the first quarter of 2015.  

In mid-2014, the Company purchased a 20,000-square-foot former bank office building in Leawood, Johnson County, Kan., a suburb 
of the Kansas City metropolitan market area. Scheduled to be open for business in mid-2015, the office will house the Kansas City 
commercial lending group, currently located in nearby Overland Park, Kan., and a retail banking center. Additional space in the 
building is leased to tenants unrelated to the Company.   

To enhance customer service, the Company completed the implementation of “instant issue” debit card technology in its banking 
center network in the fourth quarter of 2014. Customers can now conveniently receive a fully-activated debit card at the time of their 
visit at all 108 banking centers.  

Effect of Federal Laws and Regulations    

General. Federal legislation and regulation significantly affect the operations of the Company and the Bank, and have increased 
competition among commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking enterprises and other financial institutions. In particular, 
the capital requirements and operations of regulated banking organizations such as the Company and the Bank have been and will be 
subject to changes in applicable statutes and regulations from time to time, which changes could, under certain circumstances, 
adversely affect the Company or the Bank. 

Significant Legislation Impacting the Financial Services Industry. On July 21, 2010, sweeping financial regulatory reform legislation 
entitled the “Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act” (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) was signed into law. The Dodd-
Frank Act implements far-reaching changes across the financial regulatory landscape, including provisions that, among other things, 
centralize responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating a new agency, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, with 
broad rulemaking authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks, require new capital rules (discussed 
below), change the assessment base for federal deposit insurance, repeal the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand 
deposits, amend the account balance limit for federal deposit insurance protection, and increase the authority of the Federal Reserve 
Board to examine the Company and its non-bank subsidiaries. 

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to rulemaking and will take effect over several years, making it difficult to anticipate 
the overall financial impact on the Company and the financial services industry more generally. Provisions in the legislation that affect 
deposit insurance assessments, and payment of interest on demand deposits could increase the costs associated with deposits. 
Provisions in the legislation that require revisions to the capital requirements of the Company and the Bank could require the 
Company and the Bank to seek additional sources of capital in the future. 

A provision of the Dodd-Frank Act, commonly referred to as the “Durbin Amendment,” directed the FRB to analyze the debit card 
payments system and fix the interchange rates based upon their estimate of actual costs. The FRB has established the interchange rate 
for all debit transactions for issuers with over $10 billion in assets at $0.21 per transaction. An additional five basis points of the 
transaction amount and an additional $0.01 may be collected by the issuer for fraud prevention and recovery, provided the issuer 
performs certain actions. Although the Bank is currently exempt from the provisions of the rule on the basis of asset size, there is 
some uncertainty about the long-term impact there will be on the interchange rates for issuers below the $10 billion level of assets. 

New Capital Rules. The federal banking agencies have adopted new regulatory capital rules that substantially amend the risk-based 
capital rules applicable to the Bank and the Company. The new rules implement the “Basel III” regulatory capital reforms and changes 
required by the Dodd-Frank Act. “Basel III” refers to various documents released by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. 
For the Company and the Bank, the general effective date of the new rules is January 1, 2015, and, for certain provisions, various 
phase-in periods and later effective dates apply. The chief features of the new rules are summarized below. 

The new rules refine the definitions of what constitutes regulatory capital and add a new regulatory capital element, common equity 
Tier 1 capital. The minimum capital ratios are (i) a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 risk-based 
capital ratio of 6%; (iii) a total risk-based capital ratio of 8%; and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%. In addition to the minimum 
capital ratios, the new rules include a capital conservation buffer, under which a banking organization must have capital more than 
2.5% above each of its minimum risk-based capital ratios in order to avoid restrictions on paying dividends, repurchasing shares, and 
paying certain discretionary bonuses. 

Effective January 1, 2015, the new rules also revised the prompt corrective action framework, which is designed to place restrictions 
on insured depository institutions if their capital levels show signs of weakness. Under the new prompt corrective action requirements, 
insured depository institutions are required to meet the following in order to qualify as “well capitalized:” (i) a common equity Tier 1 
risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 8%; (iii) a total risk-based capital ratio of at 
least 10%; and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5%. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

See Note 1 to the accompanying audited financial statements for a description of recent accounting pronouncements including the 
respective dates of adoption and expected effects on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.   

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 

During the year ended December 31, 2014, total assets increased by $391.1 million to $3.95 billion. The increase was primarily 
attributable to an increase in loans, with smaller increases in premises and equipment and FHLBank stock.  These increases were due 
to growth of the Company’s loan portfolio through significant loan originations in 2014 as well as the FDIC-assisted acquisition of 
Valley Bank, which accounted for a portion of the increase in loans and most of the increase in premises and equipment.  The 
Company’s required FHLBank stock holdings increased as a result of its higher usage of FHLBank advances.  Partially offsetting 
these increases were declines in the balances of available-for-sale-securities and the FDIC indemnification asset.  The Company chose 
to sell certain investment securities during 2014 and also elected to not reinvest the monthly repayments received on mortgage-backed 
securities in new investment securities.  Some of the proceeds were used to fund loan growth, including acquisitions.   

Net loans increased $599.3 million to $3.04 billion at December 31, 2014.  Outstanding balances of commercial real estate loans 
increased $165.2 million, or 21.2%, multi-family residential loans increased $66.8 million, or 20.5%, commercial business loans 
increased $38.7 million, or 12.3%, consumer auto loans increased $188.6 million, or 140%, and construction loans (primarily 
commercial construction) increased $197.0 million, or 62.2%.  Net loans also increased $122.0 million as a result of the FDIC-assisted 
acquisition of Valley Bank in 2014.  Partially offsetting these increases was a decrease in net loans acquired through the FDIC-
assisted transactions prior to 2014 of $49.6 million, or 12.8%, primarily because of loan repayments.  The increase in loans during 
2014 was primarily due to financing loans which had been previously financed by other lenders and increased business activity.  The 
Company's strategy continues to be focused on maintaining credit risk and interest rate risk at appropriate levels given the current 
credit and economic environments.   

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Related to the loans purchased in the 2012, 2011 and 2009 FDIC-assisted transactions, the Company recorded indemnification assets 
which represent payments expected to be received from the FDIC through loss sharing agreements.  The total balance of the FDIC 
indemnification asset decreased $28.4 million to $44.3 million at December 31, 2014.  The decrease was primarily due to the billing 
and collection of realized losses from the FDIC as well as estimated improved cash flows to be collected from the loan obligors, 
resulting in reductions in payments expected to be received from the FDIC.  The expected improved cash flows are further discussed 
under  “Interest Income – Loans.”  The 2014 Valley Bank acquisition did not include a loss sharing agreement with the FDIC; 
therefore, no indemnification asset was recorded as part of the transaction. 

Securities available for sale decreased $189.8 million, or 34.2%, as compared to December 31, 2013.  The decrease was primarily due 
to paydowns on mortgage-backed securities, which decreased $109.8 million from $367.6 million at December 31, 2013 to $257.8 
million at December 31, 2014, and calls, maturities and sales of securities with proceeds used to fund new loans and pay off maturing 
deposits.  The Company elected to sell its remaining investment in Small Business Administration loan pools, which decreased 
investments by $44.9 million, and also sold some of its municipal securities portfolio, which decreased by $37.7 million.  The 
available-for-sale securities portfolio was 9.3% and 15.6% of total assets at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.   

Total liabilities increased $352.0 million from $3.18 billion at December 31, 2013 to $3.53 billion at December 31, 2014. The increase 
was primarily attributable to increases in deposits, FHLBank advances, securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements with 
customers, and short term borrowings.  In the year ended December 31, 2014, total deposit balances increased $182.2 million, or 6.5%.  
This increase was primarily related to the FDIC-assisted acquisition of Valley Bank in 2014.  Interest-bearing checking and savings 
accounts increased $83.2 million and retail certificates of deposit increased $56.3 million.  At December 31, 2014 and December 31, 
2013, Great Southern Bank customer deposits totaling $23.7 million and $76.3 million, respectively, were part of the CDARS 
program which allows bank customers to maintain balances in an insured manner that would otherwise exceed the FDIC deposit 
insurance limit. The FDIC counts these deposits as brokered, but these are deposit accounts that we generate with customers in our 
local markets. The Company did not actively try to grow CDARS customer deposits during the current period and decreased interest 
rates offered on these deposits during the year ended December 31, 2014.  Traditional brokered deposits increased from $50.0 million 
at December 31, 2013, to $149.8 million at December 31, 2014.   

FHLBank advances increased $144.9 million, or 114.3%, from December 31, 2013.  These advances were used as a supplemental 
source to fund the Company’s growth in loans.  The increase in short term borrowings also related to overnight funds borrowed from 
the FHLBank ($41 million on December 31, 2014).  

Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements with customers increased $34.0 million, or 25.2%, from December 31, 2013 as 
these balances fluctuate over time.  

Total stockholders' equity increased $39.0 million from $380.7 million at December 31, 2013 to $419.7 million at December 31, 2014. 
The Company recorded net income of $43.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, common and preferred dividends declared 
were $11.5 million and accumulated other comprehensive income increased $4.6 million.  The increase in accumulated other 
comprehensive income resulted from increases in the fair value of the Company's available-for-sale investment securities.  In addition, 
total stockholders’ equity increased $3.0 million due to stock option exercises and decreased $512,000 due to the Company’s purchase 
of its common stock. 

Results of Operations and Comparison for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 

General 

Net income increased $9.8 million, or 29.1%, during the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to the year ended December 31, 
2013.  Net income was $43.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $33.7 million for the year ended December 
31, 2013.  This increase was due to an increase in net interest income of $8.0 million, or 5.0%, an increase in non-interest income of 
$9.4 million, or 177.2%, and a decrease in the provision for loan losses of $13.2 million, or 76.1%, partially offset by an increase in 
non-interest expense of $15.2 million, or 14.4%, and an increase in provision for income taxes of $5.6 million, or 68.3%. Non-interest 
income for the year ended December 31, 2014 included a gain recognized on business acquisition of $10.8 million.  Net income 
available to common shareholders was $43.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $33.2 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2013. 

Total Interest Income 
Total interest income increased $4.6 million, or 2.6%, during the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended 
December 31, 2013. The increase was due to an $8.7 million, or 5.3%, increase in interest income on loans, partially offset by a $4.1 
million, or 27.5%, decrease in interest income on investments and other interest-earning assets.  Interest income on loans increased in 
2014, due to higher average balances on loans, partially offset by lower average rates of interest. Interest income from investment 

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
securities and other interest-earning assets decreased during 2014 compared to 2013 primarily due to lower average balances. The 
lower average balances of investments were primarily due to the sale of the Company’s Small Business Administration loan pool 
securities and the sale of certain mortgage-backed securities, and as a result of management’s decision to not reinvest mortgage-
backed securities’ monthly cash flows back into investments, but to utilize the proceeds to fund loan growth. Prepayments on the 
mortgages underlying these securities resulted in amortization of premiums which also reduced yields.  Interest income on loans is 
affected by variations in the adjustments to accretable yield due to increases in expected cash flows to be received from the FDIC-
acquired loan pools as discussed in “Interest Income – Loans” and in Note 4 of the accompanying audited financial statements.  In 
2014, many higher yielding loans matured or were repaid.  These loans were replaced with new loans that were generally at rates 
lower than those that repaid during the year, resulting in lower overall yields in the loan portfolio.  Higher average balances of loans 
more than offset the lower interest income on loans.   

Interest Income - Loans 

During the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013, interest income on loans increased due to 
higher average balances, partially offset by lower average interest rates.  Interest income increased $24.5 million as a result of higher 
average loan balances which increased from $2.40 billion during the year ended December 31, 2013 to $2.78 billion during the year 
ended December 31, 2014.  The higher average balances were primarily due to increases in commercial real estate loans, commercial 
business loans, construction loans, other residential loans and consumer loans categories. A portion of this loan growth resulted from 
the Company acquiring $165.1 million in loans as part of the Valley FDIC-assisted transaction in June 2014, the balance of which 
were $122.0 million at December 31, 2014.   

In the three months ended December 31, 2014, the Company collected $1.9 million from customers with loans which had previously 
not been expected to be collectible.  In accordance with the Company’s accounting methodology, these collections were accounted for 
as increases in estimated cash flows and were recorded as interest income, thereby increasing net interest income and net interest 
margin.  These collections related to acquired loans which were subject to loss sharing agreements with the FDIC; therefore, 80% of 
the amounts collected, or $1.5 million, is owed to the FDIC.  This $1.5 million of expense is included in non-interest income under 
“accretion (amortization) of income related to business acquisitions.” 

Interest income decreased $15.8 million as the result of lower average interest rates on loans.  The average yield on loans decreased 
from 6.82% during the year ended December 31, 2013 to 6.20% during the year ended December 31, 2014.  This decrease was due to 
lower overall loan rates, and a slightly lower amount of accretion income in the current year in conjunction with the fair value of the 
loan pools acquired in the FDIC-assisted transactions, as the additional yield accretion was $35.0 million in 2014 and was $35.2 
million in 2013.  On an on-going basis the Company estimates the cash flows expected to be collected from the acquired loan pools. 
This cash flows estimate has increased, based on the payment histories and reduced loss expectations of the loan pools, resulting in a 
total of $201.0 million of adjustments to be spread on a level-yield basis over the remaining expected lives of the loan pools. The 
increases in expected cash flows also reduced the amount of expected reimbursements under the loss sharing agreements with the 
FDIC, which are recorded as indemnification assets. Therefore, the expected indemnification assets have also been reduced, resulting 
in a total of $165.5 million of adjustments to be amortized on a comparable basis over the remainder of the loss sharing agreements or 
the remaining expected life of the loan pools, whichever is shorter.  For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the adjustments 
increased interest income by $35.0 million and $35.2 million, respectively, and decreased non-interest income by $28.7 million and 
$29.5 million, respectively.  The net impact to pre-tax income was $6.2 million and $5.8 million, respectively, for the years ended 
December 31, 2014 and 2013.  As of December 31, 2014, the remaining accretable yield adjustment that will affect interest income is 
$26.9 million and the remaining adjustment to the indemnification assets, including the effects of the clawback liability related to 
InterBank, that will affect non-interest income (expense) is $(22.6) million.  Of the remaining adjustments, we expect to recognize 
$20.4 million of interest income and $(16.5) million of non-interest income (expense) during 2015.  Additional adjustments may be 
recorded in future periods from the FDIC-assisted transactions, as the Company continues to estimate expected cash flows from the 
acquired loan pools.  Excluding the yield accretion, the average yield on loans was 4.94% for the year ended December 31, 2014, 
down from 5.35% for the year ended December 31, 2013, as a result of normal amortization of higher-rate loans and new loans that 
were made at current lower market rates.   

Interest Income - Investments and Other Interest-earning Assets 

Interest income on investments decreased $4.7 million as a result of a decrease in average balances from $717.8 million during the 
year ended December 31, 2013, to $495.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2014.  Average balances of securities 
decreased due primarily to the normal monthly payments received on the portfolio of mortgage-backed securities and the sale of 
securities during 2014, with proceeds being used to fund new loan originations and deposit outflows.  Interest income on other 
interest-earning assets decreased $156,000 mainly due to lower average balances from $276.4 million during the year ended 
December 31, 2013, to $185.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2014.  Interest income on investments increased $684,000 
as a result of an increase in average interest rates from 2.01% during the year ended December 31, 2013 to 2.11% during the year 
ended December 31, 2014.  The majority of the Company’s securities in 2013 and 2014 were mortgage-backed securities which are 
backed by hybrid ARMs that have fixed rates of interest for a period of time (generally one to ten years) and then adjust annually.  The 
actual amount of securities that reprice and the actual interest rate changes on these securities are subject to the level of prepayments 

30

 
 
 
on these securities and the changes that actually occur in market interest rates (primarily treasury rates and LIBOR rates).  Mortgage-
backed securities are also subject to reduced yields due to more rapid prepayments in the underlying mortgages.  As a result, 
premiums on these securities may be amortized against interest income more quickly, thereby reducing the yield recorded.   

Average balances of interest-earning deposits decreased primarily due to decreases in the Bank’s customer deposit balances.  The 
Company’s interest-earning deposits and non-interest-earning cash equivalents currently earn very low or no yield and therefore 
negatively impact the Company’s net interest margin. At December 31, 2014, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $218.6 
million compared to $227.9 million at December 31, 2013.  See "Net Interest Income" for additional information on the impact of this 
interest activity. 

Total Interest Expense 

Total interest expense decreased $3.4 million, or 17.7%, during the year ended December 31, 2014, when compared with the year 
ended December 31, 2013, due to a decrease in interest expense on deposits of $1.1 million, or 9.1%, a decrease in interest expense on 
FHLBank advances of $1.1 million, or 26.7%, and a decrease in interest expense on short-term and structured repo borrowings of $1.2 
million, or 52.7%. 

Interest Expense - Deposits 

Interest on demand deposits decreased $382,000 due to a decrease in average rates from 0.24% during the year ended December 31, 
2013, to 0.22% during the year ended December 31, 2014.  The average interest rates decreased due to lower overall market rates of 
interest since 2012 and because the Company chose to pay lower rates during 2014 and 2013.  Market rates of interest on checking 
and money market accounts have been decreasing since late 2008 when the FRB began reducing short-term interest rates.  Interest on 
demand deposits decreased $81,000 due to a small decrease in average balances from $1.46 billion in the year ended December 31, 
2013, to $1.43 billion in the year ended December 31, 2014.  Average noninterest-bearing demand balances increased from $460 
million for the year ended December 31, 2013, to $535 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.   

Interest expense on time deposits decreased $246,000 due to a decrease in average balances of time deposits from $1.07 billion during 
the year ended December 31, 2013, to $1.04 billion during the year ended December 31, 2014.  The decrease in average balances of 
time deposits was primarily due to some customers choosing not to renew their deposits with us upon maturity.  Also contributing to 
the decrease was the decrease in CDARS deposits from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014, partially offset by the increase in 
brokered deposits from December 31, 2013 to December 31, 2014.  Interest expense on time deposits decreased $412,000 as a result 
of a decrease in average rates of interest from 0.82% during the year ended December 31, 2013, to 0.78% during the year ended 
December 31, 2014.  A large portion of the Company’s certificate of deposit portfolio matures within one to two years and so it 
reprices fairly quickly; this is consistent with the portfolio over the past several years.  

Interest Expense - FHLBank Advances, Short-term Borrowings and Structured Repurchase Agreements and Subordinated 
Debentures Issued to Capital Trust 

During the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013, interest expense on FHLBank advances 
decreased due to lower average rates of interest, partially offset by higher average balances. Interest expense on FHLBank advances 
decreased $2.2 million due to a decrease in average interest rates from 3.11% in the year ended December 31, 2013, to 1.69% in the 
year ended December 31, 2014. The significant decrease in the average rate was due to the repayment of $80 million of the 
Company’s long-term higher-rate FHLBank advances in June 2014. As of December 31, 2014, $230 million of the Company’s $272 
million of total FHLBank advances are short-term advances with very low interest rates. Most of the remaining advances are fixed-
rate and are subject to penalty if paid off prior to maturity.  Partially offsetting this decrease was an increase in interest expense on 
FHLBank advances of $1.1 million due to an increase in average balances from $127.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, 
to $172.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2014. This increase was primarily due to additional short-term FHLBank advances 
obtained by the Company during 2014, to fund loan growth and for other short term funding needs. 

Interest expense on short-term borrowings and structured repurchase agreements decreased $380,000 due to a decrease in average 
balances from $233 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, to $189 million during the year ended December 31, 2014. 
Interest expense on short-term and structured repo borrowings decreased $845,000 due to a decrease in average rates on short-term 
borrowings from 1.00% in the year ended December 31, 2013, to 0.58% in the year ended December 31, 2014.  The decrease in 
balances of short-term borrowings in 2014 was primarily due to the repayment by the Company of $50 million of structured 
repurchase agreements in June 2014. As there were none of the higher-rate structured repurchase agreements during the latter half of 
2014, the average rate went down because the interest expense was all related to the lower-rate securities sold under repurchase 
agreements with customers. 

Interest expense on subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts increased $6,000 due to an increase in average rates from 1.81% in 
the year ended December 31, 2013, to 1.83% in the year ended December 31, 2014.  These are variable-rate debentures which bear 
interest at an average rate of three-month LIBOR plus 1.57%, adjusting quarterly. 

31

 
 
 
 
Net Interest Income 

Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased $8.0 million to $167.6 million compared to $159.6 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2013. Net interest margin was 4.84% for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to 4.70% in 2013, 
an increase of 14 basis points.  The Company’s margin was positively impacted in both years by the increases in expected cash flows 
to be received from the loan pools acquired in the FDIC-assisted transactions and the resulting increases to accretable yield which was 
discussed previously in “Interest Income – Loans” and is discussed in Note 4 of the accompanying audited financial statements.  The 
impact of these changes on the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were increases in interest income of $35.0 million and $35.2 
million, respectively, and increases in net interest margin of 101 basis points and 104 basis points, respectively.  Excluding the 
positive impact of the additional yield accretion, net interest margin increased 17 basis points during the year ended December 31, 
2014.  The increase in net interest margin is primarily due to a decrease in interest expense on FHLB advances and short-term 
borrowings, due to the payoff of FHLB advances and structured repurchase agreements.  In addition, the mix of assets has continued 
to change through an increase in the average balance of loans and a decrease in the average balance of investment securities and other 
interest-earning assets.  Our average yield on loans is higher than our average yield on investments.  During 2013 and 2014, market 
rates on checking and savings deposits decreased slightly and retail time deposits renewed at somewhat lower rates of interest.  The 
Company has also experienced decreases in yields on loans and investments, excluding the yield accretion income discussed above, 
when compared to the previous year.  Existing loans continue to repay, and in many cases new loans are originated at rates which are 
lower than the rates on those repaying loans and may be lower than existing average portfolio rates.  

The Company's overall interest rate spread increased 14 basis points, or 3.0%, from 4.60% during the year ended December 31, 2013, 
to 4.74% during the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase was due to an 11 basis point decrease in the weighted average rate 
paid on interest-bearing liabilities and a three basis point increase in the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets. The 
Company's overall net interest margin increased 14 basis points, or 3.0%, from 4.70% for the year ended December 31, 2013, to 
4.84% for the year ended December 31, 2014.  In comparing the two years, the yield on loans decreased 62 basis points while the 
yield on investment securities and other interest-earning assets increased 10 basis points. The rate paid on deposits decreased four 
basis points, the rate paid on FHLBank advances decreased 142 basis points, the rate paid on short-term borrowings decreased 42 
basis points and the rate paid on subordinated debentures issued to capital trust increased two basis points. 

The Company’s net interest income and margin has been significantly impacted by additional yield accretion recognized in 
conjunction with updated estimates of the fair value of the loan pools acquired in the 2009, 2011 and 2012 FDIC-assisted transactions. 
On an on-going basis, the Company estimates the cash flows expected to be collected from the acquired loan pools. For each of the 
loan portfolios acquired, the cash flow estimates have increased, based on payment histories and reduced loss expectations of the loan 
pools. This resulted in increased income that was spread on a level-yield basis over the remaining expected lives of the loan pools. The 
increases in expected cash flows also reduced the amount of expected reimbursements under the loss sharing agreements with the 
FDIC, which are recorded as indemnification assets. Therefore, the expected indemnification assets have also been reduced each 
quarter since the fourth quarter of 2010, resulting in adjustments to be amortized on a comparable basis over the remainder of the loss 
sharing agreements or the remaining expected lives of the loan pools, whichever is shorter.  Additional estimated cash flows, primarily 
related to the InterBank loan portfolios, were recorded in 2014. 

In addition, beginning in the three months ended December 31, 2014, the Company’s net interest income and margin has been 
impacted by additional yield accretion recognized in conjunction with updated estimates of the fair value of the loan pools acquired in 
the June 2014 Valley Bank FDIC-assisted transaction.  Beginning with the three months ended December 31, 2014, the cash flow 
estimates have increased for certain of the Valley Bank loan pools primarily based on significant loan repayments and also due to 
collection of certain loans, thereby reducing loss expectations on certain of the loan pools. This resulted in increased income that was 
spread on a level-yield basis over the remaining expected lives of these loan pools.  The Valley Bank transaction does not include a 
loss sharing agreement with the FDIC.  Therefore, there is no related indemnification asset. The entire amount of the discount 
adjustment will be accreted to interest income over time with no offsetting impact to non-interest income.  The amount of the Valley 
Bank discount adjustment accreted to interest income in 2014 was $981,000.   

For additional information on net interest income components, refer to the "Average Balances, Interest Rates and Yields" table in this 
Report.  

Provision for Loan Losses and Allowance for Loan Losses 

Management records a provision for loan losses in an amount it believes sufficient to result in an allowance for loan losses that will 
cover current net charge-offs as well as risks believed to be inherent in the loan portfolio of the Bank. The amount of provision 
charged against current income is based on several factors, including, but not limited to, past loss experience, current portfolio mix, 
actual and potential losses identified in the loan portfolio, economic conditions, and internal as well as external reviews.  However, the 

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
levels of non-performing assets, potential problem loans, loan loss provisions and net charge-offs fluctuate from period to period and 
are difficult to predict. 

Weak economic conditions, higher inflation or interest rates, or other factors may lead to increased losses in the portfolio and/or 
requirements for an increase in loan loss provision expense. Management maintains various controls in an attempt to limit future 
losses, such as a watch list of possible problem loans, documented loan administration policies and a loan review staff to review the 
quality and anticipated collectability of the portfolio. Additional procedures provide for frequent management review of the loan 
portfolio based on loan size, loan type, delinquencies, on-going correspondence with borrowers and problem loan work-outs. 
Management determines which loans are potentially uncollectible, or represent a greater risk of loss, and makes additional provisions 
to expense, if necessary, to maintain the allowance at a satisfactory level. 

The provision for loan losses decreased $13.2 million to $4.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 when compared with 
the year ended December 31, 2013.  At December 31, 2014, the allowance for loan losses was $38.4 million, a decrease of $1.7 
million from December 31, 2013. Total net charge-offs were $5.8 million and $17.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 
and 2013, respectively.  Nine relationships made up $5.1 million of the gross charge-off total ($7.8 million excluding consumer loans 
and overdrafts) for the year ended December 31, 2014, and one relationship made up $2.5 million of the gross recoveries ($4.0 million 
excluding consumer loans and overdrafts) for the year, which are included in the net charge-off total above.  The decrease in net 
charge-offs and provision for loan losses in 2014 were consistent with our expectations, as indicated in previous filings.  General 
market conditions, and more specifically, real estate absorption rates and unique circumstances related to individual borrowers and 
projects also contributed to the level of provisions and charge-offs.  As properties were categorized as potential problem loans, non-
performing loans or foreclosed assets, evaluations were made of the values of these assets with corresponding charge-offs as 
appropriate.   

Loans acquired in the 2009, 2011 and 2012 FDIC-assisted transactions are, or were, covered by loss sharing agreements between the 
FDIC and Great Southern Bank which afford Great Southern Bank at least 80% protection from losses in the acquired portfolio of 
loans.  The FDIC loss sharing agreements are subject to limitations on the types of losses covered and the length of time losses are 
covered and are conditioned upon the Bank complying with its requirements in the agreements with the FDIC.  These limitations are 
described in detail in Note 4 of the accompanying audited financial statements.  The acquired loans were grouped into pools based on 
common characteristics and were recorded at their estimated fair values, which incorporated estimated credit losses at the acquisition 
dates.  These loan pools are systematically reviewed by the Company to determine the risk of losses that may exceed those identified 
at the time of the acquisition.  Techniques used in determining risk of loss are similar to those used to determine the risk of loss for the 
legacy Great Southern Bank portfolio, with most focus being placed on those loan pools which include the larger loan relationships 
and those loan pools which exhibit higher risk characteristics.  Review of the acquired loan portfolio also includes meetings with 
customers, review of financial information and collateral valuations to determine if any additional losses are apparent.  Former Valley 
Bank loans are accounted for in pools and were recorded at their fair value at the time of the acquisition as of June 20, 2014; therefore, 
these loan pools are analyzed rather than the individual loans.   

The Bank's allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans, excluding loans covered by the FDIC loss sharing agreements, was 
1.34% and 1.92% at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  Management considers the allowance for loan losses adequate to 
cover losses inherent in the Company's loan portfolio at December 31, 2014, based on recent reviews of the Company's loan portfolio 
and current economic conditions.  If economic conditions were to deteriorate or management’s assessment of the loan portfolio were 
to change, it is possible that additional loan loss provisions would be required, thereby adversely affecting future results of operations 
and financial condition. 

Non-performing Assets 

Former TeamBank, Vantus Bank, Sun Security Bank and InterBank non-performing assets, including foreclosed assets, are not 
included in the totals or in the discussion of non-performing loans, potential problem loans and foreclosed assets below as they are, or 
were subject to loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, which cover at least 80% of principal losses that may be incurred in these 
portfolios for the applicable terms under the agreements.  At December 31, 2014, there were no material non-performing assets that 
were previously covered, and are now not covered, under the TeamBank or Vantus Bank non-single-family loss sharing agreements.  
In addition, FDIC-supported TeamBank, Vantus Bank, Sun Security Bank and InterBank assets were initially recorded at their 
estimated fair values as of their acquisition dates of March 20, 2009, September 4, 2009, October 7, 2011, and April 27, 2012, 
respectively.  The overall performance of the FDIC-covered loan pools acquired in 2009, 2011 and 2012 has been better than original 
expectations as of the acquisition dates.  Former Valley Bank loans are also excluded from the totals and the discussion of non-
performing loans, potential problem loans and foreclosed assets below, although they are not covered by a loss sharing agreement.  
Former Valley Bank loans are accounted for in pools and were recorded at their fair value at the time of the acquisition as of June 20, 
2014; therefore, these loan pools are analyzed rather than the individual loans.   

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The loss sharing agreement for the non-single-family portion of the loans acquired in the TeamBank transaction ended on March 31, 
2014.  Any additional losses in that non-single-family portfolio will not be eligible for loss sharing coverage. At this time, the 
Company does not expect any material losses in this non-single-family loan portfolio, which totaled $28.3 million at December 31, 
2014. 

The loss sharing agreement for the non-single-family portion of the loans acquired in the Vantus Bank transaction ended on 
September 30, 2014.  Any additional losses in that non-single-family portfolio will not be eligible for loss sharing coverage.  At this 
time, the Company does not expect any material losses in this non-single-family loan portfolio, which totaled $23.2 million, at 
December 31, 2014.   

As a result of changes in balances and composition of the loan portfolio, changes in economic and market conditions that occur from 
time to time, and other factors specific to a borrower's circumstances, the level of non-performing assets will fluctuate. Non-
performing assets, excluding FDIC-covered non-performing assets and other FDIC-assisted acquired assets, at December 31, 2014 
were $43.7 million, a decrease of $18.4 million from $62.1 million at December 31, 2013.  Non-performing assets, excluding FDIC-
covered non-performing assets and other FDIC-assisted acquired assets, as a percentage of total assets were 1.11% at December 31, 
2014, compared to 1.74% at December 31, 2013.  

Compared to December 31, 2013, non-performing loans decreased $11.8 million to $8.1 million and foreclosed assets decreased $6.6 
million to $35.5 million.  Commercial real estate loans comprised $4.7 million, or 57.7%, of the total of $8.1 million of non-
performing loans at December 31, 2014.  Non-performing one-to four-family residential loans comprised $1.7 million, or 20.4%, of 
the total non-performing loans at December 31, 2014.  Non-performing consumer loans were $1.1 million, or 13.7%, of total non-
performing loans at December 31, 2014.  Non-performing commercial business loans were $411,000, or 5.0%, of total non-
performing loans at December 31, 2014.  Non-performing construction and land development loans were $255,000, or 3.1%, of total 
non-performing loans at December 31, 2014.  

Non-performing Loans. Activity in the non-performing loans category during the year ended December 31, 2014, was as follows: 

Beginning  

Balance, 

Removed 

Transfers to 

Transfers to 

from Non-

Potential 

Foreclosed 

Ending 

Balance, 

January 1 

Additions 

Performing 

Problem Loans 

Assets 

Charge-Offs 

Payments 

December 31 

(In Thousands) 

One- to four-family construction 

$   

—  $   

—  $   

Subdivision construction  

Land development 

Commercial construction  

One- to four-family residential 

Other residential 

Commercial real estate 

Other commercial 

Consumer 

871 

338 
— 

             4,361 
— 

6,205 

7,231 

900 

3,231 

102 
— 

5,489 
— 

5,884 

342 

1,193 

—  $   
— 
— 
— 

—  $   
— 
— 
— 

(76)   
— 

(1,577)   

(3,118)   

(273)   

(1,088)   
— 
— 
— 

(52)   

(2,367) 

(1,136)   

(67) 
— 

(4,657) 
— 
— 
— 

(42) 

(80)   
— 

(1,129)   
— 

(1,363)   

(2,417)   

(206)   

(599)   

(38)   
— 

— 
— 

255 
— 

(1,235)                1,665 
— 

— 

(4,450)   

(1,627)   

(403)   

4,699 

411 

1,117 

—  $   

—  $   

—  $   

Total  

$   

19,906  $   

16,241  $   

(5,044)  $   

(1,140)  $   

(7,133)  $   

(6,331)  $   

(8,352)  $   

8,147 

At December 31, 2014, the non-performing commercial real estate category included eight loans, one of which was transferred from 
potential problem loans during the current year.  The largest relationship in this category, which was added in the current year, totaled 
$2.0 million, or 43.3% of the total category, and is collateralized by office buildings in Southeast Missouri.  The second largest 
relationship in this category, which was added in a previous year, totaled $1.9 million, or 40.9%, of the total category, and is 
collateralized by a theater property in Branson, Mo.  The non-performing one- to four-family residential category included 37 loans, 
20 of which were added during the year.  There were 34 properties in the one-to four-family category which were transferred to 
foreclosed assets during the year.  Of those, 15 properties, totaling $2.1 million, related to two borrowers.  The non-performing 
consumer category included 74 loans, 58 of which were added during the year.  The non-performing commercial business category 
included eight loans, four of which were added during the year.  The subdivision construction category of non-performing loans had a 
balance of $-0- at December 31, 2014, and had $2.4 million transferred to foreclosed assets during the year.  The total $2.4 million of 
transfers to foreclosed assets was related to two borrowers, and $688,000 of the total $1.1 million of charge-offs for the subdivision 
construction category was related to those two borrowers.   

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreclosed Assets. Of the total $45.8 million of other real estate owned at December 31, 2014, $5.7 million represents the fair value of 
foreclosed assets covered by FDIC loss sharing agreements, $879,000 represents the fair value of foreclosed assets previously covered 
by FDIC loss sharing agreements, $778,000 represents foreclosed assets related to Valley Bank and not covered by loss sharing 
agreements, $87,000 represents other assets related to acquired loans, and $2.9 million represents properties which were not acquired 
through foreclosure. The foreclosed assets and other assets related to acquired loans and the properties not acquired through 
foreclosure are not included in the following table and discussion of foreclosed assets.  Because sales of foreclosed properties 
exceeded additions, total foreclosed assets decreased.  Activity in foreclosed assets during the year ended December 31, 2014, was as 
follows:   

Beginning  
Balance, 
January 1 

$   

— 
11,652 
18,920 
— 
744 
5,900 
4,135 
79 
715 

Additions 

Proceeds 
from Sales 

Capitalized 
Costs 

ORE Expense 
Write-Downs 

(In Thousands) 

Ending  
Balance, 
December 31 

$   

223  $   

—  $   

2,144   
76   
—   
4,800   
—   
417   
—   
3,051   

(3,079)   
(333)   
— 
(1,989)   
(3,060)   
(2,773)   
(3)   
(3,101)   

—  $   
— 
— 
— 
— 
96 
— 
— 
— 

—  $   

(860)   
(1,495)   
— 
(202)   
(311)   
(147)   
(17)   
(41)   

223 
9,857 
17,168 
— 
3,353 
2,625 
1,632 
59 
624 

One- to four-family construction 
Subdivision construction  
Land development 
Commercial construction 
One- to four-family residential 
Other residential 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 
Consumer 

Total  

$   

42,145 

$   

10,711  $   

(14,338)  $   

96  $   

(3,073)  $   

35,541 

At December 31, 2014, the land development category of foreclosed assets included 33 properties, the largest of which was located in 
northwest Arkansas and had a balance of $2.3 million, or 13.3% of the total category.  Of the total dollar amount in the land 
development category of foreclosed assets, 41.4% and 34.7% was located in northwest Arkansas and in the Branson, Mo., area, 
respectively, including the largest property previously mentioned.  The subdivision construction category of foreclosed assets included 
31 properties, the largest of which was located in the St. Louis, Mo. metropolitan area and had a balance of $1.7 million, or 17.7% of 
the total category.  One relationship, which was originated in 2006, made up $1.3 million of the $2.1 million of additions in the 
subdivision construction category, and is collateralized by property near the Kansas City, Mo. metropolitan area.  Of the total dollar 
amount in the subdivision construction category of foreclosed assets, 18.2% and 15.5% is located in Branson, Mo. and Springfield, 
Mo., respectively.  The one-to four-family residential category of foreclosed assets included 24 properties, of which the largest 
relationship, with nine properties in the southwest Missouri area, had a balance of $1.2 million, or 34.8% of the total category.  These 
properties were all added in 2014.  In addition, six properties totaling $936,000 to one borrower were added in 2014.  These properties 
were collateralized by property in the Branson, Mo., area.  All of the properties discussed above which were added during 2014 in the 
one-to four-family category were originally financed by the Bank prior to 2008.  Of the total dollar amount in the one-to- four-family 
category of foreclosed assets, 40.4% is located in Branson, Mo.  The other residential category of foreclosed assets included 12 
properties, 10 of which were all part of the same condominium community, which was located in Branson, Mo. and had a balance of 
$1.8 million, or 68.1% of the total category.  Of the total dollar amount in the other residential category of foreclosed assets, 86.7% 
was located in the Branson, Mo., area, including the largest properties previously mentioned.    

Potential Problem Loans. Potential problem loans decreased $2.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 from $27.0 
million at December 31, 2013 to $25.0 million at December 31, 2014. This decrease was due to $7.9 million in loans transferred to the 
non-performing category, $7.2 million in loans removed from potential problem loans due to improvements in the credits, $907,000 in 
charge-offs, $419,000 in loans transferred to foreclosed assets, and $835,000 in payments on potential problem loans, partially offset 
by the addition of $15.3 million of loans to potential problem loans.  Potential problem loans are loans which management has 
identified through routine internal review procedures as having possible credit problems that may cause the borrowers difficulty in 
complying with current repayment terms. These loans are not reflected in non-performing assets, but are considered in determining the 
adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.  Activity in the potential problem loans category during the year ended December 31, 2014, 
was as follows: 

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning  

Balance,  

Removed 

Transfers to 

Transfers to 

from Potential 

Non-

Foreclosed 

Ending 

Balance, 

January 1 

Additions 

Problem 

Performing 

Assets 

Charge-Offs 

Payments 

December 31 

(In Thousands) 

One- to four-family construction 

$   

—  $   

1,312  $   

Subdivision construction  

Land development 

Commercial construction  

One- to four-family residential 

Other residential 

Commercial real estate 

Other commercial 

Consumer 

2,201 

10,857 
— 

2,193 

1,956 

8,737 

860 

183 

4,392 
— 
— 

2,749 
— 

5,805 

849 

145 

—  $   
—   

(5,000)   
—   

(250)   
—   

(1,905)   

(43)   
—   

—  $   

—  $   

—  $   

—  $   

(1,806)   
—   
—   

(2,412)   
—   

(3,456)   

(225)   

(6)   

(2)   
— 
— 
— 
— 

(417)   
— 
— 

(500)   
— 
— 
— 
— 

(381)   
— 

(26)   

(33)   
— 
— 

(374)   
— 

(340)   

(6)   

(82)   

1,312 

4,252 

5,857 
— 

1,906 

1,956 

8,043 

1,435 

214 

Total  

$   

26,987  $   

15,252  $   

(7,198)  $   

(7,905)  $   

(419)  $   

(907)  $   

(835)  $   

24,975 

At December 31, 2014, the commercial real estate category of potential problem loans included eight loans, six of which were added 
during the current year.  The largest relationship in this category, which was added during a previous year, had a balance of $4.9 
million, or 60.2% of the total category.  The relationship is collateralized by properties located near Branson, Mo. The land 
development category of potential problem loans included three loans, all of which were added during previous years.  The largest 
relationship in this category totaled $3.8 million, or 65.6% of the total category, and is collateralized by property in the Branson, Mo., 
area.  The subdivision construction category of potential problem loans included eight loans, six of which were added during the 
current year.  The largest relationship in this category, which is made up of four loans which were added during the current year, had a 
balance totaling $3.5 million, or 83.0% of the total category, and is collateralized by property in southwest Missouri. The loans in this 
relationship which were added during the current year were all originated prior to 2008. The other residential category of potential 
problem loans included one loan which was added in a previous year, and is collateralized by properties located in the Branson, Mo., 
area.  The one- to four-family residential category of potential problem loans included 23 loans, nine of which were added during the 
current year.  Of the total $2.7 million of loans added during the year in this category, $1.1 million were transfers from non-
performing loans due to the improved condition of the borrower.  The commercial business category of potential problem loans 
included nine loans, six of which were added in the current year, of which three were part of the same relationship.  The largest 
relationship in this category had a balance of $660,000, or 46.0% of the total category, and is collateralized primarily by automobiles.  
The one-to four-family construction category of potential problem loans included three loans, all of which were to the same borrower, 
and all of which were added during the current year.  These loans were collateralized by property in southwest Missouri and were all 
originated prior to 2008.  These loans are part of the same borrower relationship as the $3.5 million relationship added in the 
subdivision construction category discussed above.   

Non-Interest Income 

Non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $14.7 million compared with $5.3 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2013. The increase of $9.4 million, or 177.2%, was primarily the result of the following increases and decreases: 

Initial gain recognized on business acquisition: The Company recognized a one-time gain of $10.8 million (pre-tax) on the FDIC-
assisted acquisition of Valley Bank, which occurred on June 20, 2014. 

Net realized gains on sales of available-for-sale securities: Gains on sales of available-for-sale securities increased $1.9 million 
compared to the prior year.  This was due to the sale of all of the Company’s Small Business Administration securities in June 2014, 
which produced a gain of $569,000; the sale of the acquired Valley Bank securities in July 2014, which produced a gain of $121,000; 
and the sale of the taxable municipal securities acquired in the Sun Security Bank transaction in October 2014, resulting in a gain of 
$1.2 million.   

Service charges and ATM fees:  Service charges and ATM fees increased $848,000 compared to the prior year, primarily due to an 
increase in fee income from the additional accounts acquired in the Valley Bank transaction in June 2014.    

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Partially offsetting the increase in non-interest income were the following items: 

Amortization of income related to business acquisitions:  The net amortization expense related to business acquisitions was $27.9 
million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $25.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.  The amortization 
expense for the year ended December 31, 2014, was made up of the following items:  $27.5 million of amortization expense related to 
the changes in cash flows expected to be collected from the FDIC-covered loan portfolios, $1.7 million of amortization of the 
clawback liability and $152,000 of impairment of the indemnification asset for Vantus Bank.  The impairment was recorded because 
the Company did not expect, and did not receive, resolution of certain items related to commercial foreclosed assets prior to the 
expiration of the non-single-family loss sharing agreement for Vantus Bank.  In addition, the Company collected amounts on various 
problem assets acquired from the FDIC totaling $1.9 million.  Under the loss sharing agreements, 80% of these collected amounts 
must be remitted to the FDIC; therefore, the Company recorded a liability and related expense of $1.5 million.  Offsetting the expense 
was income from the accretion of the discount related to the indemnification assets for all of the acquisitions of $2.4 million and 
$600,000 of other loss share income items.   

Gains on sales of single-family loans: Gains on sales of single-family loans decreased $782,000 compared to the prior year.  This was 
due to a decrease in originations of fixed-rate loans due to higher fixed rates on these loans during most of 2014 which resulted in 
fewer loans being originated to refinance existing debt.  Fixed rate single-family loans originated are subsequently sold in the 
secondary market.  The decrease occurred in the first six months of the year and was partially offset by an increase in gains on sales of 
single-family loans during the last six months of the year ended December 31, 2014, which included additional loan originations in the 
operations acquired in the Valley Bank transaction in June 2014.   

Change in interest rate swap fair value:  The Company recorded expense of $(345,000) during 2014 due to the decrease in the interest 
rate swap fair value related to its matched book interest rate derivatives program.  This compares to income of $295,000 recorded 
during the year ended December 31, 2013. 

Non-Interest Expense 

Total non-interest expense increased $15.3 million, or 14.4%, from $105.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, to $120.9 
million in the year ended December 31, 2014.  The Company’s efficiency ratio for the year ended December 31, 2014, was 66.3%, up 
from 64.1% in 2013.  The 2014 ratio was negatively affected by the early repayment of certain borrowings in June 2014 and the 
increase in non-interest expense related to the June 2014 Valley acquisition and other items as discussed above, partially offset by 
increases in non-interest income resulting from the initial gain recognized on the Valley acquisition. The Company’s ratio of non-
interest expense to average assets increased from 2.79% for the year ended December 31, 2013, to 3.16% for the year ended 
December 31, 2014.  The increase in the current year ratio was primarily due to the increase in other operating expenses in the 2014 
year compared to the 2013 year due to the penalties paid for prepayment of borrowings, write-downs related to certain foreclosed 
assets and other non-interest expenses related to the Valley acquisition.  Average assets for the year ended December 31, 2014, 
increased $34.6 million, or 0.9%, from the year ended December 31, 2013.  The following were key items related to the increase in 
non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2013: 

Other Operating Expenses:  Other operating expenses increased $7.7 million, to $15.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 
compared to the prior year period primarily due to $7.4 million in prepayment penalties paid as the Company elected in June 2014, to 
repay $130 million of its FHLBank advances and structured repo borrowings prior to their maturity.   

Valley Bank acquisition expenses:  The Company incurred approximately $5.6 million of additional non-interest expenses during the 
year ended December 31, 2014 related to the operations of Valley Bank, which was acquired through the FDIC in June 2014.  Those 
expenses included approximately $2.3 million of compensation expense, approximately $1.2 million of computer and equipment 
expense, approximately $718,000 of net occupancy expense, approximately $241,000 of legal, audit and other professional fees 
expense, approximately $333,000 of travel, meals and other expenses related to due diligence for the transaction and integration issues 
and various other expenses.  Approximately $2.6 million of these expenses are not expected to recur in future periods. 

Expense on foreclosed assets:  Expense on foreclosed assets increased $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared 
to the prior year due to write-downs on foreclosed assets of approximately $2.0 million in 2014.   

Provision for Income Taxes 

In 2014, the Company elected to early-adopt FASB ASU No. 2014-01, which amends FASB ASC Topic 323, Investments – Equity 
Method and Joint Ventures. This Update impacts the Company’s accounting for investments in flow-through limited liability entities 
which manage or invest in affordable housing projects that qualify for the low-income housing tax credit. The amendments in the 
Update permit reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing 
projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, an 

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net 
investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit). The Company has significant 
investments in such qualified affordable housing projects that meet the required conditions.  The Company’s adoption of this Update 
did not materially affect the Company’s financial position or results of operations, except that the investment amortization expense, 
which previously was included in Other Non-interest Expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income, is now included in Provision 
for Income Taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Income presented. As a result, there was no change in Net Income for the periods 
covered in this release.  In addition, there was no cumulative effect adjustment to Retained Earnings. 

Provision for income taxes as a percentage of pre-tax income was 24.0% and 19.5% for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, 
respectively, which was lower than the statutory federal tax rate of 35%, due primarily to the effects of the tax credits utilized and to 
tax-exempt investments and tax-exempt loans which reduced the Company’s effective tax rate.  In future periods, the Company 
expects its effective tax rate typically will be 20-25% of pre-tax net income, assuming it continues to maintain or increase its use of 
investment tax credits. The Company’s effective tax rate may fluctuate as it is impacted by the level and timing of the Company’s 
utilization of tax credits and the level of tax-exempt investments and loans and the overall level of pretax income.  At this time, the 
Company expects to continue to utilize a significant amount of tax credits in 2015. 

Average Balances, Interest Rates and Yields 

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the total dollar amount of interest income from average interest-earning assets 
and the resulting yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, expressed both in dollars and rates, and 
the net interest margin. Average balances of loans receivable include the average balances of non-accrual loans for each period. 
Interest income on loans includes interest received on non-accrual loans on a cash basis. Interest income on loans includes the 
amortization of net loan fees which were deferred in accordance with accounting standards. Fees included in interest income were 
$3.2 million, $3.4 million and $3.2 million for 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Tax-exempt income was not calculated on a tax 
equivalent basis. The table does not reflect any effect of income taxes. 

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
Dec. 31, 
2014(2) 

Yield/ 
Rate 

4.57% 
4.56 
4.34 
4.11 
4.68 
5.09 
5.22 

4.66 

2.81 
0.21 

Year Ended  
December 31, 2014 

Year Ended  
December 31, 2013 

Year Ended  
December 31, 2012 

Average 
Balance 

Interest 

Yield/ 
Rate 

Average 
Balance 

Interest 

Yield/ 
Rate 

Average 
Balance 

Interest 

Yield/ 
Rate 

(Dollars In Thousands) 

$   480,827 
375,754 
920,340 
259,993 
296,318 
404,375 

46,499   

$ 41,343 
21,268 
47,724 
13,330 
17,722 
28,593 
2,589 

8.60% 
5.66 
5.19 
5.13 
5.98 
7.07 
5.57 

$   472,127 
312,362 
813,147 
208,254 
249,647 
297,852 

$ 35,072 
23,963 
51,175 
14,413 
14,505 
21,947 
50,155           2,828 

7.43% 
7.67 
6.29 
6.92 
5.81 
7.37 
5.64 

$   463,096 
314,630 
785,181 
219,309 
228,109 
259,684 
56,264 

$ 31,643 
18,807 
56,428 
20,802 
19,439 
19,739 
    3,305 

6.83% 
5.98 
7.19 
9.49 
8.52 
7.60 
5.87 

2,784,106 

172,569 

6.20 

2,403,544 

163,903 

6.82 

2,326,273 

170,163 

7.31 

495,155 
185,072   

10,467 
326 

2.11 
0.18 

717,806 
14,459 
276,394              433 

2.01 
0.16 

846,197 
413,092 

22,674 
      671 

2.68 
0.16 

4.33 

3,464,333   

  183,362 

5.29 

3,397,744 

 178,795 

5.26 

3,585,562 

 193,508 

5.40 

96,665 
263,495 
$3,824,493 

88,678 
303,454 
$3,789,876 

84,035 
336,016 
$4,005,613 

0.19 
0.78 
0.45 

0.08 

1.80 
0.75 

   $1,429,893 

  1,042,563   
2,472,456 

3,088 
8,137 
11,225 

0.22 
0.78 
0.45 

3,551 
  $1,464,029 
  1,073,110           8,795 
12,346 

2,537,139 

0.24 
0.82 
0.49 

  $1,456,172 
  1,357,741 
2,813,913 

7,087 
    13,633 
20,720 

0.49 
1.00 
0.74 

188,906 

1,099 

0.58 

232,598 

2,324 

1.00 

265,718 

2,610 

0.98 

30,929 
171,997   

567 
2,910 

1.83 
1.69 

30,929 
561 
127,561           3,972 

1.81 
3.11 

30,929 
145,464 

617 
    4,430 

1.99 
3.05 

0.47 

2,864,288   

  15,801 

0.55 

2,928,227 

19,203 

0.66 

3,256,024 

    28,377 

0.87 

535,132 
22,403 
3,421,823 
402,670 

$3,824,493 

459,802 
23,197 
3,411,226 
378,650 

$3,789,876 

385,770 
11,537 
3,653,331 
352,282 

$4,005,613 

 3.86% 

$167,561 

4.74% 
4.84% 

$159,592 

4.60% 
4.70% 

$165,131 

4.53% 
4.61% 

120.9% 

116.0% 

110.1% 

Interest-earning assets: 
Loans receivable: 
  One- to four-family 

residential 

  Other residential 
  Commercial real estate 
  Construction 
  Commercial business 
  Other loans 
  Industrial revenue bonds (1) 

     Total loans receivable 

Investment securities (1) 
Other interest-earning assets 

     Total interest-earning 

assets 

Non-interest-earning assets: 
  Cash and cash equivalents 
  Other non-earning assets 
     Total assets 

Interest-bearing liabilities: 
  Interest-bearing demand and 

savings 
  Time deposits 
  Total deposits 
  Short-term borrowings and  
repurchase agreements 
  Subordinated debentures 
issued to capital trust 

  FHLB advances 

     Total interest-bearing 

liabilities 

Non-interest-bearing 
liabilities: 
  Demand deposits 
  Other liabilities 
     Total liabilities 
Stockholders’ equity 
     Total liabilities and 

stockholders’ equity 

Net interest income: 
Interest rate spread 
Net interest margin* 
Average interest-earning 

assets to average interest-
bearing liabilities 

*  Defined as the Company's net interest income divided by total interest-earning assets. 
(1)  Of the total average balances of investment securities, average tax-exempt investment securities were $87.9 million, $80.9 million and $134.7 million for 2014, 
2013 and 2012, respectively. In addition, average tax-exempt industrial revenue bonds were $38.5 million, $38.3 million and $22.1 million in 2014, 2013 and 
2012, respectively. Interest income on tax-exempt assets included in this table was $5.2 million, $5.1 million and $5.8 million for 2014, 2013 and 2012, 
respectively. Interest income net of disallowed interest expense related to tax-exempt assets was $5.0 million, $4.9 million and $5.5 million for 2014, 2013 and 
2012, respectively. 

(2) The yield/rate on loans at December 31, 2014 does not include the impact of the accretable yield (income) on loans acquired in the FDIC-assisted transactions.  See 

“Net Interest Income” for a discussion of the effect on 2014 results of operations. 

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
Rate/Volume Analysis 

The following table presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for major components of interest-
earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the periods shown. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing 
liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to (i) changes in rate (i.e., changes in rate multiplied by old volume) and (ii) 
changes in volume (i.e., changes in volume multiplied by old rate). For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and 
volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately to volume and rate. Tax-exempt income was not calculated 
on a tax equivalent basis. 

Year Ended  
December 31, 2014 vs.  
December 31, 2013 

Year Ended  
December 31, 2013 vs.  
December 31, 2012 

Increase (Decrease)  
Due to 

Rate 

  Volume 

Total 
Increase 
(Decrease) 

Increase (Decrease)  
Due to 

Rate 

  Volume 

Total 
Increase 
(Decrease) 

(In Thousands) 

Interest-earning assets: 
Loans receivable 
Investment securities  
Other interest-earning assets   
Total interest-earning assets 
Interest-bearing liabilities: 
Demand deposits 
Time deposits 
Total deposits 
Short-term borrowings and 

structured repo 

Subordinated debentures 
issued to capital trust 

FHLBank advances 
Total interest-bearing 

liabilities 

Net interest income 

$    (15,785)    $   

  $    (11,786)    $   

  $   

24,451 
(4,676)     
(156)     

8,666 
(3,992)     
(107)     
4,567 

(5,099)     
(23)     
  (16,908)     

  $   

5,526 
(3,116)     
(215)     
2,195 

(6,260) 
(8,215) 
(238) 
  (14,713) 

  (15,052)     

19,619 

684 
49 

(382)     
(412)     
(794)     

(81)     
(246)     
(327)     

(463)     
(658)     
(1,121)     

(3,574)     
(2,260)     
(5,834)     

38 
(2,578)     
(2,540)     

(3,536) 
(4,838) 
(8,374) 

(845) 

(380) 

(1,225) 

6 
(2,172)     

— 
1,110 

6 
(1,062)     

44 

(56) 
98 

(330) 

— 
(556)     

(286) 

(56) 
(458) 

(3,805) 
$    (11,247)    $   

403 
19,216 

  $   

(3,402) 
7,969 

(5,748) 
  $    (11,160)    $   

(3,426) 
5,621 

  $   

(9,174) 
(5,539) 

Results of Operations and Comparison for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 

General 

Net income decreased $15.0 million, or 30.8%, during the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the year ended December 31, 
2012.  Net income from continuing operations decreased $10.4 million, or 23.5%, during the year ended December 31, 2013, 
compared to the year ended December 31, 2012.  Net income was $33.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 
$48.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.  Net income from continuing operations was $33.7 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2013 compared to $44.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.  This decrease was due to a decrease in non-
interest income of $40.7 million, or 88.5%, and a decrease in net interest income of $5.5 million, or 3.4%, partially offset by a 
decrease in the provision for loan losses of $26.5 million, or 60.4%, a decrease in provision for income taxes of $7.2 million, or 68.0%, 
and a decrease in non-interest expense of $2.2 million, or 1.9%. Non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2012 included a 
gain recognized on business acquisition of $31.3 million.  Net income available to common shareholders was $33.2 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $48.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. 

Total Interest Income 

Total interest income decreased $14.7 million, or 7.6%, during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended 
December 31, 2012. The decrease was due to an $8.4 million, or 36.2%, decrease in interest income on investments and other interest-
earning assets, and a decrease in interest income on loans of $6.3 million, or 3.7%.  Interest income from investment securities and 
other interest-earning assets decreased during the year ended December 31, 2013 due to lower average rates of interest and lower 
average balances.  The lower average investment yields were primarily a result of lower yields on mortgage-backed securities as 

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
interest rates reset downward.  Prepayments on the mortgages underlying these securities resulted in amortization of premiums which 
also reduced yields. In addition, investments had lower average balances in 2013 as a result of increased prepayments and normal 
monthly payments on mortgage-backed securities.  Cash flows from investments were used to fund loans and reduce certain deposit 
types.  In 2013, few investment securities were purchased to offset these reductions.  Interest income on loans is affected by variations 
in the adjustments to accretable yield due to increases in expected cash flows to be received from the FDIC-acquired loan pools as 
discussed in “Interest Income – Loans” and in Note 4 of the accompanying audited financial statements.  In 2013, many higher 
yielding loans matured or were repaid.  These loans were replaced with new loans that were generally at rates lower than those that 
repaid during the year, resulting in lower overall yields in the loan portfolio.  Higher average balances of loans partially offset the 
lower interest income on loans.   

Interest Income - Loans 

During the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012, interest income on loans decreased due to 
lower average interest rates, partially offset by higher average balances. Interest income decreased $11.8 million as the result of lower 
average interest rates on loans.  The average yield on loans decreased from 7.31% during the year ended December 31, 2012 to 6.82% 
during the year ended December 31, 2013.  This decrease was due to lower overall loan rates, and a lower amount of accretion income 
in the current year in conjunction with the fair value of the loan pools acquired in the FDIC-assisted transactions, as the additional 
yield accretion was less in 2013 than in 2012.  On an on-going basis the Company estimates the cash flows expected to be collected 
from the acquired loan pools. This cash flows estimate increased during 2013, based on the payment histories and reduced loss 
expectations of the loan pools, resulting in a total of $169.6 million of adjustments to be spread on a level-yield basis over the 
remaining expected lives of the loan pools. The increases in expected cash flows also reduced the amount of expected reimbursements 
under the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, which are recorded as indemnification assets. Therefore, the expected 
indemnification assets also were reduced during 2013, resulting in a total of $142.4 million of adjustments to be amortized on a 
comparable basis over the remainder of the loss sharing agreements or the remaining expected life of the loan pools, whichever is 
shorter.  For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the adjustments increased interest income by $35.2 million and $36.2 
million, respectively, and decreased non-interest income by $29.5 million and $29.9 million, respectively.  The net impact to pre-tax 
income was $5.8 million and $6.3 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.  As of December 31, 2013, 
the remaining accretable yield adjustment that will affect interest income is $30.4 million and the remaining adjustment to the 
indemnification assets, including the effects of the clawback liability related to InterBank, that will affect non-interest income 
(expense) is $(24.6) million.  Additional adjustments may be recorded in future periods from the FDIC-assisted transactions, as the 
Company continues to estimate expected cash flows from the acquired loan pools.  Excluding the yield accretion, the average yield on 
loans was 5.35% for the year ended December 31, 2013, down from 5.76% for the year ended December 31, 2012, as a result of 
normal amortization of higher-rate loans and new loans that were made at current lower market rates.   

Interest income increased $5.5 million as a result of higher average loan balances which increased from $2.33 billion during the year 
ended December 31, 2012 to $2.40 billion during the year ended December 31, 2013.  The higher average balances were primarily due 
to increases in commercial real estate loans, commercial business loans, and other consumer loans, partially offset by decreases in 
construction and other residential loans.      

Interest Income - Investments and Other Interest-earning Assets 

Interest income on investments decreased $5.1 million as a result of a decrease in average interest rates from 2.68% during the year 
ended December 31, 2012 to 2.01% during the year ended December 31, 2013.  The majority of the Company’s securities in 2012 and 
2013 were mortgage-backed securities which are backed by hybrid ARMs that have fixed rates of interest for a period of time 
(generally one to ten years) and then adjust annually.  The actual amount of securities that reprice and the actual interest rate changes 
on these securities are subject to the level of prepayments on these securities and the changes that actually occur in market interest 
rates (primarily treasury rates and LIBOR rates).  Mortgage-backed securities are also subject to reduced yields due to more rapid 
prepayments in the underlying mortgages.  As a result, premiums on these securities may be amortized against interest income more 
quickly, thereby reducing the yield recorded.  Interest income on investments decreased $3.1 million as a result of a decrease in 
average balances from $846.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2012, to $717.8 million during the year ended December 
31, 2013.  Average balances of securities decreased due primarily to the normal monthly payments received on the portfolio of 
mortgage-backed securities and the sale of securities during 2013, with proceeds being used to fund new loan originations and deposit 
outflows, while average interest-earning deposits decreased due to decreases in the Bank’s customer deposits.  Interest income on 
other interest-earning assets decreased $238,000 mainly due to lower average balances.   

Average balances of interest-earning deposits decreased primarily due to decreases in the Bank’s customer deposit balances.  The 
Company’s interest-earning deposits and non-interest-earning cash equivalents currently earn very low or no yield and therefore 
negatively impact the Company’s net interest margin. At December 31, 2013, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $227.9 
million compared to $404.1 million at December 31, 2012.  See "Net Interest Income" for additional information on the impact of this 
interest activity. 

41

 
 
 
 
Total Interest Expense 

Total interest expense decreased $9.2 million, or 32.3%, during the year ended December 31, 2013, when compared with the year 
ended December 31, 2012, due to a decrease in interest expense on deposits of $8.4 million, or 40.4%, a decrease in interest expense 
on FHLBank advances of $458,000, or 10.3%, a decrease in interest expense on short-term and structured repo borrowings of 
$286,000, or 11.0% and a decrease in interest expense on subordinated debentures issued to capital trust of $56,000, or 9.1%. 

Interest Expense - Deposits 

Interest on demand deposits decreased $3.5 million due to a decrease in average rates from 0.49% during the year ended December 31, 
2012, to 0.24% during the year ended December 31, 2013.  The average interest rates decreased due to lower overall market rates of 
interest since 2012 and because the Company chose to pay lower rates during 2013 when compared to 2012.  Market rates of interest 
on checking and money market accounts have been decreasing since late 2008 when the FRB began reducing short-term interest rates.  
Interest on demand deposits increased $38,000 due to a small increase in average balances from the year ended December 31, 2012, to 
the year ended December 31, 2013.  The small increase in average balances of demand deposits was primarily a result of the 
InterBank acquisition in April of 2012, and customer preference to transition from time deposits to demand deposits.  Average 
noninterest-bearing demand balances increased from $386 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, to $460 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2013.   

Interest expense on time deposits decreased $2.6 million due to a decrease in average balances of time deposits from $1.36 billion 
during the year ended December 31, 2012, to $1.07 billion during the year ended December 31, 2013.  The decrease in average 
balances of time deposits was primarily due to some customers choosing not to renew their deposits with us upon maturity.  Also 
contributing to the decrease was the decrease in CDARS deposits of $32.8 million from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013.  
Interest expense on time deposits decreased $2.3 million as a result of a decrease in average rates of interest from 1.00% during the 
year ended December 31, 2012, to 0.82% during the year ended December 31, 2013.  A large portion of the Company’s certificate of 
deposit portfolio matures within one to two years and so it reprices fairly quickly; this is consistent with the portfolio over the past 
several years.  

Interest Expense - FHLBank Advances, Short-term Borrowings and Structured Repurchase Agreements and Subordinated 
Debentures Issued to Capital Trust 

During the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012, interest expense on FHLBank advances 
decreased due to lower average balances. Interest expense on FHLBank advances decreased $556,000 due to a decrease in average 
balances from $145 million during the year ended December 31, 2012, to $128 million during the year ended December 31, 2013.  
This decrease was primarily due to repayments of maturing advances.  Interest expense on FHLBank advances increased $98,000 due 
to an increase in average interest rates from 3.05% in the year ended December 31, 2012, to 3.11% in the year ended December 31, 
2013.  Advances in the 2012 period included some short-term advances which carried very low rates of interest.  Most of the 
remaining advances are fixed-rate and are subject to penalty if paid off prior to maturity.   

Interest expense on short-term borrowings and structured repurchase agreements decreased $330,000 due to a decrease in average 
balances from $266 million during the year ended December 31, 2012, to $233 million during the year ended December 31, 2013.  
The decrease in balances of short-term borrowings was primarily due to decreases in securities sold under repurchase agreements with 
the Company's deposit customers which tend to fluctuate.  Interest expense on short-term borrowings and structured repurchase 
agreements increased $44,000 due to a slight increase in average rates on short-term borrowings and structured repurchase agreements 
from the year ended December 31, 2012, to the year ended December 31, 2013.  

Interest expense on subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts decreased $56,000 due to a decrease in average rates from 1.99% 
in the year ended December 31, 2012, to 1.81% in the year ended December 31, 2013.  These are variable-rate debentures which bear 
interest at an average rate of three-month LIBOR plus 1.57%, adjusting quarterly. 

Net Interest Income 

Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2013 decreased $5.5 million to $159.6 million compared to $165.1 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2012. Net interest margin was 4.70% for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to 4.61% in 2012, 
an increase of nine basis points.  The Company’s margin was positively impacted in both years by the increases in expected cash 
flows to be received from the loan pools acquired in the FDIC-assisted transactions and the resulting increases to accretable yield 
which was discussed previously in “Interest Income – Loans” and is discussed in Note 4 of the accompanying audited financial 
statements.  The impact of these changes on the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were increases in interest income of $35.2 
million and $36.2 million, respectively, and increases in net interest margin of 104 basis points and 101 basis points, respectively.  
Excluding the positive impact of the additional yield accretion, net interest margin increased six basis points during the year ended 
December 31, 2013.  During 2012 and 2013, market rates on checking and savings deposits decreased and retail time deposits 
renewed at lower rates of interest.  The Company also experienced decreases in yields on loans and investments, excluding the yield 
accretion income discussed above, when comparing 2013 to 2012.  Existing loans continue to repay, and in many cases new loans are 

42

 
 
 
 
 
originated at rates which are lower than the rates on those repaying loans and may be lower than existing average portfolio rates.  In 
addition, premium amortization on the Company’s mortgage-backed securities investments was higher in 2013 compared to 2012. 

The Company's overall interest rate spread increased seven basis points, or 1.8%, from 4.53% during the year ended December 31, 
2012, to 4.60% during the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was due to a 21 basis point decrease in the weighted average 
rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, partially offset by a 14 basis point decrease in the weighted average yield on interest-earning 
assets. The Company's overall net interest margin increased nine basis points, or 2.0%, from 4.61% for the year ended December 31, 
2012, to 4.70% for the year ended December 31, 2013.  In comparing the two years, the yield on loans decreased 49 basis points while 
the yield on investment securities and other interest-earning assets decreased 67 basis points. The rate paid on deposits decreased 25 
basis points, the rate paid on FHLBank advances increased six basis points, the rate paid on short-term borrowings increased two basis 
points and the rate paid on subordinated debentures issued to capital trust decreased 18 basis points. 

For additional information on net interest income components, refer to the "Average Balances, Interest Rates and Yields" table in this 
Report.  

Provision for Loan Losses and Allowance for Loan Losses 

The provision for loan losses decreased $26.5 million to $17.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 when compared with 
the year ended December 31, 2012.  At December 31, 2013, the allowance for loan losses was $40.1 million, a decrease of $533,000 
from December 31, 2012. Total net charge-offs were $17.9 million and $44.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 
2012, respectively.  Ten relationships made up $12.7 million of the net charge-off total for the year ended December 31, 2013. The 
decrease in net charge-offs and provision for loan losses in 2013 were consistent with our expectations, as indicated in previous filings.  
General market conditions, and more specifically, real estate absorption rates and unique circumstances related to individual 
borrowers and projects also contributed to the level of provisions and charge-offs.  As properties were categorized as potential 
problem loans, non-performing loans or foreclosed assets, evaluations were made of the values of these assets with corresponding 
charge-offs as appropriate.   

Loans acquired in the 2009, 2011 and 2012 FDIC-assisted transactions are covered by loss sharing agreements between the FDIC and 
Great Southern Bank which afford Great Southern Bank at least 80% protection from losses in the acquired portfolio of loans.  The 
FDIC loss sharing agreements are subject to limitations on the types of losses covered and the length of time losses are covered and 
are conditioned upon the Bank complying with its requirements in the agreements with the FDIC.  These limitations are described in 
detail in Note 4 of the accompanying audited financial statements.  The acquired loans were grouped into pools based on common 
characteristics and were recorded at their estimated fair values, which incorporated estimated credit losses at the acquisition dates.  
These loan pools are systematically reviewed by the Company to determine the risk of losses that may exceed those identified at the 
time of the acquisition.  Techniques used in determining risk of loss are similar to those used to determine the risk of loss for the 
legacy Great Southern Bank portfolio, with most focus being placed on those loan pools which include the larger loan relationships 
and those loan pools which exhibit higher risk characteristics.  Review of the acquired loan portfolio also includes meetings with 
customers, review of financial information and collateral valuations to determine if any additional losses are apparent.  Included in the 
net charge-off total for the year ended December 31, 2013, were charge-offs of $2.2 million and net recoveries of $1.1 million related 
to loans covered by the loss sharing agreements with the FDIC.  In the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Bank recorded $2.2 
million in net charge-offs (with a corresponding provision for loan losses) related to the covered loans.  Under these agreements, the 
FDIC will reimburse the Bank for 80% of the losses, so the Bank expected reimbursement of $1.8 million of this charge-off and 
recorded income of this amount in the three months ended March 31, 2013.  During the three months ended June 30, 2013, these 
covered loans were resolved more favorably than originally anticipated, with the Bank experiencing a recovery of $1.1 million of the 
previously recorded charge-off.  The Bank expected to reimburse, and has reimbursed, the FDIC $0.9 million of this recovery and 
recorded expense of this amount in the three months ended June 30, 2013.   

The Bank's allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans, excluding loans covered by the FDIC loss sharing agreements, was 
1.92% and 2.21% at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Management considered the allowance for loan losses adequate to 
cover losses inherent in the Company's loan portfolio at December 31, 2013, based on reviews of the Company's loan portfolio and 
then-current economic conditions.   

Non-performing Assets 

Former TeamBank, Vantus Bank, Sun Security Bank and InterBank non-performing assets, including foreclosed assets, are not 
included in the totals or in the discussion of non-performing loans, potential problem loans and foreclosed assets below due to the 
respective loss sharing agreements with the FDIC, which cover at least 80% of principal losses that may be incurred in these portfolios 
for the applicable terms under the agreement.  In addition, FDIC-supported TeamBank, Vantus Bank, Sun Security Bank and 
InterBank assets were initially recorded at their estimated fair values as of their acquisition dates of March 20, 2009, September 4, 

43

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
2009, October 7, 2011, and April 27, 2012, respectively.  The overall performance of the FDIC-covered loan pools has been better 
than original expectations as of the acquisition dates.  

As a result of changes in balances and composition of the loan portfolio, changes in economic and market conditions that occur from 
time to time, and other factors specific to a borrower's circumstances, the level of non-performing assets will fluctuate. Non-
performing assets, excluding FDIC-covered non-performing assets, at December 31, 2013 were $62.3 million, a decrease of $10.3 
million from $72.6 million at December 31, 2012.  Non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets were 1.75% at December 31, 
2013, compared to 1.84% at December 31, 2012.  

Compared to December 31, 2012, non-performing loans decreased $2.6 million to $19.9 million and foreclosed assets decreased $7.7 
million to $42.4 million.  Other commercial loans comprised $7.2 million, or 36.3%, of the total $19.9 million of non-performing 
loans at December 31, 2013.  Commercial real estate loans comprised $6.2 million, or 31.2%, of the total $19.9 million of non-
performing loans at December 31, 2013.  One-to four-family residential loans comprised $4.4 million, or 21.9% of the total $19.9 
million of non-performing loans at December 31, 2013.   

Non-performing Loans. Activity in the non-performing loans category during the year ended December 31, 2013, was as follows: 

Beginning  

Balance, 

Removed 

Transfers to 

Transfers to 

from Non-

Potential 

Foreclosed 

Ending 

Balance, 

January 1 

Additions 

Performing 

Problem Loans 

Assets 

Charge-Offs 

Payments 

December 31 

(In Thousands) 

—  $   

—  $   

—  $   

—  $   

One- to four-family construction 

$   

—  $   

—  $   

Subdivision construction  

Land development 

Commercial construction  

One- to four-family residential 

Other residential 

Commercial real estate 

Other commercial 

Consumer 

2 

2,471 
— 

             4,581 
— 

8,324 

6,248 

852 

1,293 

525 
— 

4,792 

4,535 

12,158 

7,272 

1,238 

—  $   
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

(399)   

(2)   
— 
— 

(705)   
— 

(92)   
— 

(35)   

(281) 

(2,236) 
— 

(1,683) 

(350) 

(5,389) 

(126) 

(43) 

(133)   

(288)   
— 

(1,419)   

(866)   

(4,179)   

(2,725)   

(166)   

(8)   

(134)   
— 

— 

871 

338 
— 

(1,205)                4,361 
— 

(3,319)   

(4,617)   

(3,438)   

(547)   

6,205 

7,231 

900 

Total  

$   

22,478  $   

31,813  $   

(399)  $   

(834)  $   

(10,108)  $   

(9,776)  $   

(13,268)  $   

19,906 

At December 31, 2013, the non-performing other commercial category included nine loans, seven of which were added during 2013. 
The largest relationship in this category is comprised of three loans totaling $2.7 million, or 37.2% of the total category, and is 
collateralized by inventory and assets of a business.  The non-performing commercial real estate category included five loans, three of 
which were added during the year, and were collateralized by hotel buildings and a theater in Branson, Mo.  $9.6 million of the $12.2 
million of additions to non-performing commercial real estate were loans transferred from potential problem loans to non-performing 
loans during the year.  The largest relationship in this category is comprised of two loans totaling $4.1 million, or 66.0% of the total 
category, a portion of which was added during the year, and is collateralized by two hotel buildings.  The non-performing one- to four-
family residential category included 58 loans, 42 of which were added during the year.   

Foreclosed Assets. Of the total $53.5 million of other real estate owned at December 31, 2013, $9.0 million represents the fair value of 
foreclosed assets covered by FDIC loss sharing agreements and $2.1 million represents properties which were not acquired through 
foreclosure. The foreclosed assets covered by FDIC loss sharing agreements and the properties not acquired through foreclosure are 
not included in the following table and discussion of foreclosed assets.  Foreclosed assets have increased since the economic recession 
began in 2008.  During the year, economic growth was slow and the market for land development properties did not experience a 
recovery.  Because of this, we experienced continued higher levels of additions to foreclosed assets during 2013.  Because sales of 
foreclosed properties exceeded additions, total foreclosed assets decreased.  Certain beginning balance amounts in the activity below 
have been reclassified to conform to the December 31, 2014 classifications.  Activity in foreclosed assets during the year ended 
December 31, 2013, was as follows: 

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning  
Balance, 
January 1 

Additions 

Proceeds 
from Sales 

Capitalized 
Costs 

ORE Expense 
Write-Downs 

Ending  
Balance, 
December 31 

One- to four-family construction 
Subdivision construction  
Land development 
Commercial construction 
One- to four-family residential 
Other residential 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 
Consumer 

$   

$   

627 
17,146 
14,284 
6,511 
975 
7,232 
2,738 
160 
471 

600  $   
832   
4,353   
113   
2,550   
350   
8,995   
—   
3,410   

(In Thousands) 

(627)  $    

(5,659)   
(1,935)   
(4,254)   
(2,693)   
(1,864)   
(8,518)   
(81)   
(3,166)   

—  $   

—  $   
26 
45 
— 
— 
387 
— 
— 
— 

(193)   
(59)   
(238)   
(88)   
(205)   
(80)   
— 
                       — 

600 
12,152 
16,688 
2,132 
744 
5,900 
3,135 
79 
715 

Total  

$   

50,144 

$   

21,203  $   

(28,797)  $   

458  $   

(863)  $   

42,145 

At December 31, 2013, the land development category of foreclosed assets included 29 properties, the largest of which was located in 
northwest Arkansas and had a balance of $2.3 million, or 13.7% of the total category.  Of the total dollar amount in the land 
development category of foreclosed assets, 35.1% and 36.9% was located in northwest Arkansas and in the Branson, Mo., area, 
respectively, including the largest property previously mentioned.  The subdivision construction category of foreclosed assets included 
35 properties, the largest of which was located in the St. Louis, Mo. metropolitan area and had a balance of $3.2 million, or 26.5% of 
the total category.  Of the total dollar amount in the subdivision construction category of foreclosed assets, 16.4% and 14.9% is 
located in Branson, Mo., and Springfield, Mo., respectively. The other residential category of foreclosed assets included 17 properties, 
13 of which were all part of the same condominium community, which was located in Branson, Mo. and had a balance of $2.4 million, 
or 40.7% of the total category.  Of the total dollar amount in the other residential category of foreclosed assets, 88.1% was located in 
the Branson, Mo., area, including the largest related group of properties previously mentioned.   

Potential Problem Loans. Potential problem loans decreased $22.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2013 from $49.4 
million at December 31, 2012 to $27.0 million at December 31, 2013. This decrease was due to $16.2 million in loans transferred to 
the non-performing category, $9.3 million in loans removed from potential problem loans due to improvements in the credits, $7.2 
million in charge-offs, $7.5 million in loans transferred to foreclosed assets, and $3.9 million in payments on potential problem loans, 
partially offset by the addition of $21.7 million of loans to potential problem loans.  Potential problem loans are loans which 
management has identified through routine internal review procedures as having possible credit problems that may cause the 
borrowers difficulty in complying with current repayment terms. These loans are not reflected in non-performing assets, but are 
considered in determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.  Activity in the potential problem loans category during the 
year ended December 31, 2013, was as follows: 

Beginning  

Balance,  

Removed 

Transfers to 

Transfers to 

from Potential 

Non-

Foreclosed 

Ending 

Balance, 

January 1 

Additions 

Problem 

Performing 

Assets 

Charge-Offs 

Payments 

December 31 

(In Thousands) 

One- to four-family construction 

$   

—  $   

—  $   

—  $   

—  $   

—  $   

—  $   

—  $   

— 

Subdivision construction  

Land development 

Commercial construction  

One- to four-family residential 

Other residential 

Commercial real estate 

Other commercial 

Consumer 

1,652 

9,458 
— 

5,386 

8,487 

21,913 

2,398 

129 

1,894 

5,025 
— 

1,150 

1,347 

8,736 

3,267 

283 

(76)   
—   
—   

(1,136)   

(4,414)   

(3,535)   

(73)   

(77)   

(765)   

(158)   
—   

(503)   

(713)   

(9,639)   

(4,426)   

(18)   

(36)   

(2,081)   
— 

(754)   
— 

(4,605)   
— 
— 

(149)   

(1,089)   
— 

(965)   

(2,181)   

(2,352)   

(431)   

(4)   

(319)   

(298)   
— 

(985)   

(570)   

(1,638)   

(18)   

(130)   

2,201 

10,857 
— 

2,193 

1,956 

8,880 

717 

183 

Total  

$   

49,423  $   

21,702  $   

(9,311)  $   

(16,222)  $   

(7,476)  $   

(7,171)  $   

(3,958)  $   

26,987 

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31, 2013, the land development category included four loans, the largest of which was added during the current year.  
This relationship totaled $5.0 million, or 46.1% of the total category, and was collateralized by property located in the Lake of the 
Ozarks, Mo. area.  The second largest relationship in this category totaled $3.8 million, or 35.4% of the total category, and was 
collateralized by property in the Branson, Mo. area.  The commercial real estate category of potential problem loans included 11 loans, 
10 of which were added during the current year.  The largest addition during the year totaled $1.9 million and was collateralized by a 
hotel.  The largest relationship in this category, which was added during a previous year, had a balance of $5.0 million, or 55.8% of 
the total category.  The relationship was collateralized by properties located near Branson, Missouri.  The one- to four-family 
residential category of potential problem loans included 21 loans, nine of which were added during the current year.  The subdivision 
construction category of potential problem loans included six loans, four of which were added during the current year.  The largest 
relationship in this category, which was added during the current year, had a balance of $1.8 million, or 80.2% of the total category, 
and was collateralized by properties in the Branson, Mo., area.  The other residential category of potential problem loans included one 
loan which was added in a previous year, and was collateralized by properties located in the Branson, Mo., area. The other commercial 
category of potential problem loans included four loans, one of which was added in the current year.  The largest relationship in this 
category, which was added during a previous year, had a balance of $660,000, or 92.1% of the total category, and was collateralized 
by collector automobiles.   

Non-Interest Income 

Non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $5.3 million compared with $46.0 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2012. The decrease of $40.7 million, or 88.5%, was primarily the result of the following items: 

InterBank FDIC-assisted acquisition:  During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Bank recognized a one-time gain on the FDIC-
assisted acquisition of InterBank of $31.3 million (pre-tax).   

Amortization of income related to business acquisitions:  The net amortization expense related to business acquisitions was $25.3 
million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $18.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.  The amortization 
expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 was made up of the following items:  $29.5 million of amortization expense related to 
the changes in cash flows expected to be collected from the FDIC-covered loan portfolios and $712,000 of amortization of the 
clawback liability related to InterBank.  Offsetting the expense was income from the accretion of the discount related to the 
indemnification assets for all of the acquisitions of $2.7 million and $2.2 million of other loss share items.  The amortization expense 
for the year ended December 31, 2012 was made up of the following items:  $29.9 million of amortization expense related to the 
changes in cash flows expected to be collected from the FDIC-covered loan portfolios and $103,000 of amortization of the clawback 
liability related to InterBank.  Offsetting the expense was income from the accretion of the discount related to the indemnification 
assets for all of the acquisitions of $9.5 million and $1.8 million of income from other loss share items.   

Net realized gains on sales of available-for-sale securities:  Net realized gains on sales of available-for-sale securities decreased $2.4 
million for the year ended December 31, 2013, when compared to the year ended December 31, 2012, partially offset by a decrease in 
recognized impairment of available-for-sale securities of $680,000.  No impairment loss was recognized during the 2013 period.  The 
Company realized significant gains on the sale of $78 million of certain mortgage-backed and municipal securities in the 2012 period.     

Service charges and ATM fees:  Service charges and ATM fees decreased $860,000 in the year ended December 31, 2013, when 
compared to the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to a decrease in overdraft activity, and therefore overdraft charges, in 
the current period compared to the prior period.   

Non-Interest Expense 

Total non-interest expense decreased $2.2 million, or 1.9%, from $112.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, to $110.4 
million in the year ended December 31, 2013.  The Company’s efficiency ratio for the year ended December 31, 2013, was 66.9%, up 
from 53.0% in 2012.  The increase in the ratio in 2013 compared to 2012 was primarily due to decreases in net interest income and 
decreases in non-interest income resulting from decreased gains on sales of single-family loans and increased amortization expense 
related to business acquisitions, as well as decreases in non-interest income resulting from the acquisition gain in 2012.  The 
Company’s ratio of non-interest expense to average assets decreased from 2.98% for the year ended December 31, 2012, to 2.91% for 
the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease in this ratio was due to a decrease in non-interest expense in the 2013 period 
compared to the 2012 period. Average assets for the year ended December 31, 2013, decreased $216 million, or 5.4%, from the year 
ended December 31, 2012.  The following were key items related to the decrease in non-interest expense for the year ended December 
31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012: 

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreclosure-related expenses:  Expenses on foreclosed assets decreased $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, when 
compared to the year ended December 31, 2012, due primarily to large write-downs of carrying values of foreclosed assets and losses 
on sales of assets in 2012.   

Other non-interest expense:  Other non-interest expense decreased $632,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013, when compared 
to the year ended December 31, 2012, due primarily to InterBank one-time acquisition related expenses incurred in 2012.   

Partially offsetting the decrease in non-interest expense was an increase in the following items: 

Salaries and employee benefits:   Salaries and employee benefits increased $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, when 
compared to the year ended December 31, 2012, primarily due to the internal growth of the Company and the increased number of 
employees, and salary increases for existing employees.    

Partnership tax credit:  The partnership tax credit expense increased $1.1 million from the prior year period.  The Company has 
invested in certain federal low-income housing tax credits and federal new market tax credits.  These credits are typically purchased at 
70-90% of the amount of the credit and are generally utilized to offset taxes payable over ten-year and seven-year periods, 
respectively.  During the year ended December 31, 2013, tax credits used to reduce the Company’s tax expense totaled $9.5 million, 
up $2.1 million from $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.  These tax credits resulted in corresponding amortization 
expense of $6.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, up $1.1 million from $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 
2012. The net result of these transactions was an increase to non-interest expense and a decrease to income tax expense, which 
positively impacted the Company’s effective tax rate, but negatively impacted the Company’s non-interest expense and efficiency 
ratio. 

Advertising:  Advertising expense increased $593,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013, when compared to the year ended 
December 31, 2012, due to additional marketing campaigns across the franchise in the current year period, including business banking 
and mobile banking promotions, and loan campaigns.   

Provision for Income Taxes 

Provision for income taxes as a percentage of pre-tax income (from continuing operations) was 19.5% and 24.9% for the years ended 
December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The effective tax rates (as compared to the statutory federal tax rate of 35.0%) were 
primarily affected by the tax credits noted above and tax-exempt investment securities and loans which reduce the Company’s 
effective tax rate.  The Company’s effective tax rate may fluctuate as it is impacted by the level and timing of the Company’s 
utilization of tax credits and the level of tax-exempt investments and loans and the overall level of pretax income.   

Liquidity 

Liquidity is a measure of the Company's ability to generate sufficient cash to meet present and future financial obligations in a timely 
manner through either the sale or maturity of existing assets or the acquisition of additional funds through liability management. These 
obligations include the credit needs of customers, funding deposit withdrawals and the day-to-day operations of the Company. Liquid 
assets include cash, interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions and certain investment securities and loans. As a result of the 
Company's management of the ability to generate liquidity primarily through liability funding, management believes that the 
Company maintains overall liquidity sufficient to satisfy its depositors' requirements and meet its customers' credit needs. At 
December 31, 2014, the Company had commitments of approximately $142.7 million to fund loan originations, $478.7 million of 
unused lines of credit and unadvanced loans, and $24.2 million of outstanding letters of credit. 

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the Company's fixed and determinable contractual obligations by payment date as of December 31, 
2014. Additional information regarding these contractual obligations is discussed further in Notes 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 16 and 19 of the 
accompanying audited financial statements.   

Deposits without a stated maturity 
Time and brokered certificates of deposit 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances 
Short-term borrowings 
Subordinated debentures 
Operating leases 
Dividends declared but not paid 

Payments Due In: 

One Year or 
 Less 

Over One to 
 Five 
 Years 

Over Five 
 Years 

Total 

(In Thousands) 

$1,893,366 
713,263 
240,136 
211,444 
— 
1,042 
2,896 

$          — 
378,379 
31,005 
— 
— 
2,779 
— 

$        — 
5,832 
500 
— 
30,929 
526 
— 

$1,893,366 
1,097,474 
271,641 
211,444 
30,929 
4,347 
2,896 

$3,062,147 

$412,163 

$37,787 

$3,512,097 

The Company's primary sources of funds are customer deposits, FHLBank advances, other borrowings, loan repayments, unpledged 
securities, proceeds from sales of loans and available-for-sale securities and funds provided from operations. The Company utilizes 
particular sources of funds based on the comparative costs and availability at the time. The Company has from time to time chosen not 
to pay rates on deposits as high as the rates paid by certain of its competitors and, when believed to be appropriate, supplements 
deposits with less expensive alternative sources of funds. 

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had these available secured lines and on-balance sheet liquidity: 

Federal Home Loan Bank line 
Federal Reserve Bank line 
Interest-Bearing and Non-Interest-  

Bearing Deposits 
Unpledged Securities 

December 31, 2014 
$395.3 million 
563.2 million 

December 31, 2013 
$407.4 million 
418.9 million 

218.6 million 
63.7 million 

227.9 million 
91.7 million 

Statements of Cash Flows. During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company had positive cash flows from 
operating activities and investing activities.  The Company experienced negative cash flows from financing activities during the years 
ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. 

Cash flows from operating activities for the periods covered by the Statements of Cash Flows have been primarily related to changes 
in accrued and deferred assets, credits and other liabilities, the provision for loan losses, realized gains on the sale of investment 
securities and loans, depreciation and amortization, gains on the purchase of additional business units and the amortization of deferred 
loan origination fees and discounts (premiums) on loans and investments, all of which are non-cash or non-operating adjustments to 
operating cash flows. Net income adjusted for non-cash and non-operating items and the origination and sale of loans held-for-sale 
were the primary sources of cash flows from operating activities. Operating activities provided cash flows of $67.4 million, $93.9 
million and $146.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, investing activities provided cash of $35.9 million, $124.7 million and 
$241.4 million, primarily due to the cash received from the FDIC-assisted acquisitions (2014 and 2012) and the net repayment or sales 
of investment securities, partially offset by increases in loans.    

Changes in cash flows from financing activities during the periods covered by the Statements of Cash Flows are primarily due to 
changes in deposits after interest credited, changes in FHLBank advances, changes in short-term borrowings and structured repurchase 
agreements, and dividend payments to stockholders.  Financing activities used cash flows of $112.6 million, $394.8 million and 
$364.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, primarily due to reduction of customer 
deposit balances, net increases or decreases in various borrowings and dividend payments to stockholders.   

48

 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
Capital Resources 

Management continuously reviews the capital position of the Company and the Bank to ensure compliance with minimum regulatory 
requirements, as well as to explore ways to increase capital either by retained earnings or other means. 

Total stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2014, was $419.7 million, or 10.6% of total assets. At December 31, 2014, common 
stockholders' equity was $361.8 million, or 9.2% of total assets, equivalent to a book value of $26.30 per common share.   At 
December 31, 2013, the Company's total stockholders' equity was $380.7 million, or 10.7% of total assets. At December 31, 2013, 
common stockholders' equity was $322.8 million, or 9.1% of total assets, equivalent to a book value of $23.60 per common share.  

At December 31, 2014, the Company’s tangible common equity to total assets ratio was 9.0% as compared to 8.9% at December 31, 
2013. The Company’s tangible common equity to total risk-weighted assets ratio was 10.9% at December 31, 2014, compared to 
12.3% at December 31, 2013. 

Banks are required to maintain minimum risk-based capital ratios. These ratios compare capital, as defined by the risk-based 
regulations, to assets adjusted for their relative risk as defined by the regulations. Through December 31, 2014, guidelines required 
banks to have a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, as defined, of 4.00%, a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8.00%, and 
a minimum 4.00% Tier 1 leverage ratio. On December 31, 2014, the Bank's Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 11.4%, total risk-based 
capital ratio was 12.6% and the Tier 1 leverage ratio was 9.5%. As of December 31, 2014, the Bank was "well capitalized" as defined 
by the Federal banking agencies' capital-related regulations then in effect. The FRB has established capital regulations for bank 
holding companies that generally parallel the capital regulations for banks. On December 31, 2014, the Company's Tier 1 risk-based 
capital ratio was 13.3%, total risk-based capital ratio was 14.5% and the Tier 1 leverage ratio was 11.1%. As of December 31, 2014, 
the Company was "well capitalized" under the capital ratios described above. These ratios were the current capital requirements as of 
December 31, 2014.  As discussed in “Effect of Federal Laws and Regulations,” the Company and the Bank are subject to new capital 
requirements due to the changes from “Basel III,” and the Dodd-Frank Act for which the provisions generally became effective 
January 1, 2015. 

On August 18, 2011, the Company entered into a Small Business Lending Fund-Securities Purchase Agreement (“Purchase 
Agreement”) with the Secretary of the Treasury, pursuant to which the Company sold 57,943 shares of the Company’s Senior Non-
Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the “SBLF Preferred Stock”) to the Secretary of the Treasury for a purchase price of 
$57,943,000.  The SBLF Preferred Stock was issued pursuant to Treasury’s SBLF program, a $30 billion fund established under the 
Small Business Jobs Act of 2010 that was created to encourage lending to small businesses by providing Tier 1 capital to qualified 
community banks and holding companies with assets of less than $10 billion.  As required by the Purchase Agreement, the proceeds 
from the sale of the SBLF Preferred Stock were used to redeem the 58,000 shares of preferred stock, previously issued to the Treasury 
pursuant to the CPP, at a redemption price of $58.0 million plus the accrued dividends owed on the preferred shares.   

The SBLF Preferred Stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital.  The holder of the SBLF Preferred Stock is entitled to receive non-cumulative 
dividends, payable quarterly, on each January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1.  The dividend rate, as a percentage of the liquidation 
amount, can fluctuate between one percent (1%) and five percent (5%) per annum on a quarterly basis during the first 10 quarters 
during which the SBLF Preferred Stock is outstanding, based upon changes in the level of “Qualified Small Business Lending” or 
“QSBL” (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) by the Bank over the adjusted baseline level calculated under the terms of the SBLF 
Preferred Stock ($249.7 million).  Based upon the increase in the Bank’s level of QSBL over the adjusted baseline level, the dividend 
rate for all of 2014 and 2013 was 1.0%.  For the tenth calendar quarter through four and one half years after issuance, the dividend rate 
will be fixed at between one percent (1%) and seven percent (7%) based upon the level of qualifying loans.  The Company has 
reached the tenth calendar quarter and the dividend rate will be 1.0% until four and one half years after the issuance, which is March 
2016.  After four and one half years from issuance, the dividend rate will increase to 9% (including a quarterly lending incentive fee of 
0.5%). 

The SBLF Preferred Stock is non-voting, except in limited circumstances.  In the event that the Company misses five dividend 
payments, whether or not consecutive, the holder of the SBLF Preferred Stock will have the right, but not the obligation, to appoint a 
representative as an observer on the Company’s Board of Directors.  In the event that the Company misses six dividend payments, 
whether or not consecutive, and if the then outstanding aggregate liquidation amount of the SBLF Preferred Stock is at least 
$25,000,000, then the holder of the SBLF Preferred Stock will have the right to designate two directors to the Board of Directors of 
the Company. 

The SBLF Preferred Stock may be redeemed at any time at the Company’s option, at a redemption price of 100% of the liquidation 
amount plus accrued but unpaid dividends to the date of redemption for the current period, subject to the approval of its federal 
banking regulator.  Our Bank earnings have afforded us the ability to distribute cash in the form of dividends to the holding company 
such that we now have enough cash there to fully repay the SBLF funds.  We currently anticipate repaying these funds prior to the 
first quarter of 2016, at which time the dividend rate on any unpaid balance would increase from 1% to 9%.   

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company declared common stock cash dividends of $0.80 per share 
(25.8% of net income per common share) and paid common stock cash dividends of $0.78 per share. During the year ended December 
31, 2013, the Company declared common stock cash dividends of $0.72 per share (29.8% of net income per common share) and paid 
common stock cash dividends of $0.54 per share.  The quarterly dividend that would normally have been paid in January 2013 was 
paid in December 2012.  The Board of Directors meets regularly to consider the level and the timing of dividend payments.  The $0.20 
per share dividend declared but unpaid as of December 31, 2014, was paid to stockholders on January 12, 2015. In addition, the 
Company paid preferred dividends as described below.  

The terms of the SBLF Preferred Stock impose limits on the ability of the Company to pay dividends and repurchase shares of 
common stock. Under the terms of the SBLF Preferred Stock, no repurchases may be effected, and no dividends may be declared or 
paid on preferred shares ranking pari passu with the SBLF Preferred Stock, junior preferred shares, or other junior securities 
(including the common stock) during the current quarter and for the next three quarters following the failure to declare and pay 
dividends on the SBLF Preferred Stock, except that, in any such quarter in which the dividend is paid, dividend payments on shares 
ranking pari passu may be paid to the extent necessary to avoid any resulting material covenant breach.   

Under the terms of the SBLF Preferred Stock, the Company may only declare and pay a dividend on the common stock or other stock 
junior to the SBLF Preferred Stock, or repurchase shares of any such class or series of stock, if, after payment of such dividend, or 
after giving effect to such repurchase, (i) the dollar amount of the Company’s Tier 1 Capital would be at least equal to the “Tier 1 
Dividend Threshold” and (ii) full dividends on all outstanding shares of SBLF Preferred Stock for the most recently completed 
dividend period have been or are contemporaneously declared and paid.  As of December 31, 2014, we satisfied this condition.   

The “Tier 1 Dividend Threshold” means 90% of $272.7 million, which was the Company’s consolidated Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 
2011, less the $58 million in TARP preferred stock then-outstanding and repaid on August 18, 2011, plus the $58 million in SBLF 
Preferred Stock issued and minus the net loan charge-offs by the Bank since August 18, 2011.  The Tier 1 Dividend Threshold is 
subject to reduction, beginning on the first day of the eleventh dividend period following the date of issuance of the SBLF Preferred 
Stock, by $5.8 million (ten percent of the aggregate liquidation amount of the SBLF Preferred Stock initially issued, without regard to 
any subsequent partial redemptions) for each one percent increase in qualified small business lending from the adjusted baseline level 
under the terms of the SBLF preferred stock (i.e., $249.7 million) to the ninth dividend period. 

Common Stock Repurchases and Issuances. The Company has been in various buy-back programs since May 1990. Our ability to 
repurchase common stock  is currently limited, but allowed, under the terms of the SBLF preferred stock as noted above, under “-
Dividends” and was previously generally precluded due to our participation in the CPP beginning in December 2008.  During the year 
ended December 31, 2014, the Company repurchased 18,000 shares of its common stock at an average price of $28.45 per share.  
During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company did not repurchase any shares of its common stock.  During the years ended 
December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company issued 99,097 shares of stock at an average price of $27.45 per share and 106,367 shares 
of stock at an average price of $19.69 per share, respectively, to cover stock option exercises. 

Management has historically utilized stock buy-back programs from time to time as long as management believed that repurchasing 
the stock would contribute to the overall growth of shareholder value. The number of shares of stock that will be repurchased at any 
particular time and the prices that will be paid are subject to many factors, several of which are outside of the control of the Company. 
The primary factors, however, are the number of shares available in the market from sellers at any given time, the price of the stock 
within the market as determined by the market and the projected impact on the Company’s earnings per share and capital. 

50

 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Asset and Liability Management and Market Risk 

A principal operating objective of the Company is to produce stable earnings by achieving a favorable interest rate spread that can be 
sustained during fluctuations in prevailing interest rates. The Company has sought to reduce its exposure to adverse changes in interest 
rates by attempting to achieve a closer match between the periods in which its interest-bearing liabilities and interest-earning assets 
can be expected to reprice through the origination of adjustable-rate mortgages and loans with shorter terms to maturity and the 
purchase of other shorter term interest-earning assets. 

Our Risk When Interest Rates Change 

The rates of interest we earn on assets and pay on liabilities generally are established contractually for a period of time. Market 
interest rates change over time. Accordingly, our results of operations, like those of other financial institutions, are impacted by 
changes in interest rates and the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities. The risk associated with changes in interest rates 
and our ability to adapt to these changes is known as interest rate risk and is our most significant market risk. 

How We Measure the Risk to Us Associated with Interest Rate Changes 

In an attempt to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates and comply with applicable regulations, we monitor Great Southern's 
interest rate risk. In monitoring interest rate risk we regularly analyze and manage assets and liabilities based on their payment streams 
and interest rates, the timing of their maturities and their sensitivity to actual or potential changes in market interest rates. 

The ability to maximize net interest income is largely dependent upon the achievement of a positive interest rate spread that can be 
sustained despite fluctuations in prevailing interest rates. Interest rate sensitivity is a measure of the difference between amounts of 
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities which either reprice or mature within a given period of time. The difference, or 
the interest rate repricing "gap," provides an indication of the extent to which an institution's interest rate spread will be affected by 
changes in interest rates. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest-rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest-
rate sensitive liabilities repricing during the same period, and is considered negative when the amount of interest-rate sensitive 
liabilities exceeds the amount of interest-rate sensitive assets during the same period. Generally, during a period of rising interest rates, 
a negative gap within shorter repricing periods would adversely affect net interest income, while a positive gap within shorter 
repricing periods would result in an increase in net interest income. During a period of falling interest rates, the opposite would be 
true. As of December 31, 2014, Great Southern's internal interest rate risk models indicate that, generally, rising interest rates are 
expected to have a positive impact on the Company’s net interest income, while declining interest rates would have a negative impact 
on net interest income. We model various interest rate scenarios for rising and falling rates, including both parallel and non-parallel 
shifts in rates. The results of our modeling indicate that net interest income is not likely to be materially affected either positively or 
negatively in the first twelve months following a rate change, regardless of any changes in interest rates, because our portfolios are 
relatively well matched in a twelve-month horizon. The effects of interest rate changes, if any, are expected to be more impacting to 
net interest income in the 12 to 36 months following a rate change. In June 2014, $130 million of fixed rate borrowings were repaid. 
Excess liquidity and proceeds from the sale of certain investment securities were used to fund these repayments. The results of our net 
interest income modeling were not materially affected by these transactions. As the Federal Funds rate is now very low, the 
Company’s interest rate floors have been reached on most of its “prime rate” loans. 

As discussed under “General-Net Interest Income and Interest Rate Risk Management,” at December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were 
$484 million and $502 million, respectively, of adjustable rate loans which were tied to a national prime rate of interest which had 
interest rate floors. In addition, Great Southern has elected to leave its “Great Southern Prime Rate” at 5.00% for those loans that are 
indexed to “Great Southern Prime” rather than a national prime rate of interest. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were $200 
million and $248 million, respectively, of loans indexed to “Great Southern Prime.” While these interest rate floors and, to a lesser 
extent, the utilization of the “Great Southern Prime” rate have helped keep the rate on our loan portfolio higher in this very low 
interest rate environment, they will also reduce the positive effect to our loan rates when market interest rates, specifically the “prime 
rate,” begin to increase. The interest rate on these loans will not increase until the loan floors are reached. Also, a significant portion of 
our retail certificates of deposit mature in the next twelve months and we expect that they will be replaced with new certificates of 
deposit at similar interest rates to those that are maturing. 

Interest rate risk exposure estimates (the sensitivity gap) are not exact measures of an institution's actual interest rate risk. They are 
only indicators of interest rate risk exposure produced in a simplified modeling environment designed to allow management to gauge 
the Bank's sensitivity to changes in interest rates. They do not necessarily indicate the impact of general interest rate movements on 
the Bank's net interest income because the repricing of certain categories of assets and liabilities is subject to competitive and other 
factors beyond the Bank's control. As a result, certain assets and liabilities indicated as maturing or otherwise repricing within a stated 

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
period may in fact mature or reprice at different times and in different amounts and cause a change, which potentially could be 
material, in the Bank's interest rate risk. 

In order to minimize the potential for adverse effects of material and prolonged increases and decreases in interest rates on Great 
Southern's results of operations, Great Southern has adopted asset and liability management policies to better match the maturities and 
repricing terms of Great Southern's interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Management recommends and the Board of 
Directors sets the asset and liability policies of Great Southern which are implemented by the asset and liability committee. The asset 
and liability committee is chaired by the Chief Financial Officer and is comprised of members of Great Southern's senior management. 
The purpose of the asset and liability committee is to communicate, coordinate and control asset/liability management consistent with 
Great Southern's business plan and board-approved policies. The asset and liability committee establishes and monitors the volume 
and mix of assets and funding sources taking into account relative costs and spreads, interest rate sensitivity and liquidity needs. The 
objectives are to manage assets and funding sources to produce results that are consistent with liquidity, capital adequacy, growth, risk 
and profitability goals. The asset and liability committee meets on a monthly basis to review, among other things, economic conditions 
and interest rate outlook, current and projected liquidity needs and capital positions and anticipated changes in the volume and mix of 
assets and liabilities. At each meeting, the asset and liability committee recommends appropriate strategy changes based on this review. 
The Chief Financial Officer or his designee is responsible for reviewing and reporting on the effects of the policy implementations and 
strategies to the Board of Directors at their monthly meetings. 

In order to manage its assets and liabilities and achieve the desired liquidity, credit quality, interest rate risk, profitability and capital 
targets, Great Southern has focused its strategies on originating adjustable rate loans, and managing its deposits and borrowings to 
establish stable relationships with both retail customers and wholesale funding sources. 

At times, depending on the level of general interest rates, the relationship between long- and short-term interest rates, market 
conditions and competitive factors, we may determine to increase our interest rate risk position somewhat in order to maintain or 
increase our net interest margin. 

The asset and liability committee regularly reviews interest rate risk by forecasting the impact of alternative interest rate environments 
on net interest income and market value of portfolio equity, which is defined as the net present value of an institution's existing assets, 
liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments, and evaluating such impacts against the maximum potential changes in net interest 
income and market value of portfolio equity that are authorized by the Board of Directors of Great Southern. 

In the normal course of business, the Company may use derivative financial instruments (primarily interest rate swaps) from time to 
time to assist in its interest rate risk management.  In the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company began executing interest rate swaps with 
commercial banking customers to facilitate their respective risk management strategies.  Those interest rate swaps are simultaneously 
hedged by offsetting interest rate swaps that the Company executes with a third party, such that the Company minimizes its net risk 
exposure resulting from such transactions.  Because the interest rate swaps associated with this program do not meet the strict hedge 
accounting requirements, changes in the fair value of both the customer swaps and the offsetting swaps are recognized directly in 
earnings. These interest rate derivatives result from a service provided to certain qualifying customers and, therefore, are not used to 
manage interest rate risk in the Company’s assets or liabilities. The Company manages a matched book with respect to its derivative 
instruments in order to minimize its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions. 

In 2013, the Company entered into two interest rate cap agreements related to its floating rate debt associated with its trust preferred 
securities. The agreements provide that the counterparty will reimburse the Company if interest rates rise above a certain threshold, 
thus creating a cap on the effective interest rate paid by the Company. These agreements are classified as hedging instruments, and the 
effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into 
earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. 

The Company’s interest rate derivatives and hedging activities are discussed further in Note 17 of the Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements.   

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables illustrate the expected maturities and repricing, respectively, of the Bank's financial instruments at December 31, 
2014. These schedules do not reflect the effects of possible prepayments or enforcement of due-on-sale clauses. The tables are based 
on information prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Maturities

Financial Assets:
Interest bearing deposits
Weighted average rate
Available-for-sale equity securities
Weighted average rate
Available-for-sale debt securities(1)
Weighted average rate
Held-to-maturity securities
Weighted average rate
Adjustable rate loans
Weighted average rate
Fixed rate loans
Weighted average rate
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
Weighted average rate

December 31,

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Thereafter

Total

(Dollars In Thousands)

$ 109,595

0.21%

     —
     —
$  26,272

3.12%

      —
      —
$ 324,907

—
—
—
—
7,923
5.99%
—
—
$ 147,664

$

—
—
—
—
12,261

6.23%

$

$

— $
—
$ 227,122

—
—
—
—
5,552
0.05%
450
7.37%

—
—
— $
—
$ 15,568

$

5.67%
—
—
$ 139,560

$ 127,729

4.57%

4.12%

4.25%

4.14%

4.31%

$ 245,975

$ 166,388

$ 259,730

$ 271,536

$ 306,913

      5.08%
      —
       —

5.24%
—
—

5.10%
—
—

4.86%
—
—

4.79%

— $
—

$

$

— $
—
3,154
—
294,776

$

$

2.39%

— $
—
550,618

$

4.08%

404,893

6.08%

16,893

2.66%

$

$

109,595

0.21%
3,154
—
362,352

2.82%
450
7.37%

1,517,600

4.02%

1,655,435

5.25%

16,893

2.66%

Total financial assets

$ 706,749

$ 321,975

$ 499,113

$ 405,267

$ 462,041

$ 1,270,334

$

3,665,479

Financial Liabilities:
Time deposits
Weighted average rate
Interest-bearing demand
Weighted average rate
Non-interest-bearing demand
Weighted average rate
Federal Home Loan Bank
Weighted average rate
Short-term borrowings
Weighted average rate
Subordinated debentures
Weighted average rate

$ 713,263

        0.65%

$1,375,100

       0.19%

$ 518,266
       —
$ 240,092

       0.41%

$ 211,444

0.08%

      —
      —

$ 237,169

$

92,392

$ 39,739

$

$

1.00%
—
—
—
—
82
5.06%
—
—
—
—

$

1.46%
—
—
—
—
30,854

3.26%
—
—
—
—

$

1.53%
—
—
—
—
84
5.06%
—
—
—
—

$

$

9,079
1.33%
—
—
—
—
29
5.06%
—
—
— $
—

$

$

1,097,474

5,832
2.57%

— $
—
— $
—
500
5.54%

$

— $
—
30,929

$

1.80%

0.84%

1,375,100

0.19%

518,266
—
271,641

0.75%

211,444

0.08%

30,929

1.80%

2014
Fair Value

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

109,595

3,154

362,352

499

1,518,438

1,663,490

16,893

1,102,860

1,375,100

518,266

273,568

211,444

30,929

Total financial liabilities

$3,058,165

$ 237,251

$ 123,246

$ 39,823

$

9,108

$

37,261

$

3,504,854

_______________
(1)

Available-for-sale debt securities include approximately $257.8 million of mortgage-backed securities which pay interest and principal monthly to the 
Company. Of this total, $238.1 million represents securities that have variable rates of interest after a fixed interest period. These securities will experience 
rate changes at varying times over the next ten years. This table does not show the effect of these monthly repayments of principal or rate changes.

53

Repricing 

Financial Assets: 
Interest bearing deposits 
Weighted average rate 
Available-for-sale equity securities 
Weighted average rate 
Available-for-sale debt securities(1) 
Weighted average rate 
Held-to-maturity securities 
Weighted average rate 
Adjustable rate loans 
Weighted average rate 
Fixed rate loans 
Weighted average rate 
Federal Home Loan Bank stock 
Weighted average rate 

December 31,  

2015 

2016 

2017 

        2018 

        2019 

        Thereafter          Total 

(Dollars In Thousands) 

2014 
Fair Value    

   $ 

109,595    

   $ 

0.21 %        
—    
—    
166,325    
1.90 % 
—    
—    
   $  1,323,998    

   $ 
3.99 %        

   $ 

   $ 

245,975    

5.08 %        

16,893    

2.66 %         

   $ 

—           
—           
—         
—           
45,857        $ 
2.62 %       
—           
—           
68,805        $ 
4.35 %       

—           
—           
—           
—           
24,544        $ 
4.04 %       
—        $ 
—           
24,088        $ 
4.31 %       

—           
—           
—        $ 
—           
49,796        $ 
2.93 %       
—         
—  
48,039        $ 
4.32 %       
   $  166,388        $  259,730        $  271,536        $  306,913        $ 
4.79 %       
—           
—           

—           
—           
—         
—           
19,086        $ 
4.62 %       
450         
7.37 %       
40,122        $ 
4.14 %       

5.24 %       
—           
—           

4.86 %       
—           
—           

5.10 %       
—           
—           

109,595    

—        $ 
—           
3,154        $ 
—  
56,744        $ 
4.60 %       
—        $ 
—  

   $ 
0.21 %        
3,154    
   $ 
—  
362,352    
2.82 % 
450    
7.37 % 
12,548        $  1,517,600    

   $ 

   $ 

109,595          

3,154          

362,352          

499          

404,893        $  1,655,435    

4.08 %       

6.08 %       
—        $ 
—           

   $  1,518,438          

   $  1,663,490          
16,893          

4.02 %        

16,893    

5.25 %        
   $ 
2.66 %         

Total financial assets 

   $  1,862,786    

   $  281,050        $  308,362        $  331,194        $  404,748        $ 

477,339        $  3,665,479    

Financial Liabilities: 
Time deposits 
Weighted average rate 
Interest-bearing demand 
Weighted average rate 
Non-interest-bearing demand(2) 
Weighted average rate 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances 
Weighted average rate 
Short-term borrowings 
Weighted average rate 
Structured repurchase agreements 
Weighted average rate 
Subordinated debentures 
Weighted average rate 

   $ 

713,263    

0.65 %        

   $  1,375,100    

   $  237,169        $ 
1.00 %       
—           
—           
—           
—           
82        $ 
5.06 %       
—           
—           
—          
—   
—           
—           

0.19 %        
—    
—    
240,092    

   $ 
0.41 %        

211,444    
0.08 % 
—    
—  
30,929    

1.80 %         

   $ 

   $ 

   $ 

92,392        $ 
1.46 %       
—           
—           
—           
—           
30,854        $ 
3.26 %       
—           
—           
—           
—   
—           
—           

39,739        $ 
1.53 %       
—           
—           
—           
—           
84        $ 
5.06 %       
—           
—           
—           
—           
—           
—           

9,079        $ 
1.33 %       
—           
—           
—        $ 
—           
29        $ 
5.06 %       
—           
—           
—           
—           
—           
—           

0.84 %        

518,266    
—    
271,641    

5,832        $  1,097,474    
2.57 %       
—        $  1,375,100    
—           
518,266        $ 
—           
500        $ 
5.54 %       
—        $ 
—           
—         
—           
—        $ 
—           

211,444    
0.08 % 
—    
—  
30,929    

0.19 %        
   $ 

   $ 
0.75 %        
   $ 

   $ 
1.80 %         

   $  1,102,860          
   $  1,375,100          

518,266          

273,568          

211,444          

—          
—          
30,929          

Total financial liabilities 

   $  2,570,828    

   $  237,251        $  123,246        $ 

39,823        $ 

9,108        $ 

524,598        $  3,504,854    

Periodic repricing GAP 

Cumulative repricing GAP 

   $ 

   $ 

(708,042 ) 

   $ 

43,799   

   $  185,116        $  291,371        $  395,640        $ 

(47,259 )      $ 

160,625    

(708,042 ) 

   $  (664,243 )     $  (479,127 )     $  (187,756 )     $  207,884  

   $ 

160,625           

_______________ 
(1)  Available-for-sale debt securities include approximately $257.8 million of mortgage-backed securities which pay interest and principal monthly to the Company. 
Of this total, $238.1 million represents securities that have variable rates of interest after a fixed interest period. These securities will experience rate changes at 
varying times over the next ten years. This table does not show the effect of these monthly repayments of principal or rate changes. 

(2)  Non-interest-bearing demand is included in this table in the column labeled "Thereafter" since there is no interest rate related to these liabilities and therefore there 

is nothing to reprice. 

54

 
  
   
   
         
         
          
      
   
   
   
 
    
   
   
      
   
   
   
   
      
   
      
          
          
          
          
          
   
      
         
      
   
      
          
          
          
          
          
   
      
         
      
      
            
      
    
      
      
      
      
            
      
      
      
            
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
            
      
            
      
            
      
      
            
   
      
      
      
             
             
             
             
             
      
      
            
      
            
   
      
      
      
             
             
             
             
             
      
      
            
   
      
      
      
             
             
             
             
             
      
      
            
      
      
      
             
             
             
             
             
      
      
            
      
            
      
      
            
      
      
      
      
      
            
      
            
      
      
      
      
            
    
     
    
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
            
   
      
      
      
             
             
             
             
             
      
      
            
      
            
   
      
      
      
             
             
             
             
             
      
      
            
      
            
   
      
      
      
             
             
             
             
             
      
      
            
      
      
            
  
  
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 

Auditor’s Report and Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2014 and 2013 

55

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Audit Committee, Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Springfield, Missouri 
Audit Committee, Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Springfield, Missouri 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Great Southern 
Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, 
comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Great Southern 
ended December 31, 2014.  The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements.  
Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, 
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. 
comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period 
ended December 31, 2014.  The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements.  
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight 
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. 
Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable 
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  Our audits included 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight 
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, 
Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable 
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management and evaluating 
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  Our audits included 
the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our 
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, 
opinion. 
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management and evaluating 
the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material 
opinion. 
respects, the financial position of Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and 
the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material 
December 31, 2014, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of 
respects, the financial position of Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and 
America. 
the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 
December 31, 2014, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight 
America. 
Board (United States), Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (1992) 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight 
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our 
Board (United States), Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of 
report dated March 6, 2015, expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s 
December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (1992) 
internal control over financial reporting. 
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our 
report dated March 6, 2015, expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s 
BKD, LLP  
internal control over financial reporting. 

BKD, LLP  

Springfield, Missouri  
March 6, 2015 
Springfield, Missouri  
March 6, 2015 

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
December 31, 2014 and 2013
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

Assets

Cash

2014

2013

$

109,052

$

96,167

Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions

109,595

131,758

Cash and cash equivalents

218,647

227,925

Available-for-sale securities

Held-to-maturity securities

Mortgage loans held for sale

365,506

555,281

450

14,579

805

7,239

Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $38,435
and $40,116 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively

3,038,848

2,439,530

FDIC indemnification asset

Interest receivable

Prepaid expenses and other assets

Other real estate owned, net

Premises and equipment, net

Goodwill and other intangible assets

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

Current and deferred income taxes

44,334

11,219

60,452

45,838

72,705

11,408

72,904

53,514

124,841

104,534

7,508

16,893

2,219

4,583

9,822

—

Total assets

$

3,951,334

$

3,560,250

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

57

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 

Liabilities 
Deposits 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances 
Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements with 

customers 

Short-term borrowings 
Structured repurchase agreements 
Subordinated debentures issued to capital trust 
Accrued interest payable 
Advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities 
Current and deferred income taxes 

2014 

2013 

 $  2,990,840 
271,641 

 $  2,808,626 
126,757 

168,993 
42,451 
— 
30,929 
1,067 
4,929 
20,739 
— 

134,981 
1,128 
50,000 
30,929 
1,099 
3,721 
18,502 
3,809 

Total liabilities 

    3,531,589 

    3,179,552 

Commitments and Contingencies 

— 

— 

Stockholders’ Equity 

Capital stock 

Serial preferred stock – SBLF, $.01 par value; authorized 
1,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 2014 and 2013 
– 57,943 shares 

Common stock, $.01 par value; authorized 20,000,000 

shares; issued and outstanding  
2014 – 13,754,806 shares, 2013 – 13,673,709 shares 

Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of income 
taxes of $3,789 and $1,326 at December 31, 2014 and 
2013, respectively 

57,943 

57,943 

138 
22,345 
332,283 

137 
19,567 
300,589 

7,036 

2,462 

Total stockholders’ equity 

419,745 

380,698 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 

 $  3,951,334 

 $  3,560,250 

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Income 
Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data) 

Interest Income 

Loans 
Investment securities and other 

Interest Expense 
Deposits 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances 
Short-term borrowings and repurchase agreements 
Subordinated debentures issued to capital trust 

Net Interest Income 
Provision for Loan Losses 
Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan Losses 

Noninterest Income 
Commissions 
Service charges and ATM fees 
Net gains on loan sales 
Net realized gains on sales of available-for-sale securities 
Recognized impairment of available-for-sale securities 
Late charges and fees on loans 
Gain (loss) on derivative interest rate products 
Gain recognized on business acquisitions 
Accretion (amortization) of income/expense related to 

business acquisitions 

Other income 

Noninterest Expense 

Salaries and employee benefits 
Net occupancy expense 
Postage 
Insurance 
Advertising 
Office supplies and printing 
Telephone 
Legal, audit and other professional fees 
Expense on foreclosed assets 
Partnership tax credit 
Other operating expenses 

2014 

2013 

2012 

$ 

$ 

172,569 
10,793 
183,362 

$ 

163,903 
14,892 
178,795 

170,163 
23,345 
193,508 

11,225 
2,910 
1,099 
567 
15,801 

167,561 
4,151 
163,410 

1,163 
19,075 
4,133 
2,139 
— 
1,400 
(345) 
10,805 

(27,868) 
4,229 
14,731 

56,032 
23,541 
3,578 
3,837 
2,404 
1,464 
2,866 
3,957 
5,636 
1,720 
15,824 
120,859 

12,346 
3,972 
2,324 
561 
19,203 

159,592 
17,386 
142,206 

1,065 
18,227 
4,915 
243 
— 
1,264 
295 
— 

(25,260) 
4,566 
5,315 

52,468 
20,658 
3,315 
4,189 
2,165 
1,303 
2,868 
4,348 
4,068 
2,108 
8,128 
105,618 

20,720 
4,430 
2,610 
617 
28,377 

165,131 
43,863 
121,268 

1,036 
19,087 
5,505 
2,666 
(680) 
1,028 
(38) 
31,312 

(18,693) 
4,779 
46,002 

51,262 
20,179 
3,301 
4,476 
1,572 
1,389 
2,768 
4,323 
8,748 
1,825 
8,760 
108,603 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Income 
Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data) 

2014 

2013 

2012 

Income from Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes 

$ 

57,282 

$ 

41,903 

$ 

58,667 

Provision for Income Taxes 

Net Income from Continuing Operations 

13,753 

43,529 

8,174 

33,729 

14,580 

44,087 

Discontinued Operations 

Income from discontinued operations (including gain on 
disposal in 2012 of $6,114), net of income taxes of 
$2,487 for the year ended December 31, 2012 

— 

— 

4,619 

Net Income  

43,529 

33,729 

48,706 

Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion 

579 

579 

608 

Net Income Available to Common Shareholders 

Earnings Per Common Share 

Basic 

Diluted 

Earnings from Continuing Operations Per Common Share 

Basic 

Diluted 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

42,950 

$ 

33,150 

$ 

48,098 

3.14 

3.10 

3.14 

3.10 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2.43 

2.42 

2.43 

2.42 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3.55 

3.54 

3.21 

3.20 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 
Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 
(In Thousands) 

Net Income 

$ 

43,529 

$ 

33,729 

$ 

48,706 

2014 

2013 

2012 

Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on 

available-for-sale securities, net of taxes (credit) 
of $3,301, $(7,516) and $3,444 for 2014, 2013 
and 2012, respectively 

Noncredit component of unrealized gain (loss) on 
available-for-sale debt securities for which a 
portion of an other-than-temporary impairment 
has been recognized, net of taxes (credit) of $0, 
$(20) and $8 for 2014, 2013 and 2012, 
respectively 

Other-than-temporary impairment loss recognized 
in earnings on available for sale securities, net of 
taxes (credit) of $0, $0 and $(238) for 2014, 
2013 and 2012, respectively 

Less: reclassification adjustment for gains 

included in net income, net of taxes of $(749), 
$(85) and $(933) for 2014, 2013 and 2012, 
respectively 

Change in fair value of cash flow hedge, net of 
taxes (credit) of $(88), $(19) and $0 for 2014, 
2013 and 2012, respectively 

6,128 

(13,959) 

6,398 

— 

(37) 

14 

— 

— 

(442) 

(1,390) 

(158) 

(1,733) 

(164) 

(34) 

— 

Other comprehensive income (loss) 

4,574  

(14,188) 

4,237 

Comprehensive Income 

$ 

48,103 

$ 

19,541 

$ 

52,943 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

SBLF
Preferred
Stock

Common
Stock

Balance, January 1, 2012

$

Net income
Stock issued under Stock Option Plan
Common dividends declared, $.72 per share
SBLF preferred stock dividends accrued (1.0%)
Other comprehensive income
Reclassification of treasury stock per Maryland law

Balance, December 31, 2012

Net income
Stock issued under Stock Option Plan
Common dividends declared, $.72 per share
SBLF preferred stock dividends accrued (1.0%)
Other comprehensive loss
Reclassification of treasury stock per Maryland law

Balance, December 31, 2013

Net income
Stock issued under Stock Option Plan
Common dividends declared, $.80 per share
SBLF preferred stock dividends accrued (1.0%)
Other comprehensive income
Reclassification of treasury stock per Maryland law
Purchase of the Company’s common stock

$

57,943
—
—
—
—
—
—

57,943
—
—
—
—
—
—

57,943
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Balance, December 31, 2014

$

57,943

$

134
—
—
—
—
—
2

136
—
—
—
—
—
1

137
—
—
—
—
—
1
—

138

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

62

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital 

Retained 
Earnings 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income 
(Loss) 

Treasury 
Stock 

Total 

$ 

 $ 

17,183 
— 
1,211 
— 
— 
— 
— 

18,394 
— 
1,173 
— 
— 
— 
— 

19,567 
— 
2,778 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

 $ 

236,914 
48,706 
— 
(9,753) 
(607) 
— 
1,491 

276,751 
33,729 
— 
(9,823) 
(579) 
— 
511 

300,589 
43,529 
— 
(10,968) 
(579) 
— 
(288) 
— 

12,413 
— 
— 
— 
— 
4,237 
— 

16,650 
— 
— 
— 
— 
(14,188) 
— 

2,462 
— 
— 
— 
— 
4,574 
— 
— 

 $ 

 $ 

— 
— 
1,493 
— 
— 
— 
(1,493) 

— 
— 
512 
— 
— 
— 
(512) 

— 
— 
225 
— 
— 
— 
287 
(512) 

324,587 
48,706 
2,704 
(9,753) 
(607) 
4,237 
— 

369,874 
33,729 
1,685 
(9,823) 
(579) 
(14,188) 

— 

380,698 
43,529 
3,003 
(10,968) 
(579) 
4,574 
— 
(512) 

 $ 

22,345 

 $ 

332,283 

 $ 

7,036 

 $ 

— 

 $ 

419,745 

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 
(In Thousands) 

Operating Activities 

Net income 
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale 
Originations of loans held for sale 
Items not requiring (providing) cash 

Depreciation 
Amortization 
Compensation expense for stock option 

grants 

Provision for loan losses 
Net gains on loan sales 
Net realized (gains) losses and impairment 

on available-for-sale securities 
(Gain) loss on sale of premises and 

equipment 

Loss on sale/write-down of foreclosed 

assets 

Gain on purchase of additional business 

units 

Gain on sale of business units 
Amortization of deferred income, 

premiums and discounts 

(Gain) loss on derivative interest rate 

products 

Deferred income taxes 

Changes in 

Interest receivable 
Prepaid expenses and other assets 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities 
Income taxes refundable/payable 

Net cash provided by operating 

activities 

2014 

2013 

2012 

$ 

43,529 
156,632 
(160,074) 

$ 

33,729 
215,744 
(198,910) 

$ 

48,706 
269,817 
(264,179) 

8,747 
3,242 

565 
4,151 
(4,133) 

(2,139) 

8,036 
8,107 

443 
17,386 
(4,915) 

7,159 
7,039 

435 
43,863 
(5,505) 

(243) 

(1,986) 

18 

(60) 

2,996 

1,259 

264 

4,968 

(10,805) 
— 

— 
— 

(31,312) 
(6,114) 

22,692 

29,510 

18,004 

345 
(6,260) 

1,227 
8,430 
502 
(2,232) 

(295) 
(8,839) 

1,347 
(7,529) 
4,260 
(5,109) 

38 
13,252 

2,765 
31,413 
(3,124) 
11,413 

67,433 

93,921 

146,916 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 
 (In Thousands) 

Investing Activities 

Net change in loans 
Purchase of loans 
Cash received from purchase of additional 

business units 

Cash received from FDIC loss sharing 

reimbursements 

Proceeds from sale of business units 
Purchase of premises and equipment 
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment 
Proceeds from sale of foreclosed assets 
Capitalized costs on foreclosed assets 
Proceeds from maturities, calls and repayments of 

held-to-maturity securities 

Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities 
Proceeds from maturities, calls and repayments of 

available-for-sale securities 

Purchase of available-for-sale securities 
(Purchase) redemption of Federal Home Loan 

Bank stock 

2014 

2013 

2012 

$ 

(340,135)  $ 
(101,832) 

(33,180)  $ 
(129,422) 

(1,425) 
(23,457) 

       189,437 

               — 

75,328 

           8,377 
               — 

         28,511 
               — 

49,369 
7,800 
(27,825) 
1,728 
51,225 
(510) 

945 
78,094 

(13,853) 
1,518 
48,900 
(457) 

115 
108,487 

(17,954) 
203 
21,706 
(199) 

355 
220,169 

103,475 
(40,661) 

210,798 
(97,000) 

182,900 
(155,339) 

(7,071) 

273 

2,578 

Net cash provided by investing activities 

35,870 

124,690 

241,411 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 
 (In Thousands) 

2014 

2013 

2012 

Financing Activities 

Net decrease in certificates of deposit 
Net increase (decrease) in checking and savings 

accounts 

Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank advances 
Repayments of Federal Home Loan Bank advances 
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings 
Repayments of reverse repurchase borrowings 
Repayments of structured repurchase borrowings 
Advances to borrowers for taxes and insurance 
Dividends paid 
Purchase of the Company’s common stock 
Stock options exercised 

  $ 

(116,139)    $ 

(208,702)    $ 

(421,977) 

(160,144)   

  4,231,000 
 (4,083,315)   
74,768 
— 

(50,000)   
580 
(11,257)   
(512)   
2,438 

(134,562)   
1,980 
(1,081)   
(44,307)   
(3,000)   
— 
1,567 
(7,964)   
— 
1,242 

156,867 
800 
(52,993) 
(36,981) 
— 
— 
571 
(12,991) 
— 
2,269 

Net cash used in financing activities 

(112,581)   

(394,827)   

(364,435) 

Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash 

Equivalents 

(9,278)   

(176,216)   

23,892 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Year 

227,925 

404,141 

380,249 

Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Year 

  $ 

218,647 

  $ 

227,925 

  $ 

404,141 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Note 1:  Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Nature of Operations and Operating Segments 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. (“GSBC” or the “Company”) operates as a one-bank holding 
company.  GSBC’s business primarily consists of the operations of Great Southern Bank (the 
“Bank”), which provides a full range of financial services to customers primarily located in 
Missouri, Iowa, Kansas, Minnesota, Nebraska and Arkansas.  The Company and the Bank are 
subject to the regulation of certain federal and state agencies and undergo periodic examinations 
by those regulatory agencies. 

The Company’s banking operation is its only reportable segment.  The banking operation is 
principally engaged in the business of originating residential and commercial real estate loans, 
construction loans, commercial business loans and consumer loans and funding these loans 
through attracting deposits from the general public, accepting brokered deposits and borrowing 
from the Federal Home Loan Bank and others.  The operating results of this segment are regularly 
reviewed by management to make decisions about resource allocations and to assess performance.  
Selected information is not presented separately for the Company’s reportable segment, as there is 
no material difference between that information and the corresponding information in the 
consolidated financial statements. 

Effective November 30, 2012, Great Southern Bank sold its Great Southern Travel and Great 
Southern Insurance divisions.  The 2012 operations of the two divisions have been reclassified to 
include all revenues and expenses in discontinued operations.  The discontinued operations are 
discussed further in Note 29.   

Use of Estimates 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally 
accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions 
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and 
liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and 
expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to the determination 
of the allowance for loan losses and the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with 
foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans, the valuation of loans acquired with indication of 
impairment, the valuation of the FDIC indemnification asset and other-than-temporary 
impairments (OTTI) and fair values of financial instruments.  In connection with the determination 
of the allowance for loan losses and the valuation of foreclosed assets held for sale, management 
obtains independent appraisals for significant properties.  The valuation of the FDIC 
indemnification asset is determined in relation to the fair value of assets acquired through FDIC-
assisted transactions for which cash flows are monitored on an ongoing basis. 

67

 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Principles of Consolidation 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Great Southern Bancorp, Inc., its 
wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank, and the Bank’s wholly owned subsidiaries, Great Southern 
Real Estate Development Corporation, GSB One LLC (including its wholly owned subsidiary, 
GSB Two LLC), Great Southern Financial Corporation, Great Southern Community Development 
Company, LLC (including its wholly owned subsidiary, Great Southern CDE, LLC), GS, LLC, 
GSSC, LLC, GS-RE Holding, LLC (including its wholly owned subsidiary, GS RE Management, 
LLC), GS-RE Holding II, LLC, GS-RE Holding III, LLC, VFP Conclusion Holding, LLC and VFP 
Conclusion Holding II, LLC.  All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been 
eliminated in consolidation.   

Reclassifications 

Certain prior periods’ amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2014 financial statements 
presentation.  These reclassifications had no effect on net income.  

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock 

Federal Home Loan Bank common stock is a required investment for institutions that are members 
of the Federal Home Loan Bank system.  The required investment in common stock is based on a 
predetermined formula, carried at cost and evaluated for impairment. 

Securities 

Available-for-sale securities, which include any security for which the Company has no immediate 
plan to sell but which may be sold in the future, are carried at fair value.  Unrealized gains and 
losses are recorded, net of related income tax effects, in other comprehensive income. 

Held-to-maturity securities, which include any security for which the Company has the positive 
intent and ability to hold until maturity, are carried at historical cost adjusted for amortization of 
premiums and accretion of discounts. 

Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts are recorded as interest income from 
securities.  Realized gains and losses are recorded as net security gains (losses).  Gains and losses 
on sales of securities are determined on the specific-identification method. 

For debt securities with fair value below carrying value when the Company does not intend to sell 
a debt security, and it is more likely than not the Company will not have to sell the security before 
recovery of its cost basis, it recognizes the credit component of an other-than-temporary 
impairment of a debt security in earnings and the remaining portion in other comprehensive 
income.  For held-to-maturity debt securities, the amount of an other-than-temporary impairment 
recorded in other comprehensive income for the noncredit portion of a previous other-than-
temporary impairment is amortized prospectively over the remaining life of the security on the 
basis of the timing of future estimated cash flows of the security. 

68

 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

The Company’s consolidated statements of income reflect the full impairment (that is, the 
difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and fair value) on debt securities that the 
Company intends to sell or would more likely than not be required to sell before the expected 
recovery of the amortized cost basis.  For available-for-sale and held-to-maturity debt securities 
that management has no intent to sell and believes that it more likely than not will not be required 
to sell prior to recovery, only the credit loss component of the impairment is recognized in 
earnings, while the noncredit loss is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income.  The 
credit loss component recognized in earnings is identified as the amount of principal cash flows 
not expected to be received over the remaining term of the security as projected based on cash 
flow projections.   

For equity securities, when the Company has decided to sell an impaired available-for-sale security 
and the Company does not expect the fair value of the security to fully recover before the expected 
time of sale, the security is deemed other-than-temporarily impaired in the period in which the 
decision to sell is made.  The Company recognizes an impairment loss when the impairment is 
deemed other-than-temporary even if a decision to sell has not been made. 

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale 

Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of 
cost or fair value in the aggregate.  Write-downs to fair value are recognized as a charge to 
earnings at the time the decline in value occurs.  Nonbinding forward commitments to sell 
individual mortgage loans are generally obtained to reduce market risk on mortgage loans in the 
process of origination and mortgage loans held for sale.  Gains and losses resulting from sales of 
mortgage loans are recognized when the respective loans are sold to investors.  Fees received from 
borrowers to guarantee the funding of mortgage loans held for sale and fees paid to investors to 
ensure the ultimate sale of such mortgage loans are recognized as income or expense when the 
loans are sold or when it becomes evident that the commitment will not be used. 

Loans 

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until 
maturity or payoff are reported at their outstanding principal balances adjusted for any charge-offs, 
the allowance for loan losses, any deferred fees or costs on originated loans and unamortized 
premiums or discounts on purchased loans.  Interest income is reported on the interest method and 
includes amortization of net deferred loan fees and costs over the loan term.  Past due status is 
based on the contractual terms of a loan.  Generally, loans are placed on nonaccrual status at 90 
days past due and interest is considered a loss, unless the loan is well secured and in the process of 
collection.  Payments received on nonaccrual loans are applied to principal until the loans are 
returned to accrual status.  Loans are returned to accrual status when all payments contractually 
due are brought current, payment performance is sustained for a period of time, generally six 
months, and future payments are reasonably assured.  With the exception of consumer loans, 
charge-offs on loans are recorded when available information indicates a loan is not fully 
collectible and the loss is reasonably quantifiable.  Consumer loans are charged-off at specified 
delinquency dates consistent with regulatory guidelines. 

69

 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Discounts and premiums on purchased loans are amortized to income using the interest method 
over the remaining period to contractual maturity, adjusted for anticipated prepayments. 

Allowance for Loan Losses 

The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a 
provision for loan losses charged to earnings.  Loan losses are charged against the allowance when 
management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed.  Subsequent recoveries, if 
any, are credited to the allowance. 

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon 
management’s periodic review of the collectibility of the loans in light of historical experience, the 
nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to 
repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions.  This 
evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant 
revision as more information becomes available. 

The allowance consists of allocated and general components.  The allocated component relates to 
loans that are classified as impaired.  For those loans that are classified as impaired, an allowance 
is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of 
the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan.  The general component covers 
nonclassified loans and is based on historical charge-off experience and expected loss given 
default derived from the Company’s internal risk rating process.  Other adjustments may be made 
to the allowance for pools of loans after an assessment of internal or external influences on credit 
quality that are not fully reflected in the historical loss or risk rating data. 

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that 
the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due 
according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  The Company determines which loans 
are reviewed for impairment based on various analyses including annual reviews of large loan 
relationships, calculations of loan debt coverage ratios as financial information is obtained, weekly 
past-due meetings, quarterly reviews of all loans over $1.0 million and quarterly reviews of watch 
list credits by management.  In accordance with regulatory guidelines, impairment in the consumer 
loan portfolio is primarily identified by past-due status.  Factors considered by management in 
determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting 
scheduled principal and interest payments when due.  Loans that experience insignificant payment 
delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired.  Management determines 
the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into 
consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length 
of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of the 
shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.  Payments made on impaired loans are 
treated in accordance with the accrual status of the loan.  If loans are performing in accordance 
with their contractual terms but the ultimate collectability of principal and interest is questionable, 
payments are applied to principal only.  Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for 
commercial and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows 
discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price or the fair value 
of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.   

70

 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Large groups of smaller balance homogenous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment.  
Accordingly, the Bank does not separately identify consumer loans for impairment disclosures 
unless they have been specifically identified through the classification process. 

Loans Acquired in Business Combinations 

Loans acquired in business combinations with evidence of credit deterioration since origination 
and for which it is probable that all contractually required payments will not be collected are 
considered to be credit impaired.  Evidence of credit quality deterioration as of purchase dates may 
include information such as past-due and nonaccrual status, borrower credit scores and recent loan 
to value percentages.  Acquired credit-impaired loans are accounted for under the accounting 
guidance for loans and debt securities acquired with deteriorated credit quality (FASB ASC 310-
30) and initially measured at fair value, which includes estimated future credit losses expected to 
be incurred over the life of the loans.  Accordingly, allowances for credit losses related to these 
loans are not carried over and recorded at the acquisition dates.  Loans acquired through business 
combinations that do not meet the specific criteria of FASB ASC 310-30, but for which a discount 
is attributable, at least in part to credit quality, are also accounted for under this guidance.  As a 
result, related discounts are recognized subsequently through accretion based on the expected cash 
flows of the acquired loans.  For purposes of applying FASB ASC 310-30, loans acquired in 
business combinations are aggregated into pools of loans with common risk characteristics.   

The expected cash flows of the acquired loan pools in excess of the fair values recorded is referred 
to as the accretable yield and is recognized in interest income over the remaining estimated lives of 
the loan pools.  The Company continues to evaluate the fair value of the loans including cash 
flows expected to be collected.  Increases in the Company’s cash flow expectations are recognized 
as increases to the accretable yield while decreases are recognized as impairments through the 
allowance for loan losses.   

FDIC Indemnification Asset 

Through two FDIC-assisted transactions during 2009, one during 2011 and one during 2012, the 
Bank acquired certain loans and foreclosed assets which are covered under loss sharing 
agreements with the FDIC.  These agreements commit the FDIC to reimburse the Bank for a 
portion of realized losses on these covered assets.  Therefore, as of the dates of acquisitions, the 
Company calculated the amount of such reimbursements it expects to receive from the FDIC using 
the present value of anticipated cash flows from the covered assets based on the credit adjustments 
estimated for each pool of loans and the estimated losses on foreclosed assets.  In accordance with 
FASB ASC 805, each FDIC Indemnification Asset was initially recorded at its fair value, and is 
measured separately from the loan assets and foreclosed assets because the loss sharing 
agreements are not contractually embedded in them or transferrable with them in the event of 
disposal.  The balance of the FDIC Indemnification Asset increases and decreases as the expected 
and actual cash flows from the covered assets fluctuate, as loans are paid off or impaired and as 
loans and foreclosed assets are sold.  There are no contractual interest rates on these contractual 
receivables from the FDIC; however, a discount was recorded against the initial balance of the 
FDIC Indemnification Asset in conjunction with the fair value measurement as this receivable will 
be collected over the terms of the loss sharing agreements.  This discount will be accreted to 
income over future periods.  These acquisitions and agreements are more fully discussed in Note 4. 

71

 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Foreclosed Assets Held for Sale 

Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded 
at fair value less estimated cost to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis.  
Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets 
are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less estimated cost to sell.  Revenue and 
expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in net expense on 
foreclosed assets. 

Premises and Equipment 

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation.  Depreciation is charged 
to expense using the straight-line and accelerated methods over the estimated useful lives of the 
assets.  Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized using the straight-line and 
accelerated methods over the terms of the respective leases or the estimated useful lives of the 
improvements, whichever is shorter. 

Long-Lived Asset Impairment 

The Company evaluates the recoverability of the carrying value of long-lived assets whenever 
events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable.  If a long-lived asset 
is tested for recoverability and the undiscounted estimated future cash flows expected to result 
from the use and eventual disposition of the asset is less than the carrying amount of the asset, the 
asset cost is adjusted to fair value and an impairment loss is recognized as the amount by which the 
carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value. 

No asset impairment was recognized during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

Goodwill is evaluated annually for impairment or more frequently if impairment indicators are 
present.  A qualitative assessment is performed to determine whether the existence of events or 
circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not the fair value is less than the 
carrying amount, including goodwill.  If, based on the evaluation, it is determined to be more likely 
than not that the fair value is less than the carrying value, then goodwill is tested further for 
impairment.  If the implied fair value of goodwill is lower than its carrying amount, a goodwill 
impairment is indicated and goodwill is written down to its implied fair value.  Subsequent 
increases in goodwill value are not recognized in the financial statements. 

Intangible assets are being amortized on the straight-line basis over periods ranging from three to 
seven years.  Such assets are periodically evaluated as to the recoverability of their carrying value. 

72

 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

A summary of goodwill and intangible assets is as follows: 

Goodwill – Branch acquisitions 
Deposit intangibles 
TeamBank 
Vantus Bank 
Sun Security Bank 
InterBank 
Boulevard Bank 
Valley Bank 

December 31, 

2014 

2013 

(In Thousands) 

$ 

1,169 

$ 

379 

526 
519 
1,314 
617 
763 
2,600 

947 
829 
1,665 
763 
— 
— 

$ 

7,508 

$ 

4,583 

Loan Servicing and Origination Fee Income 

Loan servicing income represents fees earned for servicing real estate mortgage loans owned by 
various investors.  The fees are generally calculated on the outstanding principal balances of the 
loans serviced and are recorded as income when earned.  Loan origination fees, net of direct loan 
origination costs, are recognized as income using the level-yield method over the contractual life 
of the loan. 

Mortgage Servicing Rights 

Mortgage servicing assets are recognized separately when rights are acquired through purchase or 
through sale of financial assets.  Under the servicing assets and liabilities accounting guidance 
(FASB ASC 860-50), servicing rights resulting from the sale or securitization of loans originated 
by the Company are initially measured at fair value at the date of transfer.  In 2009, the Company 
acquired mortgage servicing rights as part of two FDIC-assisted transactions.  These mortgage 
servicing assets were initially recorded at their fair values as part of the acquisition valuation.  The 
initial fair values recorded for the mortgage servicing assets, acquired in 2009, totaled $923,000.  
Mortgage servicing assets were $185,000 and $211,000 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, 
respectively.  The Company has elected to measure the mortgage servicing rights for mortgage 
loans using the amortization method, whereby servicing rights are amortized in proportion to and 
over the period of estimated net servicing income.  The amortized assets are assessed for 
impairment or increased obligation based on fair value at each reporting date. 

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Fair value is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net 
servicing income.  The valuation model incorporates assumptions that market participants would 
use in estimating future net servicing income, such as the cost to service, the discount rate, the 
custodial earnings rate, an inflation rate, ancillary income, prepayment speeds and default rates 
and losses.  These variables change from quarter to quarter as market conditions and projected 
interest rates change, and may have an adverse impact on the value of the mortgage servicing right 
and may result in a reduction to noninterest income. 

Each class of separately recognized servicing assets subsequently measured using the amortization 
method are evaluated and measured for impairment.  Impairment is determined by stratifying 
rights into tranches based on predominant characteristics, such as interest rate, loan type and 
investor type.  Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for an individual tranche, 
to the extent that fair value is less than the carrying amount of the servicing assets for that tranche.  
The valuation allowance is adjusted to reflect changes in the measurement of impairment after the 
initial measurement of impairment.  At December 31, 2014 and 2013, no valuation allowance was 
recorded.  Fair value in excess of the carrying amount of servicing assets is not recognized. 

Stockholders’ Equity 

At the 2004 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, the Company’s stockholders approved the 
Company’s reincorporation to the State of Maryland.  This reincorporation was completed in June 
2004.  Under Maryland law, there is no concept of “Treasury Shares.”  Instead, shares purchased 
by the Company constitute authorized but unissued shares under Maryland law.  Accounting 
principles generally accepted in the United States of America state that accounting for treasury 
stock shall conform to state law.  The cost of shares purchased by the Company has been allocated 
to common stock and retained earnings balances. 

Earnings Per Common Share 

Basic earnings per common share are computed based on the weighted average number of common 
shares outstanding during each year.  Diluted earnings per common share are computed using the 
weighted average common shares and all potential dilutive common shares outstanding during the 
period. 

74

 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Earnings per common share (EPS) were computed as follows: 

2014 

2013 
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data) 

2012 

Net income 

Net income available to common 

shareholders 

Net income from continuing operations 

Net income from continuing operations 
available to common shareholders 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

43,529 

$ 

33,729 

$ 

48,706 

42,950 

43,529 

$ 

$ 

33,150 

33,729 

$ 

$ 

48,098 

44,087 

42,950 

$ 

33,150 

$ 

43,479 

Average common shares outstanding 

13,700 

13,635 

13,534 

Average common share stock options 

and warrants outstanding 

176 

80 

58 

Average diluted common shares 

13,876 

13,715 

13,592 

Earnings per common share – basic 

Earnings per common share – diluted 

Earnings from continuing operations per 

common share – basic 

Earnings from continuing operations per 

common share – diluted 

Earnings from discontinued operations per 

common share, net of tax – basic 

Earnings from discontinued operations per 

common share, net of tax – diluted 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3.14 

3.10 

$ 

$ 

2.43 

2.42 

$ 

$ 

3.55 

3.54 

3.14 

$ 

2.43 

$ 

3.21 

3.10 

$ 

2.42 

$ 

3.20 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

0.34 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

0.34 

Options to purchase 500, 243,510 and 444,770 shares of common stock were outstanding at 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, but were not included in the computation of 
diluted earnings per share for that year because the options’ exercise price was greater than the 
average market price of the common shares for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 
2012, respectively.     

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Stock Option Plans 

The Company has stock-based employee compensation plans, which are described more fully in 
Note 21.  In accordance with FASB ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation, compensation 
cost related to share-based payment transactions is recognized in the Company’s consolidated 
financial statements based on the grant-date fair value of the award using the modified prospective 
transition method.  For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, share-based 
compensation expense totaling $565,000, $443,000 and $435,000, respectively, was included in 
salaries and employee benefits expense in the consolidated statements of income. 

Cash Equivalents 

The Company considers all liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be 
cash equivalents.  At December 31, 2014 and 2013, cash equivalents consisted of interest-bearing 
deposits in other financial institutions.  At December 31, 2014, nearly all of the interest-bearing 
deposits were uninsured with nearly all of these balances held at the Federal Home Loan Bank or the 
Federal Reserve Bank.   

Income Taxes 

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with income tax accounting guidance 
(FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes).  The income tax accounting guidance results in two components 
of income tax expense:  current and deferred.  Current income tax expense reflects taxes to be paid 
or refunded for the current period by applying the provisions of the enacted tax law to the taxable 
income or excess of deductions over revenues.  The Company determines deferred income taxes 
using the liability (or balance sheet) method.  Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or 
liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax bases of assets and 
liabilities, and enacted changes in tax rates and laws are recognized in the period in which they 
occur. 

Deferred income tax expense results from changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities between 
periods.  Deferred tax assets are recognized if it is more likely than not, based on the technical 
merits, that the tax position will be realized or sustained upon examination.  The term more likely 
than not means a likelihood of more than 50 percent; the terms examined and upon examination 
also include resolution of the related appeals or litigation processes, if any.  A tax position that 
meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is initially and subsequently measured as the 
largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon 
settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information.  The 
determination of whether or not a tax position has met the more-likely-than-not recognition 
threshold considers the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date and is 
subject to management’s judgment.  Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, 
based on the weight of evidence available, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a 
deferred tax asset will not be realized.  At December 31, 2014 and 2013, no valuation allowance 
was established. 

76

 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

The Company recognizes interest and penalties on income taxes as a component of income tax 
expense. 

The Company files consolidated income tax returns with its subsidiaries. 

Derivatives and Hedging Activities 

FASB ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, provides the disclosure requirements for derivatives 
and hedging activities with the intent to provide users of financial statements with an enhanced 
understanding of: (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how the entity 
accounts for derivative instruments and related hedged items and (c) how derivative instruments 
and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash 
flows.  Further, qualitative disclosures are required that explain the Company’s objectives and 
strategies for using derivatives, as well as quantitative disclosures about the fair value of and gains 
and losses on derivative instruments, and disclosures about credit-risk-related contingent features 
in derivative instruments.  For detailed disclosures on derivatives and hedging activities, see 
Note 17. 

As required by FASB ASC 815, the Company records all derivatives in the statement of financial 
condition at fair value.  The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the 
intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a 
hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has 
satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting.   

Restriction on Cash and Due From Banks 

The Bank is required to maintain reserve funds in cash and/or on deposit with the Federal Reserve 
Bank.  The reserve required at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, was $72.3 million and 
$71.0 million. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-01 to amend FASB ASC Topic 323, Investments 
– Equity Method and Joint Ventures.  The objective of this Update is to provide guidance on 
accounting for investments by a reporting entity in flow-through limited liability entities that 
manage or invest in affordable housing projects that qualify for the low-income housing tax credit.  
The amendments in the Update permit reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to 
account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional 
amortization method if certain conditions are met.  Under the proportional amortization method, an 
entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax 
benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a 
component of income tax expense (benefit).  The Update would be effective for the Company 
beginning January 1, 2015; however, early adoption was permitted.  The Company elected to adopt 
this Update early, adopting it during the three months ended March 31, 2014.  There was no 
material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations, except that the 
investment amortization expense which was previously included in Other Noninterest Expense in 
the Consolidated Statements of Income was moved from Other Noninterest Expense to Provision 
for Income Taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  For the years ended December 31, 

77

 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

2013 and 2012, respectively, $4.8 million and $4.0 million was moved from Other Noninterest 
Expense to Provision for Income Taxes.  This had the effect of reducing Noninterest Expense and 
increasing Provision for Income Taxes, but did not have any impact on Net Income. 

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-04 to amend FASB ASC Topic 310, Receivables 
– Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors.  The objective of the amendments in this Update is 
to reduce diversity by clarifying when an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, that is, 
when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate 
property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan receivable should be 
derecognized and the real estate property recognized.  The amendments in this Update clarify that 
an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received 
physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, 
upon either (1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon 
completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate 
property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or 
through a similar legal agreement. Additionally, the amendments require interim and annual 
disclosure of both (1) the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor 
and (2) the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real 
estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the 
applicable jurisdiction.  The Update will be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2015, 
and is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of 
operations.  

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 
660): Summary and Amendments that Create Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) 
and Other Assets and Deferred Costs—Contracts with Customers (Subtopic 340-40). The guidance 
in this update supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC Topic 605, Revenue 
Recognition, and most industry-specific guidance throughout the industry topics of the 
codification. For public companies, this update will be effective for interim and annual periods 
beginning after December 15, 2016 and early application is not permitted. The Company is 
currently assessing the impact that this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

78

 
 
 
 
 
   
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Note 2: 

Investments in Debt and Equity Securities 

The amortized cost and fair values of securities classified as available-for-sale were as follows: 

U.S. government agencies 
Mortgage-backed securities 
States and political subdivisions 
Equity securities  

U.S. government agencies 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Small Business Administration  

loan pools 

States and political subdivisions 
Equity securities  

Amortized 
Cost 

$ 

20,000 
254,294 
79,237 
847 

December 31, 2014 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

(In Thousands) 

Fair 
Value 

  $ 

  $ 

— 
4,325 
5,810 
2,307 

  $ 

486 
821 
7 
— 

19,514 
257,798 
85,040 
3,154 

$ 

354,378 

  $ 

12,442 

  $ 

1,314 

  $ 

365,506 

Amortized 
Cost 

$ 

20,000 
365,020 

43,461 
122,113 
847 

December 31, 2013 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

(In Thousands) 

  $ 

  $ 

— 
4,824 

1,394 
2,549 
2,022 

  $ 

2,745 
2,266 

— 
1,938 
— 

Fair 
Value 

17,255 
367,578 

44,855 
122,724 
2,869 

$ 

551,441 

  $ 

10,789 

  $ 

6,949 

  $ 

555,281 

At December 31, 2014, the Company’s mortgage-backed securities portfolio consisted of GNMA 
securities totaling $186.4 million, FNMA securities totaling $37.1 million and FHLMC securities 
totaling $34.3 million.  At December 31, 2014, $238.1 million of the Company’s mortgage-backed 
securities had variable rates of interest and $19.7 million had fixed rates of interest.   

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

The amortized cost and fair value of available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2014, by 
contractual maturity, are shown below.  Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities 
because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment 
penalties. 

One year or less 
After five through ten years 
After ten years 
Securities not due on a single maturity date 
Equity securities 

Amortized 
Cost 

Fair 
Value 

(In Thousands) 

 $ 

110 
4,770 
94,357 
254,294 
847 

 $ 

110 
5,042 
99,402 
257,798 
3,154 

 $ 

354,378 

 $ 

365,506 

The amortized cost and fair values of securities classified as held to maturity were as follows: 

December 31, 2014 

Gross 

Gross 

Amortized 
Cost 

  Unrealized 

  Unrealized 

Gains 

Losses 

Fair 
Value 

(In Thousands) 

States and political 
subdivisions 

$ 

450 

  $ 

49 

  $ 

— 

  $ 

499 

December 31, 2013 

Gross 

Gross 

Amortized 
Cost 

  Unrealized 

  Unrealized 

Gains 

Losses 

Fair 
Value 

(In Thousands) 

States and political 
subdivisions 

$ 

805 

  $ 

107 

  $ 

— 

  $ 

912 

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

The held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 2014, by contractual maturity, are shown below.  
Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to 
call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. 

Amortized 
Cost 

Fair 
Value 

(In Thousands) 

After one through five years 

 $ 

450 

 $ 

499 

The amortized cost and fair values of securities pledged as collateral was as follows at 
December 31, 2014 and 2013: 

2014 

2013 

Amortized 
Cost 

Fair 
Value 

  Amortized 

Cost 

(In Thousands) 

Fair 
Value 

$ 

130,760 

  $ 

133,940 

  $ 

228,776 

  $ 

230,318 

160,130 

161,145 

171,071 

168,813 

— 
3,965 

— 
4,053 

60,352 
1,403 

61,026 
1,437 

$ 

294,855 

  $ 

299,138 

  $ 

461,602 

  $ 

461,594 

Public deposits 
Collateralized borrowing 

accounts 

Structured repurchase  

agreements 

Other  

Certain investments in debt securities are reported in the financial statements at an amount less 
than their historical cost.  Total fair value of these investments at December 31, 2014 and 2013, 
was approximately $106.0 million and $237.6 million, respectively, which is approximately 29.0% 
and 42.7% of the Company’s available-for-sale and held-to-maturity investment portfolio, 
respectively. 

Based on evaluation of available evidence, including recent changes in market interest rates, credit 
rating information and information obtained from regulatory filings, management believes the 
declines in fair value for these debt securities are temporary. 

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

The following table shows the Company’s gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by 
investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous 
unrealized loss position at December 31, 2014 and 2013: 

Description of Securities 

U.S. government agencies 
Mortgage-backed securities 
States and political 
subdivisions 

Description of Securities 

U.S. government agencies 
Mortgage-backed securities 
States and political 
subdivisions 

Less than 12 Months 
Fair 
Value 

  Unrealized   
Losses 

2014 
12 Months or More 
Fair 
Value 

  Unrealized   
Losses 

(In Thousands) 

Total 

Fair 
Value 

  Unrealized 

Losses 

  $ 

— 
40,042 

  $ 

  $ 

— 
(328) 

20,000 
45,056 

  $ 

(486) 
(493) 

  $ 

20,000 
85,098 

  $ 

(486) 
(821) 

— 

— 

925 

(7) 

925 

(7) 

  $ 

40,042 

  $ 

(328) 

  $ 

65,981 

  $ 

(986) 

  $  106,023 

  $ 

(1,314) 

Less than 12 Months 
Fair 
Value 

  Unrealized   
Losses 

2013 
12 Months or More 
Fair 
Value 

  Unrealized   
Losses 

(In Thousands) 

Total 

Fair 
Value 

  Unrealized 

Losses 

  $ 

20,000 
    127,901 

  $ 

(2,745) 
(1,871) 

  $ 

— 
39,255 

  $ 

— 
(395) 

  $ 

20,000 
    167,156 

  $ 

(2,745) 
(2,266) 

50,401 

(1,938) 

— 

— 

50,401 

(1,938) 

  $  198,302 

  $ 

(6,554) 

  $ 

39,255 

  $ 

(395) 

  $  237,557 

  $ 

(6,949) 

Other-than-Temporary Impairment 

Upon acquisition of a security, the Company decides whether it is within the scope of the 
accounting guidance for beneficial interests in securitized financial assets or will be evaluated for 
impairment under the accounting guidance for investments in debt and equity securities. 

The accounting guidance for beneficial interests in securitized financial assets provides 
incremental impairment guidance for a subset of the debt securities within the scope of the 
guidance for investments in debt and equity securities.  For securities where the security is a 
beneficial interest in securitized financial assets, the Company uses the beneficial interests in 
securitized financial asset impairment model.  For securities where the security is not a beneficial 
interest in securitized financial assets, the Company uses the debt and equity securities impairment 
model.  The Company does not currently have securities within the scope of this guidance for 
beneficial interests in securitized financial assets. 

The Company routinely conducts periodic reviews to identify and evaluate each investment security 
to determine whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred.  The Company considers 
the length of time a security has been in an unrealized loss position, the relative amount of the 
unrealized loss compared to the carrying value of the security, the type of security and other factors.  
If certain criteria are met, the Company performs additional review and evaluation using observable 
market values or various inputs in economic models to determine if an unrealized loss is other than 

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

temporary.  The Company uses quoted market prices for marketable equity securities and uses 
broker pricing quotes based on observable inputs for equity investments that are not traded on a 
stock exchange.  For nonagency collateralized mortgage obligations, to determine if the unrealized 
loss is other than temporary, the Company projects total estimated defaults of the underlying assets 
(mortgages) and multiplies that calculated amount by an estimate of realizable value upon sale in 
the marketplace (severity) in order to determine the projected collateral loss.  The Company also 
evaluates any current credit enhancement underlying these securities to determine the impact on 
cash flows.  If the Company determines that a given security position will be subject to a write-
down or loss, the Company records the expected credit loss as a charge to earnings. 

During 2014 and 2013, no securities were determined to have impairment that had become other 
than temporary.  During 2012, the Company determined that the impairment of a nonagency 
collateralized mortgage obligation with a book value of $680,000 had become other than temporary.  
Consequently, the Company recorded a total of $680,000 of pre-tax charges to income.   

Credit Losses Recognized on Investments 

Certain debt securities have experienced fair value deterioration due to credit losses, as well as due 
to other market factors, but are not otherwise other-than-temporarily impaired.   

The following table provides information about debt securities for which only a credit loss was 
recognized in income and other losses are recorded in other comprehensive income. 

Credit losses on debt securities held 

Beginning of year 

Reductions due to final principal payments 
Additions related to increases in credit losses on debt 

securities for which other-than-temporary  
impairment losses were previously recognized 

Reductions due to sales 

End of year 

Accumulated Credit Losses 

2014 

2013 

(In Thousands) 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

—   
—   

4,176 
(4,176) 

—   
—   
—   

  $ 

— 
— 
— 

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Note 3:  Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses 

Classes of loans at December 31, 2014 and 2013, included: 

One- to four-family residential construction 
Subdivision construction 
Land development 
Commercial construction 
Owner occupied one- to four-family residential 
Non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential 
Commercial real estate 
Other residential 
Commercial business 
Industrial revenue bonds 
Consumer auto 
Consumer other 
Home equity lines of credit 
Acquired FDIC-covered loans, net of discounts  
Acquired loans no longer covered by FDIC loss sharing  

agreements, net of discounts 

Acquired non-covered loans, net of discounts 

Undisbursed portion of loans in process 
Allowance for loan losses 
Deferred loan fees and gains, net 

2014 

2013 

(In Thousands) 

 $ 

40,361 
28,593 
52,096 
392,929 
87,549 
143,051 
945,876 
392,414 
354,012 
41,061 
323,353 
78,029 
66,272 
286,608 

 $ 

34,662 
40,409 
57,841 
184,019 
89,133 
145,908 
780,690 
325,599 
315,269 
42,230 
134,717 
82,260 
58,283 
386,164 

49,945 
121,982 
    3,404,131 
(323,572) 
(38,435) 
(3,276) 
 $  3,038,848 

— 
— 
    2,677,184 
(194,544) 
(40,116) 
(2,994) 
 $  2,439,530 

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Classes of loans by aging were as follows: 

December 31, 2014 

30-59 Days  60-89 Days  Over 90  Total Past 
Past Due  Past Due 

Days 

Due 

Total 
Loans 

Total Loans 
> 90 Days Past 
Due and 

Current  Receivable  Still Accruing 

(In Thousands) 

— 
— 
— 
— 

170 

— 
187 
— 
— 
— 
— 
397 
22 

194 

— 

— 
970 

194 

776 

One- to four-family  

residential construction 
Subdivision construction 
Land development  
Commercial construction 
Owner occupied one- to four- 

family residential 

Non-owner occupied one- to  

four-family residential 

Commercial real estate 
Other residential 
Commercial business 
Industrial revenue bonds 
Consumer auto 
Consumer other 
Home equity lines of credit 
Acquired FDIC-covered 
loans, net of discounts 
Acquired loans no longer 
covered by FDIC loss 
sharing agreements,  
net of discounts 

Acquired non-covered loans, 

net of discounts 

Less FDIC-supported loans,  
and acquired non-covered 
loans, net of discounts 

 $ 

— 
109 
110 
— 

2,037 

583 
6,887 
— 
59 
— 
1,801 
1,301 
89 

 $ 

 $ 

— 
— 
— 
— 

 $ 

— 
— 
255 
— 

— 
109 
365 
— 

 $ 

40,361   $ 
28,484   
51,731   
  392,929   

40,361   $ 
28,593   
52,096   
  392,929   

441 

  1,029 

  3,507 

84,042   

87,549   

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
244 
260 
— 

296 
  4,699 
— 
411 
— 
316 
801 
340 

879 
  11,586 
— 
470 
— 
  2,361 
  2,362 
429 

  142,172   
  934,290   
  392,414   
  353,542   
41,061   
  320,992   
75,667   
65,843   

  143,051   
  945,876   
  392,414   
  354,012   
41,061   
  323,353   
78,029   
66,272   

6,236 

1,062 

  16,419 

  23,717 

  262,891   

  286,608   

754 

46 

243 

  1,043 

48,902   

49,945   

2,638 
  22,604 

640 
2,693 

  11,248 
  36,057 

  14,526 
  61,354 

  107,456   
  3,342,777   

  121,982   
 3,404,131   

9,628 

1,748 

  27,910 

  39,286 

  419,249   

  458,535   

Total  

 $  12,976 

 $ 

945 

 $  8,147 

 $  22,068 

 $  2,923,528   $  2,945,596   $ 

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

December 31, 2013 

30-59 Days  60-89 Days  Over 90  Total Past 
Past Due  Past Due 

Days 

Due 

Total Loans 
> 90 Days 
Past 
Due and 

Total 
Loans 

Current  Receivable  Still Accruing 

(In Thousands) 

— 
— 
— 
— 

211 

140 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
257 
— 

215 

— 

— 
823 

215 

608 

One- to four-family  

 $ 

residential construction 
Subdivision construction 
Land development  
Commercial construction 
Owner occupied one- to four-   

family residential 

Non-owner occupied one- to  

four-family residential 

Commercial real estate 
Other residential 
Commercial business 
Industrial revenue bonds 
Consumer auto 
Consumer other 
Home equity lines of credit 
Acquired FDIC-covered  
loans, net of discounts  
Acquired loans no longer   
covered by FDIC loss  
sharing agreements, net 
of discounts 

Acquired non-covered loans,    

net of discounts  

Less FDIC-supported loans,  

net of discounts 

— 
— 
145 
— 

1,233 

1,562 
2,856 
— 
17 
— 
955 
1,258 
168 

 $ 

 $ 

— 
— 
38 
— 

 $ 

— 
871 
338 
— 

— 
871 
521 
— 

 $ 

34,662   $ 
39,538   
57,320   
  184,019   

34,662   $ 
40,409   
57,841   
  184,019   

344 

  3,014 

  4,591 

84,542   

89,133   

171 
131 
— 
19 
— 
127 
333 
16 

843 
  6,205 
— 
  5,208 
  2,023 
168 
732 
504 

  2,576 
  9,192 
— 
  5,244 
  2,023 
  1,250 
  2,323 
688 

  143,332   
  771,498   
  325,599   
  310,025   
40,207   
  133,467   
79,937   
57,595   

  145,908   
  780,690   
  325,599   
  315,269   
42,230   
  134,717   
82,260   
58,283   

7,623 

1,849 

  24,761 

  34,233 

  351,931   

  386,164   

— 

— 

— 

— 

—   

—   

— 
  15,817 

— 
3,028 

— 
  44,667 

   — 
  63,512 

—   
  2,613,672   

—   
 2,677,184   

7,623 

1,849 

  24,761 

  34,233 

  351,931   

  386,164   

Total legacy loans 

 $ 

8,194 

 $ 

1,179 

 $  19,906 

 $  29,279 

 $  2,261,741   $  2,291,020   $ 

86

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Nonaccruing loans are summarized as follows: 

One- to four-family residential construction 
Subdivision construction 
Land development 
Commercial construction 
Owner occupied one- to four-family residential 
Non-owner occupied one- to four-family 

  $ 

residential 

Commercial real estate 
Other residential 
Commercial business 
Industrial revenue bonds 
Consumer auto 
Consumer other 
Home equity lines of credit 

December 31, 

2014 

2013 

(In Thousands) 

  $ 

— 
— 
255 
— 
859 

296 
4,512 
— 
411 
— 
316 
404 
318 

— 
871 
338 
— 
2,803 

703 
6,205 
— 
5,208 
2,023 
168 
475 
504 

Total  

  $ 

7,371 

  $ 

19,298 

The following table presents the activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the 
year ended December 31, 2014.  Also presented are the balance in the allowance for loan losses and 
the recorded investment in loans based on portfolio segment and impairment method as of 
December 31, 2014: 

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

One- to Four- 
Family 
Residential 
and 

Other 

Commercial  Commercial  Commercial 

Construction  Residential   Real Estate  Construction  Business 

Consumer 

Total 

(In Thousands) 

 $ 

6,235 

 $ 

2,678 

 $ 

16,939 

 $ 

4,464 

 $ 

6,451 

 $ 

3,349 

 $  40,116 

(1,025) 
(2,251) 
496 

227 
(1) 
37 

1,855 
(2,160) 
3,139 

(957) 
(126) 
181 

409 
(3,286) 
105 

3,642 
(4,005)   
2,039 

4,151 
  (11,829) 
5,997 

 $ 

3,455 

 $ 

2,941 

 $ 

19,773 

 $ 

3,562 

 $ 

3,679 

 $ 

5,025 

 $  38,435 

Allowance for Loan Losses 
Balance, January 1, 2014 
Provision charged to 

expense 

Losses charged off 
Recoveries 

Balance, 
  December 31, 2014 

Ending balance: 

Individually evaluated  
for impairment 
Collectively evaluated  
for impairment 
Loans acquired and 

accounted for under  
ASC 310-30 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

829 

 $ 

— 

 $ 

1,751 

 $ 

1,507 

 $ 

823 

 $ 

232 

 $ 

5,142 

2,532 

 $ 

2,923 

 $ 

16,671 

 $ 

1,905 

 $ 

2,805 

 $ 

4,321 

 $  31,157 

94 

 $ 

18 

 $ 

1,351 

 $ 

150 

 $ 

51 

 $ 

472 

 $ 

2,136 

Loans 

Individually evaluated  
for impairment 
Collectively evaluated  
for impairment 
Loans acquired and 

accounted for under  
ASC 310-30 

 $ 

11,488 

 $ 

9,804 

 $ 

28,641 

 $ 

7,601 

 $ 

2,725 

 $ 

1,480 

 $  61,739 

 $ 

288,066 

 $  382,610 

 $ 

917,235 

 $ 

437,424 

 $ 

392,348 

 $ 

466,174 

 $2,883,857 

 $ 

234,158 

 $  48,470 

 $ 

107,278 

 $ 

1,937 

 $ 

17,789 

 $ 

48,903 

 $  458,535 

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

The following table presents the activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the 
year ended December 31, 2013.  Also presented are the balance in the allowance for loan losses and 
the recorded investment in loans based on portfolio segment and impairment method as of 
December 31, 2013: 

One- to Four- 
Family 
Residential 
and 

Other 

Commercial  Commercial  Commercial 

Construction  Residential   Real Estate  Construction 
(In Thousands) 

Business 

Consumer 

Total 

 $ 

6,822 

 $ 

4,327 

 $ 

17,441 

 $ 

3,938 

 $ 

5,096 

 $ 

3,025 

 $  40,649 

1,496 
(2,196) 
113 

1,556 
(3,248) 
43 

6,922 
(9,836) 
2,412 

1,142 
(788) 
172 

4,404 
(4,072) 
1,023 

1,866 
(3,312) 
1,770 

  17,386 
  (23,452) 
5,533 

 $ 

6,235 

 $ 

2,678 

 $ 

16,939 

 $ 

4,464 

 $ 

6,451 

 $ 

3,349 

 $  40,116 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

2,501 

 $ 

— 

 $ 

90 

 $ 

473 

3,734 

 $ 

2,678 

 $ 

16,845 

 $ 

3,991 

 $ 

 $ 

4,162 

 $ 

218 

 $ 

7,444 

2,287 

 $ 

3,131 

 $  32,666 

— 

 $ 

— 

 $ 

4 

 $ 

— 

 $ 

2 

 $ 

— 

 $ 

6 

 $ 

13,055 

 $  10,983 

 $ 

31,591 

 $ 

12,628 

 $ 

8,755 

 $ 

1,389 

 $  78,401 

 $ 

297,057 

 $  314,616 

 $ 

791,329 

 $ 

229,232 

 $ 

306,514 

 $ 

273,871 

 $2,212,619 

 $ 

206,964 

 $  35,095 

 $ 

84,591 

 $ 

6,989 

 $ 

4,883 

 $ 

47,642 

 $  386,164 

Allowance for Loan Losses 
Balance, January 1, 2013 
Provision charged to 

expense 

Losses charged off 
Recoveries 

Balance, 
  December 31, 2013 

Ending balance: 

Individually evaluated  
for impairment 
Collectively evaluated  
for impairment 
Loans acquired and 

accounted for under  
ASC 310-30 

Loans 

Individually evaluated  
for impairment 
Collectively evaluated  
for impairment 
Loans acquired and 

accounted for under  
ASC 310-30 

The following table presents the activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio segment for the 
year ended December 31, 2012.  Also presented are the balance in the allowance for loan losses and 
the recorded investment in loans based on portfolio segment and impairment method as of 
December 31, 2012: 

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

One- to 
Four- 
Family 
Residential 
and 

Other 

Commercial  Commercial  Commercial 

Construction  Residential   Real Estate  Construction  Business 

Consumer 

Total 

(In Thousands) 

 $ 

11,424 

 $ 

3,088 

 $ 

18,390 

 $ 

2,982 

 $ 

2,974 

 $ 

2,374 

 $ 

41,232 

(1,626) 
(3,203) 
227 

4,471 
(3,579) 
347 

16,360 
(18,010) 
701 

18,101 
(18,027) 
882 

4,897 
(3,082) 
307 

1,660 
(2,390)   
1,381 

43,863 
(48,291) 
3,845 

 $ 

6,822 

 $ 

4,327 

 $ 

17,441 

 $ 

3,938 

 $ 

5,096 

 $ 

3,025 

 $ 

40,649 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

2,288 

 $ 

1,089 

4,533 

 $ 

3,238 

 $ 

 $ 

4,990 

 $ 

96 

 $ 

2,778 

 $ 

156 

 $ 

11,397 

12,442 

 $ 

3,842 

 $ 

2,314 

 $ 

2,866 

 $ 

29,235 

1 

 $ 

— 

 $ 

9 

 $ 

— 

 $ 

4 

 $ 

3 

 $ 

17 

 $ 

14,691 

 $  16,405 

 $ 

48,476 

 $ 

12,009 

 $ 

10,064 

 $ 

980 

 $  102,625 

 $ 

279,502 

 $  251,113 

 $ 

687,663 

 $ 

201,065 

 $ 

254,567 

 $  219,670 

 $ 1,893,580 

 $ 

278,889 

 $  53,280 

 $ 

129,128 

 $ 

7,997 

 $ 

14,939 

 $ 

39,616 

 $  523,849 

Allowance for Loan Losses 
Balance, January 1, 2012 
Provision charged to 

expense 

Losses charged off 
Recoveries 

Balance, 
  December 31, 2012 

Ending balance: 

Individually evaluated  
for impairment 
Collectively evaluated  
for impairment 
Loans acquired and 

accounted for under  
ASC 310-30 

Loans 

Individually evaluated  
for impairment 
Collectively evaluated  
for impairment 
Loans acquired and 

accounted for under  
ASC 310-30 

The portfolio segments used in the preceding three tables correspond to the loan classes used in all 
other tables in Note 3 as follows: 

•  The one- to four-family residential and construction segment includes the one- to four-
family residential construction, subdivision construction, owner occupied one- to four-
family residential and non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential classes. 

•  The other residential segment corresponds to the other residential class. 

•  The commercial real estate segment includes the commercial real estate and industrial 

revenue bonds classes. 

•  The commercial construction segment includes the land development and commercial 

construction classes. 

•  The commercial business segment corresponds to the commercial business class. 

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

•  The consumer segment includes the consumer auto, consumer other and home equity lines 

of credit classes. 

The weighted average interest rate on loans receivable at December 31, 2014 and 2013, was 4.66% 
and 5.10%, respectively. 

Loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial 
condition.  The unpaid principal balances of loans serviced for others were $266.4 million and 
$166.2 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  In addition, available lines of credit on 
these loans were $33.0 million and $15.7 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

A loan is considered impaired, in accordance with the impairment accounting guidance (FASB ASC 
310-10-35-16), when based on current information and events, it is probable the Company will be 
unable to collect all amounts due from the borrower in accordance with the contractual terms of the 
loan.  Impaired loans include not only nonperforming loans but also include loans modified in 
troubled debt restructurings where concessions have been granted to borrowers experiencing 
financial difficulties.   

The following summarizes information regarding impaired loans at and during the years ended 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012: 

December 31, 2014 

Year Ended 
December 31, 2014 

  Average 

Recorded 
Balance 

Unpaid 
Principal 
Balance 

Specific 
Allowance 
(In Thousands) 

Investment 
in Impaired 
Loans 

Interest 
Income 
Recognized 

One- to four-family residential construction 
Subdivision construction 
Land development 
Commercial construction 
Owner occupied one- to four-family 

  $ 

residential 

Non-owner occupied one- to four-family 

residential 

Commercial real estate 
Other residential 
Commercial business 
Industrial revenue bonds 
Consumer auto 
Consumer other 
Home equity lines of credit 

  $ 

1,312 
4,540 
7,601 
— 

3,747 

1,889 
28,641 
9,804 
2,725 
— 
420 
629 
431 

  $ 

1,312 
4,540 
8,044 
— 

4,094 

2,113 
30,781 
9,804 
2,750 
— 
507 
765 
476 

— 
344 
1,507 
— 

407 

78 
1,751 
— 
823 
— 
63 
94 
75 

  $ 

  $ 

173 
2,593 
9,691 
— 

4,808 

4,010 
29,808 
10,469 
2,579 
2,644 
219 
676 
461 

76 
226 
292 
— 

212 

94 
1,253 
407 
158 
— 
37 
71 
25 

Total  

  $ 

61,739 

  $ 

65,186 

  $ 

5,142 

  $ 

68,131 

  $ 

2,851 

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

December 31, 2013 

Year Ended 
December 31, 2013 

  Average 

Recorded 
Balance 

Unpaid 
Principal 
Balance 

Specific 
Allowance 
(In Thousands) 

Investment 
in Impaired 
Loans 

Interest 
Income 
Recognized 

One- to four-family residential construction 
Subdivision construction 
Land development 
Commercial construction 
Owner occupied one- to four-family 

residential 

Non-owner occupied one- to four-family 

  $ 

  $ 

— 
3,502 
12,628 
— 

  $ 

— 
3,531 
13,042 
— 

5,802 

6,117 

residential 

Commercial real estate 
Other residential 
Commercial business 
Industrial revenue bonds 
Consumer auto 
Consumer other 
Home equity lines of credit 

3,751 
31,591 
10,983 
6,057 
2,698 
216 
604 
569 

4,003 
34,032 
10,983 
6,077 
2,778 
231 
700 
706 

— 
1,659 
473 
— 

593 

249 
90 
— 
4,162 
— 
32 
91 
95 

  $ 

  $ 

36 
3,315 
13,389 
— 

5,101 

4,797 
42,242 
13,837 
6,821 
2,700 
145 
630 
391 

— 
163 
560 
— 

251 

195 
1,632 
434 
179 
27 
16 
63 
38 

Total  

  $ 

78,401 

  $ 

82,200 

  $ 

7,444 

  $ 

93,404 

  $ 

3,558 

December 31, 2012 

Year Ended 
December 31, 2012 

  Average 

Recorded 
Balance 

Unpaid 
Principal 
Balance 

Specific 
Allowance 
(In Thousands) 

Investment 
in Impaired 
Loans 

Interest 
Income 
Recognized 

One- to four-family residential construction 
Subdivision construction 
Land development 
Commercial construction 
Owner occupied one- to four-family 

residential 

Non-owner occupied one- to four-family 

  $ 

  $ 

410 
2,577 
12,009 
— 

  $ 

410 
2,580 
13,204 
— 

5,627 

6,037 

residential 

Commercial real estate 
Other residential 
Commercial business 
Industrial revenue bonds 
Consumer auto 
Consumer other 
Home equity lines of credit 

6,077 
48,476 
16,405 
7,279 
2,785 
143 
602 
235 

6,290 
49,779 
16,405 
8,615 
2,865 
170 
682 
248 

239 
688 
96 
— 

550 

811 
4,990 
1,089 
2,778 
— 
22 
89 
45 

  $ 

  $ 

679 
8,399 
12,614 
383 

5,174 

10,045 
45,181 
16,951 
4,851 
3,034 
157 
654 
162 

22 
143 
656 
— 

295 

330 
2,176 
836 
329 
5 
17 
65 
15 

Total  

  $  102,625 

  $  107,285  $       11,397 

  $       108,284 

  $ 

4,889 

92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

At December 31, 2014, $20.0 million of impaired loans had specific valuation allowances totaling 
$5.1 million.  At December 31, 2013, $18.0 million of impaired loans had specific valuation 
allowances totaling $7.4 million.  At December 31, 2012, $43.4 million of impaired loans had 
specific valuation allowances totaling $11.4 million.  For impaired loans which were nonaccruing, 
interest of approximately $1.1 million, $1.6 million and $1.8 million would have been recognized 
on an accrual basis during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

Included in certain loan categories in the impaired loans are troubled debt restructurings that were 
classified as impaired.  Troubled debt restructurings are loans that are modified by granting 
concessions to borrowers experiencing financial difficulties.  These concessions could include a 
reduction in the interest rate on the loan, payment extensions, forgiveness of principal, forbearance 
or other actions intended to maximize collection.  The types of concessions made are factored into 
the estimation of the allowance for loan losses for troubled debt restructurings primarily using a 
discounted cash flows or collateral adequacy approach. 

The following table presents newly restructured loans during 2014 and 2013 by type of 
modification: 

2014 

Interest Only 

Term 

Combination 

(In Thousands) 

Total 
Modification 

Mortgage loans on real estate: 

One- to four-family 

residential construction 

 $ 

Subdivision construction 
Residential one-to-four family 
Commercial 

Commercial 
Industrial revenue bonds 
Consumer 

 $ 

— 
— 
308 
506 
— 
— 
— 

 $ 

— 
250 
426 
1,928 
1,881 
1,150 
145 

 $ 

223 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

223 
250 
734 
2,434 
1,881 
1,150 
145 

 $ 

814 

 $ 

5,780 

 $ 

223 

 $ 

6,817 

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

2013 

Interest Only 

Term 

Combination 

(In Thousands) 

Total 
Modification 

Mortgage loans on real estate: 

One- to four-family 

residential construction 

 $ 

Subdivision construction 
Land development 
Residential one-to-four family 
Commercial 
Other residential 

Commercial 
Consumer 

 $ 

— 
— 
3,842 
— 
2,120 
1,956 
660 
— 

 $ 

286 
2,067 
2,078 
1,499 
2,212 
1,874 
34 
241 

 $ 

— 
568 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

286 
2,635 
5,920 
1,499 
4,332 
3,830 
694 
241 

 $ 

8,578 

 $ 

10,291 

 $ 

568 

 $ 

19,437 

At December 31, 2014, the Company had $47.6 million of loans that were modified in troubled 
debt restructurings and impaired, as follows:  $8.3 million of construction and land development 
loans, $13.8 million of single family and multi-family residential mortgage loans, $23.3 million of 
commercial real estate loans, $1.9 million of commercial business loans and $324,000 of consumer 
loans.  Of the total troubled debt restructurings at December 31, 2014, $39.2 million were accruing 
interest and $18.3 million were classified as substandard using the Company’s internal grading 
system which is described below.  The Company had troubled debt restructurings which were 
modified in the previous 12 months and subsequently defaulted during the year ended 
December 31, 2014, of approximately $62,000, one owner occupied residential mortgage loan 
totaling $56,000 and two consumer loans totaling $6,000.  When loans modified as troubled debt 
restructuring have subsequent payment defaults, the defaults are factored into the determination of 
the allowance for loan losses to ensure specific valuation allowances reflect amounts considered 
uncollectible.  At December 31, 2013, the Company had $54.1 million of loans that were modified 
in troubled debt restructurings and impaired, as follows:  $10.9 million of construction and land 
development loans, $16.6 million of single family and multi-family residential mortgage loans, 
$24.8 million of commercial real estate loans, $1.5 million of commercial business loans and 
$310,000 of consumer loans.  Of the total troubled debt restructurings at December 31, 2013, 
$49.6 million were accruing interest and $22.1 million were classified as substandard using the 
Company’s internal grading system. 

During the year ended December 31, 2014, borrowers with loans designated as troubled debt 
restructurings totaling $2.3 million met the criteria for placement back on accrual status.  The $2.3 
million was made up of $1.6 million of commercial real estate loans, $696,000 of residential 
mortgage loans and $6,000 of consumer loans.  This criteria is a minimum of six months of 
payment performance under existing or modified terms.   

The Company reviews the credit quality of its loan portfolio using an internal grading system that 
classifies loans as “Satisfactory,” “Watch,” “Special Mention,” “Substandard” and “Doubtful.”  

94

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Substandard loans are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss 
if certain deficiencies are not corrected.  Doubtful loans are those having all the weaknesses 
inherent to those classified Substandard with the added characteristics that the weaknesses make 
collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, 
highly questionable and improbable.  Special mention loans possess potential weaknesses that 
deserve management’s close attention but do not expose the Bank to a degree of risk that warrants 
substandard classification.  Loans classified as watch are being monitored because of indications 
of potential weaknesses or deficiencies that may require future classification as special mention or 
substandard.  Loans not meeting any of the criteria previously described are considered 
satisfactory.  The FDIC-covered loans are evaluated using this internal grading system.  These 
loans are accounted for in pools and are currently substantially covered through loss sharing 
agreements with the FDIC.  Minimal adverse classification in the loan pools was identified as of 
December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  The acquired non-covered loans are also evaluated 
using this internal grading system.  These loans are accounted for in pools and minimal adverse 
classification in the loan pools was identified as of December 31, 2014.  See Note 4 for further 
discussion of the acquired loan pools and loss sharing agreements.   

The Company evaluates the loan risk internal grading system definitions and allowance for loan 
loss methodology on an ongoing basis.  In the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company began using a 
three-year average of historical losses for the general component of the allowance for loan loss 
calculation.  The Company had previously used a five-year average.  The Company believes that 
the three-year average provides a better representation of the current risks in the loan portfolio.  
This change was made after consultation with our regulators and other third-party consultants, as 
well as a review of the practices used by the Company’s peers.  This change did not materially 
affect the level of the allowance for loan losses.  The general component of the allowance for loan 
losses is affected by several factors, including, but not limited to, average historical losses, the 
current composition of the loan portfolio, current and expected economic conditions, collateral 
values and internal risk ratings.  Management considers all these factors in determining the 
adequacy of its allowance for loan losses.  No other significant changes were made to the loan risk 
grading system definitions and allowance for loan loss methodology during the past year.   

95

 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

The loan grading system is presented by loan class below: 

Satisfactory 

Watch 

December 31, 2014 
Special 
Mention  Substandard  Doubtful 

(In Thousands) 

Total 

One- to four-family residential 

construction 

  $ 

Subdivision construction 
Land development 
Commercial construction 
Owner occupied one- to-four- 

family residential 

Non-owner occupied one- to- 

four-family residential 

Commercial real estate 
Other residential 
Commercial business 
Industrial revenue bonds 
Consumer auto 
Consumer other 
Home equity lines of credit 
Acquired FDIC-covered loans,  

net of discounts 

Acquired loans no longer covered  

by FDIC loss sharing  
agreements, net of discounts 
Acquired non-covered loans,   

net of discounts 

141,198 
901,167 
380,811 
351,744 
40,037 
323,002 
77,507 
65,841 

286,049 

48,592 

121,982 

  $ 

39,049 
24,269 
41,035 
392,929 

  $ 

— 
21 
5,000 
— 

  $  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 

85,041 

745 

  — 

580 
32,155 
9,647 
423 
1,024 
— 
3 
— 

  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 

  $ 

1,312 
4,303 
6,061 
— 

1,763 

1,273 
12,554 
1,956 
1,845 
— 
351 
519 
431 

—  $ 
— 
— 
— 

40,361 
28,593 
52,096 
   392,929 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

87,549 

   143,051 
   945,876 
   392,414 
   354,012 
41,061 
   323,353 
78,029 
66,272 

— 

  — 

559 

— 

   286,608 

— 

  — 

1,353 

— 

49,945 

— 

  — 

— 

— 

   121,982 

Total  

  $  3,320,253 

  $ 

49,598 

  $ 

— 

  $ 

34,280 

  $ 

—  $ 3,404,131 

96

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Satisfactory 

Watch 

December 31, 2013 
Special 
Mention  Substandard  Doubtful 

(In Thousands) 

Total 

One- to four-family residential 

construction 

  $ 

Subdivision construction 
Land development 
Commercial construction 
Owner occupied one- to-four- 

family residential 

Non-owner occupied one- to- 

four-family residential 

Commercial real estate 
Other residential 
Commercial business 
Industrial revenue bonds 
Consumer auto 
Consumer other 
Home equity lines of credit 
Acquired FDIC-covered loans,  

net of discounts 

Acquired loans no longer covered  

by FDIC loss sharing  
agreements, net of discounts 
Acquired non-covered loans,   

net of discounts 

  $ 

34,364 
36,524 
45,606 
184,019 

  $ 

298 
706 
1,148 
— 

  $  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 

— 
3,179 
11,087 
— 

  $ 

—  $ 
— 
— 
— 

34,662 
40,409 
57,841 
   184,019 

84,931 

503 

  — 

3,699 

— 

89,133 

137,003 
727,668 
311,320 
307,540 
39,532 
134,516 
81,769 
57,713 

383,891 

— 

— 

6,718 
37,937 
12,323 
1,803 
675 
— 
6 
— 

  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 
  — 

2,187 
15,085 
1,956 
3,528 
2,023 
201 
485 
570 

— 
— 
— 
2,398 
— 
— 
— 
— 

   145,908 
   780,690 
   325,599 
   315,269 
42,230 
   134,717 
82,260 
58,283 

— 

  — 

2,273 

— 

   386,164 

— 

  — 

— 

  — 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Total  

  $  2,566,396 

  $ 

62,117 

  $ 

— 

  $ 

46,273 

  $ 

2,398  $ 2,677,184 

Certain of the Bank’s real estate loans are pledged as collateral for borrowings as set forth in 
Notes 9 and 11. 

Certain directors and executive officers of the Company and the Bank are customers of and had 
transactions with the Bank in the ordinary course of business.  Except for the interest rates on 
loans secured by personal residences, in the opinion of management, all loans included in such 
transactions were made on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time for 
comparable transactions with unrelated parties.  Generally, residential first mortgage loans and 
home equity lines of credit to all employees and directors have been granted at interest rates equal 
to the Bank’s cost of funds, subject to annual adjustments in the case of residential first mortgage 
loans and monthly adjustments in the case of home equity lines of credit.  At December 31, 2014 
and 2013, loans outstanding to these directors and executive officers are summarized as follows: 

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Balance, beginning of year 
New loans 
Payments 

December 31, 

2014 

2013 

(In Thousands) 

$ 

7,093 
10,427 
(1,492) 

  $ 

4,295 
4,835 
(2,037) 

Balance, end of year 

$ 

16,028 

  $ 

7,093 

Note 4:  Acquired Loans, Loss Sharing Agreements and FDIC Indemnification 

Assets 

TeamBank 

On March 20, 2009, Great Southern Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with 
loss share with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) to assume all of the deposits 
(excluding brokered deposits) and acquire certain assets of TeamBank, N.A., a full service 
commercial bank headquartered in Paola, Kansas.  

The loans, commitments and foreclosed assets purchased in the TeamBank transaction were 
covered by a loss sharing agreement between the FDIC and Great Southern Bank.  Under the loss 
sharing agreement, the Bank shares in the losses on assets covered under the agreement (referred to 
as covered assets).  On losses up to $115.0 million, the FDIC agreed to reimburse the Bank for 
80% of the losses.  On losses exceeding $115.0 million, the FDIC agreed to reimburse the Bank for 
95% of the losses.  Realized losses covered by the loss sharing agreement include loan contractual 
balances (and related unfunded commitments that were acquired), accrued interest on loans for up 
to 90 days, the book value of foreclosed real estate acquired, and certain direct costs, less cash or 
other consideration received by Great Southern.  This agreement extends for ten years for 1-4 
family real estate loans and for five years for other loans, which five-year period ended March 31, 
2014.  The value of this loss sharing agreement was considered in determining fair values of loans 
and foreclosed assets acquired.  The loss sharing agreement is subject to the Bank following 
servicing procedures as specified in the agreement with the FDIC.  The expected reimbursements 
under the loss sharing agreement were recorded as an indemnification asset at their preliminary 
estimated fair value on the acquisition date.  Based upon the acquisition date fair values of the net 
assets acquired, no goodwill was recorded. 

The Bank recorded a preliminary one-time gain of $27.8 million (pre-tax) based upon the initial 
estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in accordance with FASB ASC 
805, Business Combinations.  FASB ASC 805 allows a measurement period of up to one year to 
adjust initial fair value estimates as of the acquisition date.  Subsequent to the initial fair value 
estimate calculations in the first quarter of 2009, additional information was obtained about the fair 
value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of March 20, 2009, which resulted in 
adjustments to the initial fair value estimates.  Most significantly, additional information was 
obtained on the credit quality of certain loans as of the acquisition date which resulted in increased 

98

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

fair value estimates of the acquired loan pools.  The fair values of these loan pools were adjusted 
and the provisional fair values finalized.  These adjustments resulted in a $16.1 million increase to 
the initial one-time gain of $27.8 million.  Thus, the final gain was $43.9 million related to the fair 
value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities.  This gain was included in Noninterest Income 
in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2009. 

The Bank originally recorded the fair value of the acquired loans at their preliminary fair value of 
$222.8 million and the related FDIC indemnification asset was originally recorded at its 
preliminary fair value of $153.6 million.  As discussed above, these initial fair values were 
adjusted during the measurement period, resulting in a final fair value at the acquisition date of 
$264.4 million for acquired loans and $128.3 million for the FDIC indemnification asset.  A 
discount was recorded in conjunction with the fair value of the acquired loans and the amount 
accreted to yield during 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $-0-, $134,000 and $1.2 million, respectively.   

In addition to the loan and FDIC indemnification assets noted above, the acquisition consisted of 
other assets with a fair value of approximately $235.5 million, including $111.8 million of 
investment securities, $83.4 million of cash and cash equivalents, $2.9 million of foreclosed assets 
and $3.9 million of FHLB stock.  Liabilities with a fair value of $610.2 million were also assumed, 
including $515.7 million of deposits, $80.9 million of FHLB advances and $2.3 million of 
repurchase agreements with a commercial bank.  A customer-related core deposit intangible asset 
of $2.9 million was also recorded.  In addition to the excess of liabilities over assets, the Bank 
received approximately $42.4 million in cash from the FDIC and entered into the loss sharing 
agreement with the FDIC. 

Vantus Bank 

On September 4, 2009, Great Southern Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement 
with loss share with the FDIC to assume all of the deposits and acquire certain assets of Vantus 
Bank, a full service thrift headquartered in Sioux City, Iowa. 

The loans, commitments and foreclosed assets purchased in the Vantus Bank transaction were covered 
by a loss sharing agreement between the FDIC and Great Southern Bank.  Under the loss sharing 
agreement, the Bank shares in the losses on assets covered under the agreement (referred to as covered 
assets).  On losses up to $102.0 million, the FDIC agreed to reimburse the Bank for 80% of the losses.  
On losses exceeding $102.0 million, the FDIC agreed to reimburse the Bank for 95% of the losses.  
Realized losses covered by the loss sharing agreement include loan contractual balances (and related 
unfunded commitments that were acquired), accrued interest on loans for up to 90 days, the book 
value of foreclosed real estate acquired, and certain direct costs, less cash or other consideration 
received by Great Southern.  This agreement extends for ten years for 1-4 family real estate loans and 
for five years for other loans, which five-year period ended September 30, 2014.  The value of this 
loss sharing agreement was considered in determining fair values of loans and foreclosed assets 
acquired.  The loss sharing agreement is subject to the Bank following servicing procedures as 
specified in the agreement with the FDIC.  The expected reimbursements under the loss sharing 
agreement were recorded as an indemnification asset at their preliminary estimated fair value of $62.2 
million on the acquisition date.  Based upon the acquisition date fair values of the net assets acquired, 
no goodwill was recorded.  The transaction resulted in a preliminary one-time gain of $45.9 million, 
which was included in Noninterest Income in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Income for 
the year ended December 31, 2009.  During 2010, the Company continued to analyze its estimates of 

99

 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

the fair values of the loans acquired and the indemnification asset recorded.  The Company finalized 
its analysis of these assets without adjustments to the initial fair value estimates.  The Bank recorded 
the fair value of the acquired loans at their estimated fair value of $247.0 million and the related FDIC 
indemnification asset was recorded at its estimated fair value of $62.2 million.  A discount was 
recorded in conjunction with the fair value of the acquired loans and the amount accreted to yield 
during 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $-0-, $104,000 and $399,000, respectively. 

In addition to the loan and FDIC indemnification assets noted above, the acquisition consisted of 
other assets with a fair value of approximately $47.2 million, including $23.1 million of investment 
securities, $12.8 million of cash and cash equivalents, $2.2 million of foreclosed assets and $5.9 
million of FHLB stock.  Liabilities with a fair value of $444.0 million were also assumed, 
including $352.7 million of deposits, $74.6 million of FHLB advances, $10.0 million of 
borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank and $3.2 million of repurchase agreements with a 
commercial bank.  A customer-related core deposit intangible asset of $2.2 million was also 
recorded.  In addition to the excess of liabilities over assets, the Bank received approximately 
$131.3 million in cash from the FDIC and entered into the loss sharing agreement with the FDIC. 

Sun Security Bank 

On October 7, 2011, Great Southern Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with 
loss share with the FDIC to assume all of the deposits and acquire certain assets of Sun Security 
Bank, a full service bank headquartered in Ellington, Missouri. 

The loans and foreclosed assets purchased in the Sun Security Bank transaction are covered by a 
loss sharing agreement between the FDIC and Great Southern Bank.  Under the loss sharing 
agreement, the FDIC has agreed to cover 80% of the losses on the loans (excluding approximately 
$4 million of consumer loans) and foreclosed assets purchased subject to certain limitations.  
Realized losses covered by the loss sharing agreement include loan contractual balances (and 
related unfunded commitments that were acquired), accrued interest on loans for up to 90 days, the 
book value of foreclosed real estate acquired, and certain direct costs, less cash or other 
consideration received by Great Southern.  This agreement extends for ten years for 1-4 family real 
estate loans and for five years for other loans.  The value of this loss sharing agreement was 
considered in determining fair values of loans and foreclosed assets acquired.  The loss sharing 
agreement is subject to the Bank following servicing procedures as specified in the agreement with 
the FDIC.  The expected reimbursements under the loss sharing agreement were recorded as an 
indemnification asset at their preliminary estimated fair value of $67.4 million on the acquisition 
date.  Based upon the acquisition date fair values of the net assets acquired, no goodwill was 
recorded.  The transaction resulted in a preliminary one-time gain of $16.5 million, which was 
included in Noninterest Income in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Income for the year 
ended December 31, 2011.  During 2012, the Company continued to analyze its estimates of the 
fair values of the loans acquired and the indemnification asset recorded.  The Company finalized 
its analysis of these assets without adjustments to the initial fair value estimates.  The Bank 
recorded the fair value of the acquired loans at their estimated fair value of $163.7 million and the 
related FDIC indemnification asset was recorded at its estimated fair value of $67.4 million.  A 
discount was recorded in conjunction with the fair value of the acquired loans and the amount 
accreted to yield during 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $105,000, $974,000 and $1.6 million, 
respectively. 

100

 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

In addition to the loan and FDIC indemnification assets noted above, the acquisition consisted of 
other assets with a fair value of approximately $85.2 million, including $45.3 million of investment 
securities, $26.1 million of cash and cash equivalents, $9.1 million of foreclosed assets, $3.0 million 
of FHLB stock and $1.8 million of other assets.  Liabilities with a fair value of $345.8 million were 
also assumed, including $280.9 million of deposits, $64.3 million of FHLB advances and $632,000 
of other liabilities.  A customer-related core deposit intangible asset of $2.5 million was also 
recorded.  Net of the excess of assets over liabilities, the Bank received approximately $40.8 million 
in cash from the FDIC and entered into the loss sharing agreement with the FDIC. 

InterBank 

On April 27, 2012, Great Southern Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with 
loss share with the FDIC to assume all of the deposits and acquire certain assets of Inter Savings 
Bank, FSB (“InterBank”), a full service bank headquartered in Maple Grove, Minnesota.   

The loans and foreclosed assets purchased in the InterBank transaction are covered by a loss 
sharing agreement between the FDIC and Great Southern Bank.  Under the loss sharing agreement, 
the FDIC has agreed to cover 80% of the losses on the loans (excluding approximately $60,000 of 
consumer loans) and foreclosed assets purchased subject to certain limitations.  Realized losses 
covered by the loss sharing agreement include loan contractual balances (and related unfunded 
commitments that were acquired), accrued interest on loans for up to 90 days, the book value of 
foreclosed real estate acquired, and certain direct costs, less cash or other consideration received 
by Great Southern.  This agreement extends for ten years for 1-4 family real estate loans and for 
five years for other loans.  The value of this loss sharing agreement was considered in determining 
fair values of loans and foreclosed assets acquired.  The loss sharing agreement is subject to the 
Bank following servicing procedures as specified in the agreement with the FDIC.  The expected 
reimbursements under the loss sharing agreement were recorded as an indemnification asset at 
their preliminary estimated fair value of $84.0 million on the acquisition date.  Based upon the 
acquisition date fair values of the net assets acquired, no goodwill was recorded.  The transaction 
resulted in a preliminary one-time gain of $31.3 million, which was included in Noninterest 
Income in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 
2012.  During 2012, the Company continued to analyze its estimates of the fair values of the loans 
acquired and the indemnification asset recorded.  The Company finalized its analysis of these 
assets without adjustments to the initial fair value estimates.  The Bank recorded the fair value of 
the acquired loans at their estimated fair value of $285.5 million and the related FDIC 
indemnification asset was recorded at its estimated fair value of $84.0 million.  A premium was 
recorded in conjunction with the fair value of the acquired loans and the amount amortized to yield 
during 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $544,000, $636,000 and $564,000, respectively.   

101

 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

In addition to the loan and FDIC indemnification assets noted above, the acquisition consisted of 
other assets with a fair value of approximately $79.8 million, including $34.9 million of investment 
securities, $34.5 million of cash and cash equivalents, $6.2 million of foreclosed assets, $585,000 
of FHLB stock and $2.6 million of other assets.  Liabilities with a fair value of $458.7 million were 
also assumed, including $456.3 million of deposits and $2.4 million of other liabilities.  A 
customer-related core deposit intangible asset of $1.0 million was also recorded.  Net of the excess 
of assets over liabilities, the Bank received approximately $40.8 million in cash from the FDIC and 
entered into the loss sharing agreement with the FDIC. 

Valley Bank 

On June 20, 2014, Great Southern Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with 
the FDIC to purchase a substantial portion of the loans and investment securities, as well as certain 
other assets, and assume all of the deposits, as well as certain other liabilities, of Valley Bank 
(“Valley”), a full-service bank headquartered in Moline, Illinois, with significant operations in 
Iowa. This transaction did not include a loss sharing agreement. 

Based upon the acquisition date fair values of the net assets acquired, no goodwill was recorded.  
The transaction resulted in a preliminary one-time gain of $10.8 million, which was included in 
Noninterest Income in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended 
December 31, 2014.  During 2014, the Company continued to analyze its estimates of the fair 
values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.  The Company finalized its analysis of these 
assets and liabilities without adjustments to the initial fair value estimates.  The Bank recorded the 
fair value of the acquired loans at their estimated fair value of $165.1 million.  A premium was 
recorded in conjunction with the fair value of the acquired loans and the amount amortized to yield 
during 2014 was $501,000.  See Note 31 for further analysis of this acquisition.   

Fair Value and Expected Cash Flows 

At the time of these acquisitions, the Company determined the fair value of the loan portfolios 
based on several assumptions.  Factors considered in the valuations were projected cash flows for 
the loans, type of loan and related collateral, classification status, fixed or variable interest rate, 
term of loan, current discount rates and whether or not the loan was amortizing.  Loans were 
grouped together according to similar characteristics and were treated in the aggregate when 
applying various valuation techniques.  Management also estimated the amount of credit losses 
that were expected to be realized for the loan portfolios.  The discounted cash flow approach was 
used to value each pool of loans.  For non-performing loans, fair value was estimated by 
calculating the present value of the recoverable cash flows using a discount rate based on 
comparable corporate bond rates.  This valuation of the acquired loans is a significant component 
leading to the valuation of the loss sharing assets recorded. 

The amount of the estimated cash flows expected to be received from the acquired loan pools in 
excess of the fair values recorded for the loan pools is referred to as the accretable yield.  The 
accretable yield is recognized as interest income over the estimated lives of the loans.  The 
Company continues to evaluate the fair value of the loans including cash flows expected to be 
collected.  Increases in the Company’s cash flow expectations are recognized as increases to the 

102

 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

accretable yield while decreases are recognized as impairments through the allowance for loan 
losses.  During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, increases in expected cash 
flows related to the acquired loan portfolios resulted in adjustments to the accretable yield to be 
spread over the estimated remaining lives of the loans on a level-yield basis.  The increases in 
expected cash flows also reduced the amount of expected reimbursements under the loss sharing 
agreements.  This resulted in corresponding adjustments during the years ended December 31, 
2014, 2013 and 2012, to the indemnification assets to be amortized on a level-yield basis over the 
remainder of the loss sharing agreements or the remaining expected lives of the loan pools, 
whichever is shorter.  The amounts of these adjustments were as follows: 

Year Ended December 31, 

2014 

2013 

2012 

(In Thousands) 

Increase in accretable yield due to increased 

cash flow expectations 

  $ 

31,461 

  $ 

40,947 

  $ 

42,567 

Decrease in FDIC indemnification asset 
as a result of accretable yield increase 

(23,129)   

(32,597) 

(34,054) 

The adjustments, along with those made in previous years, impacted the Company’s Consolidated 
Statements of Income as follows: 

Interest income 
Noninterest income 

Year Ended December 31, 

2014 

2013 

2012 

(In Thousands) 

  $ 

34,974 
(28,740)   

  $ 

35,211 
(29,451) 

  $ 

36,186 
(29,864) 

Net impact to pre-tax income 

 $ 

6,234 

 $ 

5,760 

 $ 

6,322 

Prior to January 1, 2010, the Company’s estimate of cash flows expected to be received from the 
acquired loan pools related to TeamBank and Vantus Bank had not materially changed, other than 
the adjustment of the provisional fair value measurements of the former TeamBank loan portfolio.  
On an on-going basis the Company estimates the cash flows expected to be collected from the 
acquired loan pools.  For the loan pools acquired in 2009, the cash flow estimates have increased, 
beginning with the fourth quarter of 2010, based on payment histories and reduced loss 
expectations of the loan pools.  For the loan pools acquired in 2012 and 2011, the cash flow 
estimates have increased, beginning in 2012.  This resulted in increased income that was spread on 
a level-yield basis over the remaining expected lives of the loan pools. 

Because these adjustments will be recognized over the remaining lives of the loan pools and the 
remainder of the loss sharing agreements, respectively, they will impact future periods as well. The 
remaining accretable yield adjustment that will affect interest income is $26.9 million and the 
remaining adjustment to the indemnification assets, including the effects of the clawback liability 
related to Interbank, that will affect non-interest income (expense) is $(22.6) million. Of the 
remaining adjustments, we expect to recognize $20.4 million of interest income and $(16.5) 

103

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

million of non-interest income (expense) during 2015. Additional adjustments may be recorded in 
future periods from the FDIC-assisted acquisitions, as the Company continues to estimate expected 
cash flows from the acquired loan pools. 

The loss sharing asset is measured separately from the loan portfolio because it is not contractually 
embedded in the loans and is not transferable with the loans should the Bank choose to dispose of 
them.  Fair value was estimated using projected cash flows available for loss sharing based on the 
credit adjustments estimated for each loan pool (as discussed above) and the loss sharing 
percentages outlined in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement with the FDIC.  These cash flows 
were discounted to reflect the uncertainty of the timing and receipt of the loss sharing 
reimbursement from the FDIC.  The loss sharing asset is also separately measured from the related 
foreclosed real estate. 

The loss sharing agreement on the InterBank transaction includes a clawback provision whereby if 
credit loss performance is better than certain pre-established thresholds, then a portion of the 
monetary benefit is shared with the FDIC.  The pre-established threshold for credit losses is $115.7 
million for this transaction.  The monetary benefit required to be paid to the FDIC under the 
clawback provision, if any, will occur shortly after the termination of the loss sharing agreement, 
which in the case of InterBank is 10 years from the acquisition date. 

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Bank’s internal estimate of credit performance is expected to 
be better than the threshold set by the FDIC in the loss sharing agreement.  Therefore, a separate 
clawback liability totaling $6.1 million and $3.7 million was recorded at December 31, 2014 and 
2013, respectively.  As changes in the fair values of the loans and foreclosed assets are determined 
due to changes in expected cash flows, changes in the amount of the clawback liability will occur. 

In addition, beginning in the three months ended December 31, 2014, the Company's net interest 
margin has been impacted by additional yield accretion recognized in conjunction with updated 
estimates of the fair value of the loan pools acquired in the June 2014 Valley Bank FDIC-assisted 
transaction. Beginning with the three months ended December 31, 2014, the cash flow estimates 
have increased for certain of the Valley Bank loan pools primarily based on significant loan 
repayments and also due to collection of certain loans, thereby reducing loss expectations on 
certain of the loan pools. This resulted in increased income that was spread on a level-yield basis 
over the remaining expected lives of these loan pools. The Valley Bank transaction does not 
include a loss sharing agreement with the FDIC. Therefore, there is no related indemnification 
asset. The entire amount of the discount adjustment will be accreted to interest income over time 
with no offsetting impact to non-interest income. 

TeamBank Loans, Foreclosed Assets and Indemnification Asset 

The following tables present the balances of the loans, discount and FDIC indemnification asset 
related to the TeamBank transaction at December 31, 2014 and 2013.  Gross loan balances (due 
from the borrower) were reduced approximately $392.3 million since the transaction date because 
of $258.6 million of repayments by the borrower, $61.6 million of transfers to foreclosed assets 
and $72.1 million of charge-downs to customer loan balances.  Based upon the collectability 
analyses performed during the acquisition, we expected certain levels of foreclosures and charge-
offs and actual results have been better than our expectations.  As a result, cash flows expected to 

104

 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

be received from the acquired loan pools have increased, resulting in adjustments that were made 
to the related accretable yield as described above. 

FDIC indemnification asset 

$ 

674 

  $ 

Initial basis for loss sharing determination, 

net of activity since acquisition date 

Reclassification from nonaccretable discount  

to accretable discount due to change in  
expected losses (net of accretion to date) 
Original estimated fair value of assets, net of  

activity since acquisition date 

Expected loss remaining 
Assumed loss sharing recovery percentage 
Expected loss sharing value 
Indemnification asset to be amortized resulting from  

change in expected losses 

Initial basis for loss sharing determination, 

net of activity since acquisition date 

Reclassification from nonaccretable discount  

to accretable discount due to change in  
expected losses (net of accretion to date) 
Original estimated fair value of assets, net of  

activity since acquisition date 

Expected loss remaining 
Assumed loss sharing recovery percentage 
Expected loss sharing value 
Indemnification asset to be amortized resulting from  

change in expected losses 

Accretable discount on FDIC indemnification asset 

December 31, 2014 

Loans 

Foreclosed 
Assets 

(In Thousands) 

 $ 

43,855 

 $ 

132 

December 31, 2013 

Loans 

Foreclosed 
Assets 

(In Thousands) 

 $ 

53,553 

 $ 

664 

(1,923) 

(41,560) 
372 

85% 

315 

359 

(2,882) 

(49,862) 
809 

82% 

665 

593 
(10) 

— 

(119) 
13 
77% 
10 

— 

10 

— 

(647) 
17 
76% 
13 

— 
— 

13 

FDIC indemnification asset 

$ 

1,248 

  $ 

105

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Vantus Bank Loans, Foreclosed Assets and Indemnification Asset 

The following tables present the balances of the loans, discount and FDIC indemnification asset 
related to the Vantus Bank transaction at December 31, 2014 and 2013.  Gross loan balances (due 
from the borrower) were reduced approximately $289.4 million since the transaction date because 
of $243.5 million of repayments by the borrower, $16.5 million of transfers to foreclosed assets 
and $29.4 million of charge-downs to customer loan balances.  Based upon the collectability 
analyses performed during the acquisition, we expected certain levels of foreclosures and charge-
offs and actual results have been better than our expectations.  As a result, cash flows expected to 
be received from the acquired loan pools have increased, resulting in adjustments that were made 
to the related accretable yield as described above. 

Initial basis for loss sharing determination, 

net of activity since acquisition date 

Reclassification from nonaccretable discount  

to accretable discount due to change in  
expected losses (net of accretion to date) 
Original estimated fair value of assets, net of  

activity since acquisition date 

Expected loss remaining 
Assumed loss sharing recovery percentage 
Expected loss sharing value 
Indemnification asset to be amortized resulting from  

change in expected losses 

December 31, 2014 

Loans 

Foreclosed 
Assets 

(In Thousands) 

 $ 

42,138 

 $ 

1,084 

(504) 

(40,997) 
637 

72% 

461 

324 

— 

(894) 
190 

0% 
— 

— 

— 

FDIC indemnification asset 

$ 

785 

  $ 

Initial basis for loss sharing determination, 

net of activity since acquisition date 

Reclassification from nonaccretable discount  

to accretable discount due to change in  
expected losses (net of accretion to date) 
Original estimated fair value of assets, net of  

activity since acquisition date 

Expected loss remaining 
Assumed loss sharing recovery percentage 
Expected loss sharing value 
Indemnification asset to be amortized resulting from  

change in expected losses 

106

December 31, 2013 

Loans 

Foreclosed 
Assets 

(In Thousands) 

 $ 

60,011 

 $ 

1,986 

(1,202) 

(57,920) 
889 

78% 

690 

919 

— 

(1,092) 
894 
80% 
716 

— 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Accretable discount on FDIC indemnification asset 

(32) 

FDIC indemnification asset 

$ 

1,577 

  $ 

— 

716 

Sun Security Bank Loans, Foreclosed Assets and Indemnification Asset 

The following tables present the balances of the loans, discount and FDIC indemnification asset 
related to the Sun Security Bank transaction at December 31, 2014 and 2013.  Gross loan balances 
(due from the borrower) were reduced approximately $174.8 million since the transaction date 
because of $117.5 million of repayments by the borrower, $27.7 million of transfers to foreclosed 
assets and $29.6 million of charge-downs to customer loan balances.  Based upon the collectability 
analyses performed during the acquisition, we expected certain levels of foreclosures and charge-
offs and actual results have been better than our expectations.  As a result, cash flows expected to 
be received from the acquired loan pools have increased, resulting in adjustments that were made 
to the related accretable yield as described above.  Of the $4.1 million expected loss remaining, 
$261,000 is non-loss share discount.   

Initial basis for loss sharing determination, 

net of activity since acquisition date 

Reclassification from nonaccretable discount  

to accretable discount due to change in  
expected losses (net of accretion to date) 
Original estimated fair value of assets, net of  

activity since acquisition date 

Expected loss remaining 
Assumed loss sharing recovery percentage 
Expected loss sharing value 
Indemnification asset to be amortized resulting from  

change in expected losses 

Accretable discount on FDIC indemnification asset 

December 31, 2014 

Loans 

Foreclosed 
Assets 

(In Thousands) 

 $ 

59,618 

 $ 

2,325 

(3,341) 

(52,166) 
4,111 

65% 

2,676 

2,662 
(267) 

— 

(1,488) 
837 
80% 
670 

— 
(64) 

FDIC indemnification asset 

$ 

5,071 

  $ 

606 

107

 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Initial basis for loss sharing determination, 

net of activity since acquisition date 
Noncredit premium/(discount), net of  

activity since acquisition date 

Reclassification from nonaccretable discount  

to accretable discount due to change in  
expected losses (net of accretion to date) 
Original estimated fair value of assets, net of  

activity since acquisition date 

Expected loss remaining 
Assumed loss sharing recovery percentage 
Expected loss sharing value 
Indemnification asset to be amortized resulting from  

change in expected losses 

Accretable discount on FDIC indemnification asset 

December 31, 2013 

Loans 

Foreclosed 
Assets 

(In Thousands) 

 $ 

78,524 

 $ 

3,582 

(105) 

(5,062) 

(64,843) 
8,514 

70% 

5,974 

4,049 
(680) 

— 

— 

(2,193) 
1,389 

80% 

1,111 

— 
(93) 

FDIC indemnification asset 

$ 

9,343 

  $ 

1,018 

InterBank Loans, Foreclosed Assets and Indemnification Asset 

The following tables present the balances of the loans, discount and FDIC indemnification asset 
related to the InterBank transaction at December 31, 2014 and 2013.  Gross loan balances (due 
from the borrower) were reduced approximately $148.3 million since the transaction date because 
of $115.3 million of repayments by the borrower, $12.5 million of transfers to foreclosed assets 
and $20.5 million of charge-offs to customer loan balances.  Based upon the collectability analyses 
performed during the acquisition, we expected certain levels of foreclosures and charge-offs and 
actual results have been better than our expectations.  As a result, cash flows expected to be 
received from the acquired loan pools have increased, resulting in adjustments that were made to 
the related accretable yield as described above.   

108

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

December 31, 2014 

Loans 

Foreclosed 
Assets 

(In Thousands) 

 $ 

244,977 

 $ 

4,494 

1,361 

(19,566) 

(201,830) 
24,942 

82% 

20,509 
3,620 

— 

— 

(3,986) 
508 
80% 
406 
— 

15,652 
(2,967) 
36,814 

$ 

  $ 

— 
(33) 
373 

December 31, 2013 

Loans 

Foreclosed 
Assets 

(In Thousands) 

 $ 

284,975 

 $ 

6,543 

1,905 

(21,218) 

(213,539) 
52,123 

82% 

42,654 
2,893 

16,974 
(4,874) 
57,647 

$ 

  $ 

— 

— 

(5,073) 
1,470 

80% 

1,176 
— 

— 
(33) 
1,143 

Initial basis for loss sharing determination, 

net of activity since acquisition date 
Noncredit premium/(discount), net of  

activity since acquisition date 

Reclassification from nonaccretable discount  

to accretable discount due to change in  
expected losses (net of accretion to date) 
Original estimated fair value of assets, net of  

activity since acquisition date 

Expected loss remaining 
Assumed loss sharing recovery percentage 
Expected loss sharing value 
FDIC loss share clawback 
Indemnification asset to be amortized resulting from  

change in expected losses 

Accretable discount on FDIC indemnification asset 
FDIC indemnification asset 

Initial basis for loss sharing determination, 

net of activity since acquisition date 
Noncredit premium/(discount), net of  

activity since acquisition date 

Reclassification from nonaccretable discount  

to accretable discount due to change in  
expected losses (net of accretion to date) 
Original estimated fair value of assets, net of  

activity since acquisition date 

Expected loss remaining 
Assumed loss sharing recovery percentage 
Expected loss sharing value 
FDIC loss share clawback 
Indemnification asset to be amortized resulting from  

change in expected losses 

Accretable discount on FDIC indemnification asset 
FDIC indemnification asset 

109

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Valley Bank Loans and Foreclosed Assets 

The following tables present the balances of the loans and discount related to the Valley Bank 
transaction at December 31, 2014 and June 20, 2014 (the transaction date).  Gross loan balances 
(due from the borrower) were reduced approximately $47.3 million since the transaction date 
because of $42.8 million of repayments by the borrower, $778,000 of transfers to foreclosed assets 
and $3.7 million of charge-offs to customer loan balances.  The Valley Bank transaction did not 
include a loss sharing agreement; however, the loans were recorded at a discount, which is 
accreted to yield over the life of the loans.  Based upon the collectability analyses performed 
during the acquisition, we expected certain levels of foreclosures and charge-offs and actual results 
have been better than our expectations.  As a result, cash flows expected to be received from the 
acquired loan pools have increased, resulting in adjustments that were made to the related 
accretable yield as described above.   

December 31, 2014 

Loans 

Foreclosed 
Assets 

(In Thousands) 

 $ 

145,845 

 $ 

1,514 

(1,519) 

(121,982) 
23,858 

$ 

  $ 

778 

— 

— 

(778) 
— 

June 20, 2014 

Loans 

Foreclosed 
Assets 

(In Thousands) 

 $ 

$ 

193,186 
2,015 
(165,098) 
30,103 

 $ 

  $ 

— 
— 
— 
— 

Initial basis, net of activity 
since acquisition date 

Noncredit premium/(discount), net of  

activity since acquisition date 

Reclassification from nonaccretable discount  

to accretable discount due to change in  
expected losses (net of accretion to date) 
Original estimated fair value of assets, net of  

activity since acquisition date 

Expected loss remaining 

Initial basis 
Noncredit premium/(discount) 
Original estimated fair value of assets 
Expected loss remaining 

110

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Changes in the accretable yield for acquired loan pools were as follows for the years ended December 
31, 2014, 2013 and 2012: 

TeamBank 

Vantus 
Bank 

Sun  
Security 
Bank 
(In Thousands) 

InterBank 

Valley 
Bank 

 $ 

14,662 
— 
(20,129) 

 $ 

21,967 
— 
(21,437) 

   $ 

12,769 
— 
(15,851) 

  $ 

— 
    46,078 
    (11,998) 

  $ 

17,595 

13,008 

14,341 

8,494 

12,128 
(9,473) 

13,538 
(8,940) 

11,259 
(16,885) 

    42,574 
    (28,667) 

4,747 

1,127 

16,739 

    26,188 

— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

7,402 
— 
(4,138) 

5,725 
— 
(3,835) 

11,113 
— 
(10,590) 

    40,095 
— 
    (37,994) 

— 
      22,976 
(4,788) 

3,601 

2,563 

7,429 

    33,991 

(7,056) 

Balance, January 1, 2012 
Additions 
Accretion 
Reclassification from nonaccretable  

difference(1) 

Balance, December 31, 2012 
Accretion 
Reclassification from nonaccretable  

difference(1) 

Balance, December 31, 2013 
Additions 
Accretion 
Reclassification from nonaccretable  

difference(1) 

Balance, December 31, 2014 

 $ 

6,865 

 $ 

4,453 

   $ 

7,952 

  $  36,092 

  $  11,132 

  (1)  Represents increases in estimated cash flows expected to be received from the acquired loan  

  pools, primarily due to lower estimated credit losses.  The numbers also include changes in 
  expected accretion of the loan pools for TeamBank, Vantus Bank, Sun Security Bank, InterBank 
and Valley Bank for the year ended December 31, 2014, totaling $3.2 million, $2.4 million, $3.9 
million, $9.2 million and $(9.6 million), respectively; for TeamBank, Vantus Bank, Sun 
Security Bank and InterBank for the year ended December 31, 2013, totaling $2.3 million, 
$611,000, $4.8 million and $146,000, respectively; and for TeamBank, Vantus Bank, Sun 
Security Bank and InterBank for the year ended December 31, 2012, totaling $5.2 million, $4.4 
million, $3.6 million and $2.4 million, respectively. 

111

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
     
 
     
   
 
   
     
 
     
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
     
 
     
   
 
   
     
 
     
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
     
 
     
   
 
   
     
 
   
   
 
   
     
 
     
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Note 5:  Other Real Estate Owned 

Major classifications of foreclosed assets at December 31, 2014 and 2013, were as follows: 

Foreclosed assets held for sale 

One- to four-family construction 
Subdivision construction 
Land development 
Commercial construction 
One- to four-family residential 
Other residential 
Commercial real estate 
Commercial business 
Consumer 

FDIC-supported foreclosed assets, net of discounts 
Acquired foreclosed assets no longer covered by 
FDIC loss sharing agreements, net of discounts 
Acquired foreclosed assets not covered by FDIC 

loss sharing agreements, net of discounts (Valley Bank) 

2014 

2013 

(In Thousands) 

$ 

223 
9,857 
17,168 
— 
3,353 
2,625 
1,632 
59 
624 
35,541 
5,695 

879 

778 

$ 

600 
12,152 
16,688 
2,132 
744 
5,900 
3,135 
79 
715 
42,145 
9,258 

— 

— 

Foreclosed assets held for sale, net 

42,893 

51,403 

Other real estate owned not acquired through 

foreclosure 

2,945 

2,111 

Other real estate owned 

$ 

45,838 

$ 

53,514 

As of December 31, 2014, other real estate owned not acquired through foreclosure includes 13 
properties, 11 of which were branch locations that have been closed and are held for sale, and two 
of which are land which was acquired for potential branch locations.   

Expenses applicable to foreclosed assets for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, 
included the following: 

2014 

2013 
(In Thousands) 

2012 

Net gain on sales of real estate 
Valuation write-downs 
Operating expenses, net of rental 

income 

  $ 

(91)      $ 

3,343 

2,384 

    $ 

(231) 
1,384 

2,915 

(1,603) 
6,786 

3,565 

  $ 

5,636 

    $ 

4,068 

    $ 

8,748 

112

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Note 6:  Premises and Equipment 

Major classifications of premises and equipment at December 31, 2014 and 2013, stated at cost, 
were as follows: 

Land 
Buildings and improvements 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment 

Less accumulated depreciation 

2014 

2013 

(In Thousands) 

$ 

35,577 
85,128 
50,311 
171,016 
46,175 

  $ 

29,348 
71,026 
44,143 
144,517 
39,983 

$ 

124,841 

  $ 

104,534 

Note 7: 

Investments in Limited Partnerships 

Investments in Affordable Housing Partnerships 

The Company has invested in certain limited partnerships that were formed to develop and operate 
apartments and single-family houses designed as high-quality affordable housing for lower income 
tenants throughout Missouri and contiguous states.  At December 31, 2014, the Company had 
thirteen investments, with a net carrying value of $29.6 million.  At December 31, 2013, the 
Company had fifteen investments, with a net carrying value of $34.2 million.  Due to the 
Company’s inability to exercise any significant influence over any of the investments in 
Affordable Housing Partnerships, they all are accounted for using the proportional amortization 
method.  Each of the partnerships must meet the regulatory requirements for affordable housing 
for a minimum 15-year compliance period to fully utilize the tax credits.  If the partnerships cease 
to qualify during the compliance period, the credits may be denied for any period in which the 
projects are not in compliance and a portion of the credits previously taken may be subject to 
recapture with interest.   

The remaining federal affordable housing tax credits to be utilized over a maximum of 15 years 
were $38.7 million as of December 31, 2014, assuming no tax credit recapture events occur and all 
projects currently under construction are completed as planned.  Amortization of the investments 
in partnerships is expected to be approximately $29.5 million, assuming all projects currently 
under construction are completed and funded as planned.  The Company’s usage of federal 
affordable housing tax credits approximated $6.0 million, $7.1 million and $5.2 million during 
2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Investment amortization amounted to $4.7 million, $5.0 
million and $4.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

113

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Investments in Community Development Entities 

The Company has invested in certain limited partnerships that were formed to develop and operate 
business and real estate projects located in low-income communities.  At December 31, 2014, the 
Company had four investments, with a net carrying value of $5.1 million.  At December 31, 2013, 
the Company had four investments, with a net carrying value of $6.8 million.  Due to the 
Company’s inability to exercise any significant influence over any of the investments in qualified 
Community Development Entities, they are all accounted for using the cost method.  Each of the 
partnerships provides federal New Market Tax Credits over a seven-year credit allowance period.  
In each of the first three years, credits totaling five percent of the original investment are allowed 
on the credit allowance dates and for the final four years, credits totaling six percent of the original 
investment are allowed on the credit allowance dates.  Each of the partnerships must be invested in 
a qualified Community Development Entity on each of the credit allowance dates during the 
seven-year period to utilize the tax credits.  If the Community Development Entities cease to 
qualify during the seven-year period, the credits may be denied for any credit allowance date and a 
portion of the credits previously taken may be subject to recapture with interest.  The investments 
in the Community Development Entities cannot be redeemed before the end of the seven-year 
period.   

The remaining federal New Market Tax Credits to be utilized over a maximum of seven years were 
$7.1 million as of December 31, 2014.  Amortization of the investments in partnerships is expected 
to be approximately $5.0 million.  The Company’s usage of federal New Market Tax Credits 
approximated $2.3 million, $2.3 million and $1.7 million during 2014, 2013 and 2012, 
respectively.  Investment amortization amounted to $1.7 million, $1.6 million and $1.1 million for 
the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

Investments in Limited Partnerships for Federal Rehabilitation/Historic Tax Credits 

From time to time, the Company has invested in certain limited partnerships that were formed to 
provide certain federal rehabilitation/historic tax credits.  The Company utilizes these credits in 
their entirety in the year the project is placed in service and the impact to the Consolidated 
Statements of Income has not been material. 

Investments in Limited Partnerships for State Tax Credits 

From time to time, the Company has invested in certain limited partnerships that were formed to 
provide certain state tax credits.  The Company has primarily syndicated these tax credits and the 
impact to the Consolidated Statements of Income has not been material. 

114

 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Note 8:  Deposits 

Deposits at December 31, 2014 and 2013, are summarized as follows: 

Noninterest-bearing accounts 
Interest-bearing checking and 

savings accounts 

Certificate accounts 

Weighted Average 
Interest Rate 

2014 
2013 
(In Thousands, Except 
Interest Rates) 

— 

 $ 

518,266 

 $ 

522,805 

0.19% - 0.20% 

0% - 0.99% 
1% - 1.99% 
2% - 2.99% 
3% - 3.99% 
4% - 4.99% 
5% and above 

1,375,100 
1,893,366 

798,932 
227,476 
61,146 
8,065 
1,435 
420 
1,097,474 

1,291,879 
1,814,684 

669,698 
251,118 
61,042 
9,413 
1,852 
819 
993,942 

 $ 

2,990,840 

 $ 

2,808,626 

The weighted average interest rate on certificates of deposit was 0.78% and 0.69% at 
December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

The aggregate amount of certificates of deposit originated by the Bank in denominations greater 
than $100,000 was approximately $402.0 million and $345.1 million at December 31, 2014 and 
2013, respectively.  The Bank utilizes brokered deposits as an additional funding source.  The 
aggregate amount of brokered deposits was approximately $173.5 million and $126.3 million at 
December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

At December 31, 2014, scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit were as follows: 

2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
Thereafter 

Retail 

Brokered 
(In Thousands) 

Total 

 $ 

 $ 

632,607 
161,813 
74,880 
39,739 
9,079 
5,832 

80,656 
75,356 
17,512 
— 
— 
— 

 $ 

713,263 
237,169 
92,392 
39,739 
9,079 
5,832 

 $ 

923,950 

 $ 

173,524 

 $  1,097,474 

115

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

A summary of interest expense on deposits for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 
2012, is as follows: 

2014 

2013 
(In Thousands) 

2012 

Checking and savings accounts 
Certificate accounts 
Early withdrawal penalties 

$ 

  $ 

3,088 
8,264 
(127) 

  $ 

3,551 
8,871 
(76) 

7,087 
13,715 
(82) 

$ 

11,225 

  $ 

12,346 

  $ 

20,720 

Note 9:  Advances From Federal Home Loan Bank 

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank at December 31, 2014 and 2013, consisted of the 
following: 

December 31, 2014 

December 31, 2013 

Due In 

Amount 

Weighted 
Average 
Interest 
Rate 

Weighted 
Average 
Interest 
Rate 

Amount 

2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 and thereafter 

(In Thousands) 

             —% 

0.41 
5.14 
3.26 
5.14 
5.14 
5.54 

0.75 

2,315 
10,065 
25,070 
85,825 
81 
29 
500 

1.02%   
3.87 
3.81 
3.92 
5.06 
5.06 
5.54 

123,885 

3.85 

— 
240,065 
70 
30,826 
81 
28 
500 

271,570 

Unamortized fair value adjustment 

71 

2,872 

 $ 

271,641 

 $ 

126,757 

Included in the Bank’s FHLB advances at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, was a 
$10.0 million advance with a maturity date of October 26, 2015.  The interest rate on this advance 
is 3.86%.  The advance has a call provision that allows the Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka to 
call the advance quarterly. 

Included in the Bank’s FHLB advances at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, was a 
$30.0 million advance with a maturity date of November 24, 2017.  The interest rate on this 
advance is 3.20%.  The advance has a call provision that allows the Federal Home Loan Bank of 
Des Moines to call the advance quarterly. 

116

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Included in the Bank’s FHLB advances at December 31, 2013, was a $25.0 million advance with a 
maturity date of December 7, 2016.  The interest rate on this advance was 3.81%.  This advance 
was repaid by the Bank in June 2014. 

Included in the Bank’s FHLB advances at December 31, 2013, was a $30.0 million advance with a 
maturity date of March 29, 2017.  The interest rate on this advance was 4.07%.  This advance was 
repaid by the Bank in June 2014. 

Included in the Bank’s FHLB advances at December 31, 2013, was a $25.0 million advance with a 
maturity date of June 20, 2017.  The interest rate on this advance was 4.57%.  This advance was 
repaid by the Bank in June 2014. 

The Company prepaid a total of $80 million of its Federal Home Loan Bank advances and $50 
million of structured repurchase agreements (see Note 12) during the year ended December 31, 
2014 as part of a strategy to utilize the Bank’s liquidity and improve net interest margin.  As a 
result, the Company incurred one-time prepayment penalties totaling $7.4 million, which were 
included in other operating expenses.   

The Bank has pledged FHLB stock, investment securities and first mortgage loans free of pledges, 
liens and encumbrances as collateral for outstanding advances.  No investment securities were 
specifically pledged as collateral for advances at December 31, 2014 and 2013.  Loans with 
carrying values of approximately $1.10 billion and $878.5 million were pledged as collateral for 
outstanding advances at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  The Bank had potentially 
available $395.3 million remaining on its line of credit under a borrowing arrangement with the 
FHLB of Des Moines at December 31, 2014.   

Note 10:  Short-Term Borrowings 

Short-term borrowings at December 31, 2014 and 2013, are summarized as follows: 

Notes payable – Community Development 

Equity Funds 

Overnight borrowings from the Federal Home Loan 

Bank 

Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements 

2014 

2013 

(In Thousands) 

 $ 

1,451 

 $ 

1,128 

41,000 
168,993 

— 
134,981 

 $ 

211,444 

 $ 

136,109 

The Bank enters into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase (reverse repurchase 
agreements).  Reverse repurchase agreements are treated as financings, and the obligations to 
repurchase securities sold are reflected as a liability in the statements of financial condition.  The 
dollar amount of securities underlying the agreements remains in the asset accounts.  Securities 
underlying the agreements are being held by the Bank during the agreement period.  All 
agreements are written on a one-month or less term. 

117

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Short-term borrowings had weighted average interest rates of 0.08% and 0.04% at December 31, 
2014 and 2013, respectively.  Short-term borrowings averaged approximately $165.2 million and 
$180.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.  The maximum 
amounts outstanding at any month end were $211.4 million and $220.1 million, respectively, 
during those same periods. 

Note 11:  Federal Reserve Bank Borrowings 

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Bank had $563.2 million and $418.9 million, respectively, 
available under a line-of-credit borrowing arrangement with the Federal Reserve Bank.  The line is 
secured primarily by commercial loans.  There were no amounts borrowed under this arrangement 
at December 31, 2014 or 2013. 

Note 12:  Structured Repurchase Agreements 

In September 2008, the Company entered into a structured repurchase borrowing transaction for 
$50 million.  This borrowing bore interest at a fixed rate of 4.34%, was scheduled to mature 
September 15, 2015, and had a call provision that allowed the repurchase counterparty to call the 
borrowing quarterly.  The Company pledged investment securities to collateralize this borrowing.   

In June 2014, the Company elected to repay this structured repurchase borrowing and incurred a 
one-time prepayment penalty (see Note 9). 

Note 13:  Subordinated Debentures Issued to Capital Trusts 

In November 2006, Great Southern Capital Trust II (Trust II), a statutory trust formed by the 
Company for the purpose of issuing the securities, issued a $25.0 million aggregate liquidation 
amount of floating rate cumulative trust preferred securities.  The Trust II securities bear a floating 
distribution rate equal to 90-day LIBOR plus 1.60%.  The Trust II securities are redeemable at the 
Company’s option beginning in February 2012, and if not sooner redeemed, mature on February 1, 
2037.  The Trust II securities were sold in a private transaction exempt from registration under the 
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  The gross proceeds of the offering were used to purchase 
Junior Subordinated Debentures from the Company totaling $25.8 million and bearing an interest 
rate identical to the distribution rate on the Trust II securities.  The initial interest rate on the Trust 
II debentures was 6.98%.  The interest rate was 1.83% and 1.84% at December 31, 2014 and 2013, 
respectively.   

In July 2007, Great Southern Capital Trust III (Trust III), a statutory trust formed by the Company 
for the purpose of issuing the securities, issued a $5.0 million aggregate liquidation amount of 
floating rate cumulative trust preferred securities.  The Trust III securities bear a floating 
distribution rate equal to 90-day LIBOR plus 1.40%.  The Trust III securities are redeemable at the 
Company’s option beginning October 2012, and if not sooner redeemed, mature on October 1, 
2037.  The Trust III securities were sold in a private transaction exempt from registration under the 

118

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  The gross proceeds of the offering were used to purchase 
Junior Subordinated Debentures from the Company totaling $5.2 million and bearing an interest 
rate identical to the distribution rate on the Trust III securities.  The initial interest rate on the Trust 
III debentures was 6.76%.  The interest rate was 1.64% and 1.65% at December 31, 2014 and 
2013, respectively.   

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts are summarized 
as follows: 

2014 

2013 

(In Thousands) 

Subordinated debentures 

 $ 

30,929 

 $ 

30,929 

Note 14: 

Income Taxes 

The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return.  As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, 
retained earnings included approximately $17.5 million for which no deferred income tax liability 
had been recognized.  This amount represents an allocation of income to bad debt deductions for 
tax purposes only for tax years prior to 1988.  If the Bank were to liquidate, the entire amount 
would have to be recaptured and would create income for tax purposes only, which would be 
subject to the then-current corporate income tax rate.  The unrecorded deferred income tax liability 
on the above amount was approximately $6.5 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013. 

During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the provision for income taxes 
included these components: 

2014 

2013 
(In Thousands) 

2012 

Taxes currently payable 
Deferred income taxes 

$ 

Income taxes 
Taxes attributable to 
     discontinued operations 

Income tax expense attributable 

20,013 
(6,260) 

13,753 

— 

  $ 

17,013 
(8,839) 

  $ 

8,174 

— 

3,815 
13,252 

17,067 

(2,487) 

to continuing operations 

$ 

13,753 

$ 

8,174 

$ 

14,580 

119

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

The tax effects of temporary differences related to deferred taxes shown on the statements of 
financial condition were: 

Deferred tax assets 

Allowance for loan losses 
Interest on nonperforming loans 
Accrued expenses 
Write-down of foreclosed assets 
Other 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Tax depreciation in excess of book depreciation 
FHLB stock dividends 
Partnership tax credits 
Prepaid expenses 
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities 
Difference in basis for acquired assets and 

liabilities 

Other 

 $ 

December 31, 

2014 

2013 

(In Thousands) 

13,452 
317 
1,527 
3,970 
350 
19,616 

(6,443) 
(1,494) 
(2,176) 
(508) 
(3,895) 

(4,738) 
(236) 
(19,490) 

 $ 

14,041 
210 
599 
3,697 
— 
18,547 

(3,619) 
(1,656) 
(3,068) 
(598) 
(1,344) 

(12,049) 
(256) 
(22,590) 

Net deferred tax asset (liability) 

 $ 

126 

 $ 

(4,043) 

Reconciliations of the Company’s effective tax rates from continuing operations to the statutory 
corporate tax rates were as follows: 

Tax at statutory rate 
Nontaxable interest and 

dividends 
Tax credits 
State taxes 
Other 

2014 

  35.0% 

  (3.0) 
  (9.5) 
  1.5 
  — 

2013 

  35.0% 

  (4.6) 
 (12.5) 
  1.6 
  — 

2012 

  35.0% 

  (3.5) 
  (7.0) 
  0.5 
  (0.1) 

  24.0% 

  19.5% 

  24.9% 

The Company and its consolidated subsidiaries have not been audited recently by the Internal 
Revenue Service (IRS) or the state taxing authorities with respect to income or franchise tax 
returns, and as such, tax years through December 31, 2005, have been closed without audit.  The 
Company, through one of its subsidiaries, is a partner in two partnerships currently under IRS 
examination for 2006 and 2007.  As a result, the Company’s 2006 and subsequent tax years remain 
open for examination.  The IRS audits of the two partnerships are ongoing. The IRS has raised 

120

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

questions about the validity of the allocation of a portion of the credits by one of the partnerships. 
At this time, the Company believes that the partnership has sufficient technical support for its 
allocation position regarding these credits and that it is more likely than not these allocations will 
ultimately be sustained; therefore, a reserve for uncertain tax positions is not required. 

Note 15:  Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an 
orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  Fair value measurements 
must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.  There is a 
hierarchy of three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value: 

Level 1 

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities  

Level 2 

Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar 
assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs 
that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for 
substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities 

Level 3 

Unobservable inputs supported by little or no market activity and are significant 
to the fair value of the assets or liabilities 

121

 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Recurring Measurements 

The following table presents the fair value measurements of assets recognized in the accompanying 
balance sheets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and the level within the fair value 
hierarchy in which the fair value measurements fall at December 31, 2014 and 2013: 

Fair Value Measurements Using 

  Quoted Prices 
in Active 
Markets 
for Identical 
Assets 
(Level 1) 

Fair Value 

Other 

  Observable 

Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 
  Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

(In Thousands) 

December 31, 2014 
U.S. government agencies 
Mortgage-backed securities 
States and political subdivisions 
Equity securities  
Mortgage servicing rights 
Interest rate derivative asset 
Interest rate derivative liability 

December 31, 2013 
U.S. government agencies 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Small Business Administration loan pools 
States and political subdivisions 
Equity securities  
Mortgage servicing rights 
Interest rate derivative asset 
Interest rate derivative liability 

$ 

$ 

  $ 

  $ 

19,514 
257,798 
85,040 
3,154 
185 
2,502 
(2,187) 

17,255 
367,578 
44,855 
122,724 
2,869 
211 
2,544 
(1,613) 

  $ 

  $ 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

  $ 

  $ 

19,514 
257,798 
85,040 
3,154 
— 
— 
— 

17,255 
367,578 
44,855 
122,724 
2,869 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
185 
2,502 
(2,187) 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
211 
2,544 
(1,613) 

The following is a description of inputs and valuation methodologies used for assets recorded at 
fair value on a recurring basis and recognized in the accompanying statements of financial 
condition at December 31, 2014 and 2013, as well as the general classification of such assets 
pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.  There have been no significant changes in the valuation 
techniques during the year ended December 31, 2014.  For assets classified within Level 3 of the 
fair value hierarchy, the process used to develop the reported fair value is described below.   

122

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Available-for-Sale Securities 

Investment securities available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.  The fair 
values used by the Company are obtained from an independent pricing service, which represent 
either quoted market prices for the identical asset or fair values determined by pricing models, or 
other model-based valuation techniques, that consider observable market data, such as interest rate 
volatilities, LIBOR yield curve, credit spreads and prices from market makers and live trading 
systems.  Recurring Level 1 securities include exchange traded equity securities.  Recurring Level 
2 securities include U.S. government agency securities, mortgage-backed securities, state and 
municipal bonds and certain equity securities.  Inputs used for valuing Level 2 securities include 
observable data that may include dealer quotes, benchmark yields, market spreads, live trading 
levels and market consensus prepayment speeds, among other things.  Additional inputs include 
indicative values derived from the independent pricing service’s proprietary computerized models.  
There were no Recurring Level 3 securities at both December 31, 2014 and 2013.   

Mortgage Servicing Rights 

Mortgage servicing rights do not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices.  
Accordingly, fair value is estimated using discounted cash flow models.  Due to the nature of the 
valuation inputs, mortgage servicing rights are classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy. 

Interest Rate Derivatives 

The fair value is estimated using forward-looking interest rate curves and is calculated using 
discounted cash flows that are observable or that can be corroborated by observable market data 
and, therefore, are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. 

Level 3 Reconciliation 

The following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of recurring fair value 
measurements recognized in the accompanying statements of financial condition using significant 
unobservable (Level 3) inputs.  

 $ 

Mortgage 
Servicing 
Rights 
  (In Thousands) 
152 
239 
(180) 
211 
105 
(131) 
185 

 $ 

Balance, January 1, 2013 
Additions 
Amortization 
Balance, December 31, 2013 
Additions  
Amortization 
Balance, December 31, 2014 

123

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Balance, January 1, 2013 
Net change in fair value 
Balance, December 31, 2013 
Net change in fair value 

Balance, December 31, 2014 

Balance, January 1, 2013 
Additions  
Net change in fair value 
Balance, December 31, 2013 
Net change in fair value 

Balance, December 31, 2014 

Balance, January 1, 2013 
Net change in fair value 
Balance, December 31, 2013 
Net change in fair value 

Interest 
Rate Derivative 
Asset 
  (In Thousands) 

 $ 

2,112 
(253) 
1,859 
228 

 $ 

2,087 

Interest Rate 
Cap Derivative 
Asset 
Designated 
as Hedging 
Instrument 
(In Thousands) 

 $ 

 $ 

— 
738 
(53) 
685 
(270) 

415 

Interest 
Rate 
Derivative 
Liability 
  (In Thousands) 

 $ 

2,160 
(547) 
1,613 
574 

Balance, December 31, 2014 

 $ 

2,187 

124

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Nonrecurring Measurements 

The following tables present the fair value measurement of assets measured at fair value on a 
nonrecurring basis and the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value 
measurements fall at December 31, 2014 and 2013: 

Fair Value Measurements Using 

Quoted  
Prices 
in Active 
Markets 
for Identical 
Assets 
(Level 1) 

Fair Value 

Other 

Significant 

  Observable 

  Unobservable 

Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Inputs 
(Level 3) 

(In Thousands) 

December 31, 2014 
Impaired loans 

One- to four-family residential construction 
Subdivision construction 
Land development 
Owner occupied one- to four-family residential 
Non-owner occupied one- to four-family 

residential 

Commercial real estate 
Other residential 
Commercial business 
Consumer auto 
Consumer other 
Home equity lines of credit 
Total impaired loans 

Foreclosed assets held for sale 

December 31, 2013 
Impaired loans 

One- to four-family residential construction 
Subdivision construction 
Land development 
Owner occupied one- to four-family residential 
Non-owner occupied one- to four-family 

residential 

Commercial real estate 
Other residential 
Commercial business 
Consumer auto 
Consumer other 
Home equity lines of credit 
Total impaired loans 

Foreclosed assets held for sale 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

— 
274 
3,946 
862 

288 
5,333 
— 
320 
38 
399 
198 
11,658 

6,975 

— 
145 
1,474 
349 

388 
5,224 
1,440 
61 
19 
275 
70 
9,445 

2,169 

125

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

— 
274 
3,946 
862 

288 
5,333 
— 
320 
38 
399 
198 
11,658 

6,975 

— 
145 
1,474 
349 

388 
5,224 
1,440 
61 
19 
275 
70 
9,445 

2,169 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value on 
a nonrecurring basis and recognized in the accompanying statements of financial condition, as well 
as the general classification of such assets pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.  For assets 
classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, the process used to develop the reported fair 
value is described below.   

Loans Held for Sale 

Mortgage loans held for sale are recorded at the lower of carrying value or fair value.  The fair 
value of mortgage loans held for sale is based on what secondary markets are currently offering for 
portfolios with similar characteristics.  As such, the Company classifies mortgage loans held for 
sale as Nonrecurring Level 2.  Write-downs to fair value typically do not occur as the Company 
generally enters into commitments to sell individual mortgage loans at the time the loan is 
originated to reduce market risk.  The Company typically does not have commercial loans held for 
sale.  At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the aggregate fair value of mortgage loans held for sale 
exceeded their cost.  Accordingly, no mortgage loans held for sale were marked down and reported 
at fair value. 

Impaired Loans 

A loan is considered to be impaired when it is probable that all of the principal and interest due 
may not be collected according to its contractual terms.  Generally, when a loan is considered 
impaired, the amount of reserve required under FASB ASC 310, Receivables, is measured based 
on the fair value of the underlying collateral.  The Company makes such measurements on all 
material loans deemed impaired using the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans.  
The fair value of collateral used by the Company is determined by obtaining an observable market 
price or by obtaining an appraised value from an independent, licensed or certified appraiser, using 
observable market data.  This data includes information such as selling price of similar properties 
and capitalization rates of similar properties sold within the market, expected future cash flows or 
earnings of the subject property based on current market expectations, and other relevant factors.  
All appraised values are adjusted for market-related trends based on the Company’s experience in 
sales and other appraisals of similar property types as well as estimated selling costs.  Each quarter 
management reviews all collateral dependent impaired loans on a loan-by-loan basis to determine 
whether updated appraisals are necessary based on loan performance, collateral type and guarantor 
support.  At times, the Company measures the fair value of collateral dependent impaired loans 
using appraisals with dates prior to one year from the date of review.  These appraisals are 
discounted by applying current, observable market data about similar property types such as sales 
contracts, estimations of value by individuals familiar with the market, other appraisals, sales or 
collateral assessments based on current market activity until updated appraisals are obtained.  
Depending on the length of time since an appraisal was performed and the data provided through 
our reviews, these appraisals are typically discounted 10-40%.  The policy described above is the 
same for all types of collateral dependent impaired loans. 

126

 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

The Company records impaired loans as Nonrecurring Level 3.  If a loan’s fair value as estimated 
by the Company is less than its carrying value, the Company either records a charge-off for the 
portion of the loan that exceeds the fair value or establishes a reserve within the allowance for loan 
losses specific to the loan.  Loans for which such charge-offs or reserves were recorded during the 
years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, are shown in the table above (net of reserves).   

Foreclosed Assets Held for Sale 

Foreclosed assets held for sale are initially recorded at fair value less estimated cost to sell at the 
date of foreclosure.  Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by 
management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less estimated 
cost to sell.  Foreclosed assets held for sale are classified within Level 3 of the fair value 
hierarchy.  The foreclosed assets represented in the table above have been re-measured during the 
years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, subsequent to their initial transfer to foreclosed assets. 

The following disclosure relates to financial assets for which it is not practicable for the Company 
to estimate the fair value at December 31, 2014 and 2013. 

FDIC Indemnification Asset 

As part of certain Purchase and Assumption Agreements, the Bank and the FDIC entered into loss 
sharing agreements.  These agreements cover realized losses on loans and foreclosed real estate 
subject to certain limitations which are more fully described in Note 4. 

Under the TeamBank agreement, the FDIC agreed to reimburse the Bank for 80% of the first 
$115 million in realized losses and 95% for realized losses that exceed $115 million.  The 
indemnification asset was originally recorded at fair value on the acquisition date (March 20, 
2009) and at December 31, 2014 and 2013, the carrying value was $684,000 and $1.3 million, 
respectively.  

Under the Vantus Bank agreement, the FDIC agreed to reimburse the Bank for 80% of the first 
$102 million in realized losses and 95% for realized losses that exceed $102 million.  The 
indemnification asset was originally recorded at fair value on the acquisition date (September 4, 
2009) and at December 31, 2014 and 2013, the carrying value of the FDIC indemnification asset 
was $785,000 and $2.3 million, respectively.  

Under the Sun Security Bank agreement, the FDIC agreed to reimburse the Bank for 80% of 
realized losses.  The indemnification asset was originally recorded at fair value on the acquisition 
date (October 7, 2011) and at December 31, 2014 and 2013, the carrying value of the FDIC 
indemnification asset was $5.7 million and $10.4 million, respectively.  

Under the InterBank agreement, the FDIC agreed to reimburse the Bank for 80% of realized losses.  
The indemnification asset was originally recorded at fair value on the acquisition date (April 27, 
2012) and at December 31, 2014 and 2013, the carrying value of the FDIC indemnification asset 
was $37.2 million and $58.8 million, respectively.  

127

 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

From the dates of acquisition, each of the four agreements extends ten years for 1-4 family real 
estate loans and five years for other loans.  The loss sharing assets are measured separately from the 
loan portfolios because they are not contractually embedded in the loans and are not transferable 
with the loans should the Bank choose to dispose of them.  Fair values on the acquisition dates were 
estimated using projected cash flows available for loss sharing based on the credit adjustments 
estimated for each loan pool and the loss sharing percentages.  These cash flows were discounted to 
reflect the uncertainty of the timing and receipt of the loss sharing reimbursements from the FDIC.  
The loss sharing assets are also separately measured from the related foreclosed real estate.  
Although the assets are contractual receivables from the FDIC, they do not have effective interest 
rates.  The Bank will collect the assets over the next several years.  The amount ultimately collected 
will depend on the timing and amount of collections and charge-offs on the acquired assets covered 
by the loss sharing agreements.  While the assets were recorded at their estimated fair values on the 
acquisition dates, it is not practicable to complete fair value analyses on a quarterly or annual basis.  
Estimating the fair value of the FDIC indemnification asset would involve preparing fair value 
analyses of the entire portfolios of loans and foreclosed assets covered by the loss sharing 
agreements from all of these acquisitions on a quarterly or annual basis. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

The following methods were used to estimate the fair value of all other financial instruments 
recognized in the accompanying statements of financial condition at amounts other than fair value. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents and Federal Home Loan Bank Stock 

The carrying amount approximates fair value. 

Loans and Interest Receivable 

The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at 
which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same 
remaining maturities.  Loans with similar characteristics are aggregated for purposes of the 
calculations.  The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable approximates its fair value. 

Deposits and Accrued Interest Payable 

The fair value of demand deposits and savings accounts is the amount payable on demand at the 
reporting date, i.e., their carrying amounts.  The fair value of fixed maturity certificates of deposit 
is estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies the rates currently offered for 
deposits of similar remaining maturities.  The carrying amount of accrued interest payable 
approximates its fair value. 

128

 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances 

Rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are 
used to estimate fair value of existing advances. 

Short-Term Borrowings 

The carrying amount approximates fair value. 

Subordinated Debentures Issued to Capital Trusts 

The subordinated debentures have floating rates that reset quarterly.  The carrying amount of these 
debentures approximates their fair value. 

Structured Repurchase Agreements 

Structured repurchase agreements are collateralized borrowings from a counterparty.  In addition 
to the principal amount owed, the counterparty also determines an amount that would be owed by 
either party in the event the agreement is terminated prior to maturity by the Company.  The fair 
values of the structured repurchase agreements are estimated based on the amount the Company 
would be required to pay to terminate the agreement at the reporting date. 

Commitments to Originate Loans, Letters of Credit and Lines of Credit 

The fair value of commitments is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar 
agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present 
creditworthiness of the counterparties.  For fixed rate loan commitments, fair value also considers 
the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates.  The fair value of 
letters of credit is based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost 
to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties at the reporting date. 

The following table presents estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments.  The 
fair values of certain of these instruments were calculated by discounting expected cash flows, 
which method involves significant judgments by management and uncertainties.  Fair value is the 
estimated amount at which financial assets or liabilities could be exchanged in a current 
transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale.  Because no market 
exists for certain of these financial instruments and because management does not intend to sell 
these financial instruments, the Company does not know whether the fair values shown below 
represent values at which the respective financial instruments could be sold individually or in the 
aggregate. 

129

 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

December 31, 2014 

Carrying 
Amount 

Fair 
Value 

Hierarchy 
Level 

Carrying 
Amount 

December 31, 2013 
Fair 
Value 

Hierarchy 
Level 

Financial assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Held-to-maturity securities 
Mortgage loans held for sale 
Loans, net of allowance for loan 

losses 

Accrued interest receivable 
Investment in FHLB stock 

  $  218,647 
450 
14,579 

    $  218,647 
499 
14,579 

 3,038,848 
11,219 
16,893 

 3,047,741 
11,219 
16,893 

Financial liabilities 

Deposits 
FHLB advances 
Short-term borrowings 
Structured repurchase 

agreements 

Subordinated debentures 
Accrued interest payable 
Unrecognized financial 
instruments (net of 
contractual value) 

 2,990,840 
  271,641 
  211,444 

 2,996,226 
  273,568 
  211,444 

— 
30,929 
1,067 

— 
30,929 
1,067 

Commitments to originate loans 
Letters of credit 
Lines of credit 

— 
92 
— 

— 
92 
— 

Note 16:  Operating Leases 

1 
2 
2 

3 
3 
3 

3 
3 
3 

3 
3 
3 

3 
3 
3 

  $  227,925 
805 
7,239 

    $  227,925 
912 
7,239 

 2,439,530 
11,408 
9,822 

 2,442,917 
11,408 
9,822 

 2,808,626 
  126,757 
  136,109 

 2,813,779 
  131,281 
  136,109 

50,000 
30,929 
1,099 

53,485 
30,929 
1,099 

— 
76 
— 

— 
76 
— 

1 
2 
2 

3 
3 
3 

3 
3 
3 

3 
3 
3 

3 
3 
3 

The Company has entered into various operating leases at several of its locations.  Some of the 
leases have renewal options. 

At December 31, 2014, future minimum lease payments were as follows (in thousands): 

2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
Thereafter 

 $ 

1,042 
920 
820 
617 
422 
526 

 $ 

4,347 

Rental expense was $1.1 million, $1.0 million and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 
2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

130

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Note 17:  Derivatives and Hedging Activities 

Risk Management Objective of Using Derivatives 

The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic 
conditions.  The Company principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and 
operational risks through management of its core business activities.  The Company manages 
economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity and credit risk, primarily by managing the amount, 
sources and duration of its assets and liabilities.  In the normal course of business, the Company 
may use derivative financial instruments (primarily interest rate swaps) from time to time to assist 
in its interest rate risk management.  The Company has interest rate derivatives that result from a 
service provided to certain qualifying loan customers that are not used to manage interest rate risk 
in the Company’s assets or liabilities and are not designated in a qualifying hedging relationship.  
The Company manages a matched book with respect to its derivative instruments in order to 
minimize its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions.  In addition, the Company has 
interest rate derivatives that are designated in a qualified hedging relationship.   

Nondesignated Hedges 

The Company has interest rate swaps that are not designated in qualifying hedging relationship.  
Derivatives not designated as hedges are not speculative and result from a service the Company 
provides to certain loan customers, which the Company began offering during 2011.  The 
Company executes interest rate swaps with commercial banking customers to facilitate their 
respective risk management strategies.  Those interest rate swaps are simultaneously hedged by 
offsetting interest rate swaps that the Company executes with a third party, such that the Company 
minimizes its net risk exposure resulting from such transactions.  As the interest rate swaps 
associated with this program do not meet the strict hedge accounting requirements, changes in the 
fair value of both the customer swaps and the offsetting swaps are recognized directly in earnings.   

As part of the Valley Bank FDIC-assisted acquisition, the Company acquired seven loans with 
related interest rate swaps.  Valley’s swap program differed from the Company’s in that Valley did 
not have back to back swaps with the customer and a counterparty.  Two of the seven acquired 
loans with interest rate swaps have paid off.  The notional amount of the five remaining Valley 
swaps is $4.0 million at December 31, 2014.  As of December 31, 2014, the Company had 28 
interest rate swaps totaling $125.1 million in notional amount with commercial customers, and 28 
interest rate swaps with the same notional amount with third parties related to its program.  As of 
December 31, 2013, the Company had 24 interest rate swaps totaling $114.0 million in notional 
amount with commercial customers, and 24 interest rate swaps with the same notional amount with 
third parties related to its program.  During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the 
Company recognized a net loss of $345,000 and a net gain of $295,000, respectively, in 
noninterest income related to changes in the fair value of these swaps.   

Cash Flow Hedges 

As a strategy to maintain acceptable levels of exposure to the risk of changes in future cash flows 
due to interest rate fluctuations, the Company entered into two interest rate cap agreements for a 
portion of its floating rate debt associated with its trust preferred securities.  The agreement with a 

131

 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

notional amount of $25 million states that the Company will pay interest on its trust preferred debt 
in accordance with the original debt terms at a rate of 3-month LIBOR + 1.60%.  Should interest 
rates rise above a certain threshold, the counterparty will reimburse the Company for interest paid 
such that the Company will have an effective interest rate on that portion of its trust preferred 
securities no higher than 2.37%.  The second agreement with a notional amount of $5 million 
states that the Company will pay interest on its trust preferred debt in accordance with the original 
debt terms at a rate of 3-month LIBOR + 1.40%.  Should interest rates rise above a certain 
threshold, the counterparty will reimburse the Company for interest paid such that the Company 
will have an effective interest rate on that portion of its trust preferred securities no higher than 
2.17%.  The agreements were effective on August 1, 2013 and July 1, 2013, respectively, and have 
a term of four years.   

The effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of other 
comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which 
the hedged transaction affects earnings.  Gains and losses on the derivative representing either 
hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are 
recognized in current earnings.  During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the 
Company recognized $-0- in noninterest income related to changes in the fair value of 
these derivatives.  During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company 
recognized $19,000 and $-0-, respectively, in interest expense related to the amortization of the 
cost of these interest rate caps.  

132

 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

The table below presents the fair value of the Company’s derivative financial instruments as well 
as their classification on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition: 

Derivatives designated as  
  hedging instruments 
Interest rate caps 

Total derivatives designated 
  as hedging instruments 

Derivatives not designated  
  as hedging instruments 

Asset Derivatives 
Derivatives not designated  
  as hedging instruments 
Interest rate products 

Total derivatives not  

designated as hedging 
instruments 

Liability Derivatives 
Derivatives not designated  
  as hedging instruments 
Interest rate products 

Total derivatives not  

designated as hedging 
instruments 

Location in 
Consolidated Statements 
of Financial Condition 

Fair Value 

  December 31, 

  December 31, 

2014 

2013 

(In Thousands) 

Prepaid expenses and other assets 

  $ 

415 

  $ 

685 

  $ 

415 

  $ 

685 

Prepaid expenses and other assets 

  $ 

2,087 

  $ 

1,859 

  $ 

2,087 

  $ 

1,859 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities 

  $ 

2,187 

  $ 

1,613 

  $ 

2,187 

  $ 

1,613 

The following tables present the effect of derivative instruments on the statements of 
comprehensive income:   

Cash Flow Hedges 

Year Ended December 31 
Amount of Gain (Loss)  
Recognized in AOCI 

2014 

2013 

(In Thousands) 

Interest rate cap, net of income taxes 

$ 

(164) 

$ 

(34) 

133

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Agreements with Derivative Counterparties 

The Company has agreements with its derivative counterparties.  If the Company defaults on any 
of its indebtedness, including a default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been 
accelerated by the lender, then the Company could also be declared in default on its derivative 
obligations.  If the Bank fails to maintain its status as a well-capitalized institution, then the 
counterparty could terminate the derivative positions and the Company would be required to settle 
its obligations under the agreements.  Similarly, the Company could be required to settle its 
obligations under certain of its agreements if certain regulatory events occurred, such as the 
issuance of a formal directive, or if the Company’s credit rating is downgraded below a specified 
level. 

As of December 31, 2014, the termination value of derivatives in a net liability position, which 
included accrued interest but excluded any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these 
agreements was $2.1 million.  The Company has minimum collateral posting thresholds with its 
derivative counterparties.  At December 31, 2014, the Company’s activity with its derivative 
counterparties had met the level at which the minimum collateral posting thresholds take effect and 
the Company had posted $3.1 million of collateral to satisfy the agreement.  As of December 31, 
2013, the termination value of derivatives in a net liability position, which included accrued 
interest but excluded any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was 
$480,000.  At December 31, 2013, the Company’s activity with its derivative counterparties had 
met the level at which the minimum collateral posting thresholds take effect and the Company had 
posted $778,000 of collateral to satisfy the agreement.  If the Company had breached any of these 
provisions at December 31, 2014 and 2013, it could have been required to settle its obligations 
under the agreements at the termination value. 

134

 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Note 18:  Commitments and Credit Risk 

Commitments to Originate Loans 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation 
of any condition established in the contract.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates 
or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee.  Since a significant portion of the 
commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not 
necessarily represent future cash requirements.  The Bank evaluates each customer’s 
creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis.  The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary 
by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the 
counterparty.  Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property and 
equipment, commercial real estate and residential real estate. 

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Bank had outstanding commitments to originate loans and 
fund commercial construction loans aggregating approximately $130.0 million and $84.4 million, 
respectively.  The commitments extend over varying periods of time with the majority being 
disbursed within a 30- to 180-day period. 

Mortgage loans in the process of origination represent amounts that the Bank plans to fund within 
a normal period of 60 to 90 days, many of which are intended for sale to investors in the secondary 
market.  Total mortgage loans in the process of origination amounted to approximately $12.7 
million and $7.0 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

Letters of Credit 

Standby letters of credit are irrevocable conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee 
the performance of a customer to a third party.  Financial standby letters of credit are primarily 
issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper, bond 
financing and similar transactions.  Performance standby letters of credit are issued to guarantee 
performance of certain customers under nonfinancial contractual obligations.  The credit risk 
involved in issuing standby letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending 
loans to customers.  Fees for letters of credit issued are initially recorded by the Bank as deferred 
revenue and are included in earnings at the termination of the respective agreements.  Should the 
Bank be obligated to perform under the standby letters of credit, the Bank may seek recourse from 
the customer for reimbursement of amounts paid. 

The Company had total outstanding standby letters of credit amounting to approximately $24.2 
million and $28.4 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, with $21.7 million and 
$25.4 million, respectively, of the letters of credit having terms up to five years and $3.5 million 
and $3.0 million, respectively, of the letters of credit having terms over five years.  Of the amount 
having terms over five years, $2.5 million and $2.9 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, 
respectively, consisted of an outstanding letter of credit to guarantee the payment of principal and 
interest on a Multifamily Housing Refunding Revenue Bond Issue.   

135

 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Purchased Letters of Credit 

The Company has purchased letters of credit from the Federal Home Loan Bank as security for 
certain public deposits.  The amount of the letters of credit was $2.5 million and $14.9 million at 
December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and they expire in less than one year from issuance. 

Lines of Credit 

Lines of credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any 
condition established in the contract.  Lines of credit generally have fixed expiration dates.  Since 
a portion of the line may expire without being drawn upon, the total unused lines do not 
necessarily represent future cash requirements.  The Bank evaluates each customer’s 
creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis.  The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary 
by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the 
counterparty.  Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property and 
equipment, commercial real estate and residential real estate.  The Bank uses the same credit 
policies in granting lines of credit as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. 

At December 31, 2014, the Bank had granted unused lines of credit to borrowers aggregating 
approximately $386.4 million and $92.3 million for commercial lines and open-end consumer 
lines, respectively.  At December 31, 2013, the Bank had granted unused lines of credit to 
borrowers aggregating approximately $249.9 million and $84.0 million for commercial lines and 
open-end consumer lines, respectively.  

Credit Risk 

The Bank grants collateralized commercial, real estate and consumer loans primarily to customers 
in its market areas.  Although the Bank has a diversified portfolio, loans aggregating 
approximately $136.1 million and $130.0 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, 
are secured by motels, restaurants, recreational facilities, other commercial properties and 
residential mortgages in the Branson, Missouri, area.  Residential mortgages account for 
approximately $40.2 million and $44.8 million of this total at December 31, 2014 and 2013, 
respectively. 

In addition, loans (excluding those covered by loss sharing agreements) aggregating approximately 
$524.7 million and $428.1 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, are secured 
primarily by apartments, condominiums, residential and commercial land developments, industrial 
revenue bonds and other types of commercial properties in the St. Louis, Missouri, area. 

136

 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Note 19:  Additional Cash Flow Information 

Noncash Investing and Financing Activities 

Real estate acquired in settlement of 

loans 

Sale and financing of foreclosed assets 
Conversion of premises and equipment 

to foreclosed assets 

Dividends declared but not paid 

Additional Cash Payment Information 

Interest paid 
Income taxes paid 
Income taxes refunded 

2014 

2013 
(In Thousands) 

2012 

$19,975 
$1,805 

$202 
$2,896 

$15,833 
$8,510 
— 

$45,941 
$11,303 

$2,111 
$2,606 

$19,426 
$17,351 
— 

$82,954 
$11,855 

— 
$168 

$29,332 
$33 
$11,646 

Note 20:  Employee Benefits 

The Company participates in the Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan for Financial Institutions 
(Pentegra DB Plan), a multiemployer defined benefit pension plan covering all employees who 
have met minimum service requirements.  Effective July 1, 2006, this plan was closed to new 
participants.  Employees already in the plan continue to accrue benefits.  The Pentegra DB Plan’s 
Employer Identification Number is 13-5645888 and the Plan Number is 333.  The Company’s 
policy is to fund pension cost accrued.  Employer contributions charged to expense for the years 
ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, were approximately $731,000, $744,000 and $895,000, 
respectively.  The Company’s contributions to the Pentegra DB Plan were not more than 5% of the 
total contributions to the plan.  The funded status of the plan as of July 1, 2014 and 2013, was 
108.86% and 102.24%, respectively.  The funded status was calculated by taking the market value 
of plan assets, which reflected contributions received through June 30, 2014 and 2013, 
respectively, divided by the funding target.  No collective bargaining agreements are in place that 
require contributions to the Pentegra DB Plan.   

The Company has a defined contribution retirement plan covering substantially all employees.  
The Company matches 100% of the employee’s contribution on the first 3% of the employee’s 
compensation and also matches an additional 50% of the employee’s contribution on the next 2% 
of the employee’s compensation.  Employer contributions charged to expense for the years ended 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, were approximately $1.1 million, $870,000 and $1.2 million, 
respectively.   

137

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Note 21:  Stock Option Plan 

The Company established the 2003 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “2003 Plan”) for 
employees and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries.  Under the plan, stock options or 
other awards could be granted with respect to 598,224 shares of common stock.  On May 15, 2013, 
the Company’s stockholders approved the Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 2013 Equity Incentive 
Plan (the “2013 Plan”).  Upon the stockholders’ approval of the 2013 Plan, the Company’s 2003 
Plan was frozen.  As a result, no new stock options or other awards may be granted under the 2003 
Plan; however, existing outstanding awards under the 2003 Plan were not affected.  At 
December 31, 2014, 407,898 options were outstanding under the 2003 Plan.  

During 2013, the Company established the 2013 Plan, which provides for the grant from time to 
time to directors, emeritus directors, officers, employees and advisory directors of stock options, 
stock appreciation rights and restricted stock awards.  The number of shares of Common Stock 
available for awards under the 2013 Plan is 700,000, all of which may be utilized for stock options 
and stock appreciation rights and no more than 100,000 of which may be utilized for restricted 
stock awards.  At December 31, 2014, 253,200 options were outstanding under the 2013 Plan. 

Stock options may be either incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options, and the option 
price must be at least equal to the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.  
Options generally are granted for a 10-year term and generally become exercisable in four 
cumulative annual installments of 25% commencing two years from the date of grant.  The Stock 
Option Committee may accelerate a participant’s right to purchase shares under the plan. 

Stock awards may be granted to key officers and employees upon terms and conditions determined 
solely at the discretion of the Stock Option Committee. 

138

 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

The table below summarizes transactions under the Company’s stock option plans: 

Available to 
Grant 

  Shares Under 

Option 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 

Balance, January 1, 2012 

Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited from current plan(s) 

Balance, December 31, 2012 
Granted from 2003 plan 
Exercised 
Forfeited from terminated plan(s) 
Termination of 2003 Plan 

Available to grant from 2013 Plan 
Granted from 2013 Plan 

Balance, December 31, 2013 
Granted from 2013 Plan 
Exercised 
Forfeited from terminated plan(s) 
Forfeited from current plan(s) 

367,340 
(105,200) 
— 
64,482 

326,622 
(3,100) 
— 
46,818 
(370,340) 
— 
700,000 
(116,500) 

583,500 
(147,400) 
— 
— 
10,700 

809,053 
105,200 
(116,479) 
(64,482) 

733,292 
3,100 
(106,367) 
(46,818) 
— 
583,207 
— 
116,500 

699,707 
147,400 
(153,287) 
(22,022) 
(10,700) 

  $  

23.391 
24.759 
19.488 
23.168 

24.227 
23.957 
19.687 
27.202 

29.515 

25.597 
32.450 
27.088 
27.387 
30.204 

Balance, December 31, 2014 

446,800 

661,098 

 $ 

26.560 

The Company’s stock option grants contain terms that provide for a graded vesting schedule 
whereby portions of the options vest in increments over the requisite service period.  These options 
typically vest one-fourth at the end of years two, three, four and five from the grant date.  As 
provided for under FASB ASC 718, the Company has elected to recognize compensation expense 
for options with graded vesting schedules on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period 
for the entire option grant.  In addition, ASC 718 requires companies to recognize compensation 
expense based on the estimated number of stock options for which service is expected to be 
rendered.  Because the historical forfeitures of its share-based awards have not been material, the 
Company has not adjusted for forfeitures in its share-based compensation expensed under ASC 718. 

139

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes 
option pricing model with the following assumptions: 

December 31,  December 31,  December 31, 
2013 

2012 

2014 

Expected dividends per share 
Risk-free interest rate 
Expected life of options 
Expected volatility 
Weighted average fair value of 
options granted during year 

$0.80 
 1.40% 
5 years 
18.95% 

$0.72 
1.53% 
5 years 
24.80% 

$0.72 
0.65% 
5 years 
28.83% 

$4.20 

$5.22 

$4.55 

Expected volatilities are based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock, based on the 
monthly closing stock price.  The expected term of options granted is based on actual historical 
exercise behavior of all employees and directors and approximates the graded vesting period of the 
options.  Expected dividends are based on the annualized dividends declared at the time of the option 
grant.  The risk-free interest rate is based on the five-year treasury rate on the grant date of the options. 

The following table presents the activity related to options under all plans for the year ended 
December 31, 2014. 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

$25.597 
32.450 
27.088 
28.308 
26.560 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term 

5.93 years 

6.72 years 

Options 

699,707 
147,400 
(153,287) 
(32,722) 
661,098 

Options outstanding, January 1, 2014 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited 
Options outstanding, December 31, 2014 

Options exercisable, December 31, 2014 

271,051 

24.275 

3.90 years 

140

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, options granted were 147,400, 119,600, 
and 105,200, respectively.  The total intrinsic value (amount by which the fair value of the 
underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of an option on exercise date) of options exercised 
during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, was $932,000, $858,000 and $1.0 
million, respectively.  Cash received from the exercise of options for the years ended 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, was $2.4 million, $1.2 million and $2.3 million, respectively.  
The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from option exercises totaled $858,000, 
$764,000 and $888,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

The following table presents the activity related to nonvested options under all plans for the year 
ended December 31, 2014.   

Nonvested options, January 1, 2014 
Granted 
Vested this period 
Nonvested options forfeited 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

$24.794 
32.450 
21.932 
26.531 

Options 

339,958 
147,400 
(75,863) 
(21,448) 

Nonvested options, December 31, 2014 

390,047 

28.148 

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date 
Fair Value 

$4.768 
4.196 
5.146 
4.737 

4.480 

At December 31, 2014, there was $1.6 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to 
nonvested options granted under the Company’s plans.  This compensation cost is expected to be 
recognized through 2019, with the majority of this expense recognized in 2015 and 2016.   

The following table further summarizes information about stock options outstanding at 
December 31, 2014: 

Range of 
Exercise Prices 

$8.360 to $19.960 
$20.370 to $24.820 
$25.480 to $29.880 
$30.340 to $36.390 

Options Outstanding 
Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term 

Number 
Outstanding 

104,228 
171,189 
160,290 
225,391 

6.36 years 
6.83 years 
7.15 years 
6.49 years 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

$17.412 
23.484 
28.428 
31.799 

Options Exercisable 

Number 
Exercisable 

55,960 
82,610 
45,790 
86,691 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

$15.818 
22.624 
25.721 
30.543 

661,098 

6.72 years 

26.560 

271,051 

24.275 

141

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Note 22:  Significant Estimates and Concentrations 

Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America require disclosure of 
certain significant estimates and current vulnerabilities due to certain concentrations.  Estimates 
related to the allowance for loan losses are reflected in Note 3.  Estimates used in valuing acquired 
loans, loss sharing agreements and FDIC indemnification assets and in continuing to monitor 
related cash flows of acquired loans are discussed in Note 4.  Current vulnerabilities due to certain 
concentrations of credit risk are discussed in the footnotes on loans, deposits and on commitments 
and credit risk.  

Other significant estimates not discussed in those footnotes include valuations of foreclosed assets 
held for sale.  The carrying value of foreclosed assets reflects management’s best estimate of the 
amount to be realized from the sales of the assets.  While the estimate is generally based on a 
valuation by an independent appraiser or recent sales of similar properties, the amount that the 
Company realizes from the sales of the assets could differ materially in the near term from the 
carrying value reflected in these financial statements. 

Note 23:  Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income 

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI), included in stockholders’ 
equity, are as follows: 

2014 

2013 

(In Thousands) 

Net unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities  

  $ 

11,129 

  $ 

3,841 

Net unrealized loss on derivatives used for cash flow hedges 

Tax effect 

(304)   

10,825 

(53) 
3,788 

(3,789)   

(1,326) 

Net-of-tax amount 

  $ 

7,036 

  $ 

2,462 

142

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

The changes in AOCI by component are shown below.  Amounts reclassified from AOCI and the 
affected line items in the statements of income during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 
and 2012, were as follows:   

Amounts Reclassified 
from AOCI 

2014 

2013 
(In Thousands) 

2012 

Unrealized gains on available-

for-sale securities 

  $ 

2,139    $ 

243    $ 

2,666 

Affected Line Item in the 
Statements of Income 

Net realized gains on available-for-
sale securities (total reclassified 
amount before tax) 

Total reclassified amount before tax  

Income taxes 

(749)  

(85)  

(933)  Tax (expense) benefit 

Total reclassifications out of 

AOCI 

  $ 

1,390    $ 

158    $ 

1,733 

Note 24:  Regulatory Matters 

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by 
the federal banking agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain 
mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could 
have a direct and material effect on the Company’s financial statements.  Under capital adequacy 
guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank 
must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s and the 
Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory 
accounting practices.  The Company’s and the Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also 
subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other 
factors. 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to 
maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below as of December 31, 2014) of 
Total and Tier I Capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of 
Tier I Capital (as defined) to adjusted tangible assets (as defined).  Management believes, as of 
December 31, 2014, that the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which it was then 
subject. 

As of December 31, 2014, the most recent notification from the Bank’s regulators categorized the 
Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.  To be 
categorized as well capitalized as of December 31, 2014, the Bank must have maintained minimum 
total risk-based, Tier I risk-based and Tier 1 leverage capital ratios as set forth in the table.  There 
are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the 
Bank’s category. 

143

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

The Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following 
table.  No amount was deducted from capital for interest-rate risk. 

Actual 

Amount 

Ratio 

For Capital 
Adequacy Purposes 
Amount 

Ratio 

(Dollars In Thousands) 

To Be Well 
Capitalized Under 
Prompt Corrective 
Action Provisions 
Ratio 

Amount 

As of December 31, 2014 
Total risk-based capital 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Great Southern Bank 

$473,689 
$410,291 

14.5% 
12.6% 

  ≥ $261,062 
  ≥ $260,919 

≥  8.0% 
≥  8.0% 

N/A 
≥ $326,149 

    N/A 
  ≥  10.0% 

Tier I risk-based capital 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Great Southern Bank 

Tier I leverage capital 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Great Southern Bank 

As of December 31, 2013 
Total risk-based capital 

$435,254 
$371,856 

13.3% 
11.4% 

  ≥ $130,531 
  ≥ $130,459 

≥  4.0% 
≥  4.0% 

N/A 
≥ $195,689 

    N/A 
   ≥  6.0% 

$435,254 
$371,856 

11.1% 
9.5% 

  ≥ $156,395 
  ≥ $156,197 

≥  4.0% 
≥  4.0% 

N/A 
≥ $195,247 

    N/A 
   ≥  5.0% 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Great Southern Bank 

$436,156 
$398,292 

16.9% 
15.4% 

  ≥ $207,075 
  ≥ $206,850 

≥  8.0% 
≥  8.0% 

N/A 
≥ $258,562 

    N/A 
  ≥  10.0% 

Tier I risk-based capital 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Great Southern Bank 

Tier I leverage capital 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Great Southern Bank 

$403,705 
$365,876 

15.6% 
14.2% 

  ≥ $103,538 
  ≥ $103,425 

≥  4.0% 
≥  4.0% 

N/A 
≥ $155,137 

    N/A 
   ≥  6.0% 

$403,705 
$365,876 

11.3% 
10.2% 

  ≥ $143,057 
  ≥ $142,865 

≥  4.0% 
≥  4.0% 

N/A 
≥ $178,581 

    N/A 
   ≥  5.0% 

The Company and the Bank are subject to certain restrictions on the amount of dividends that may 
be declared without prior regulatory approval.  At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company and 
the Bank exceeded their minimum capital requirements then in effect.  The entities may not pay 
dividends which would reduce capital below the minimum requirements shown above. 

144

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Note 25:  Litigation Matters 

In the normal course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to pending and 
threatened legal actions, some of which seek substantial relief or damages.  While the ultimate 
outcome of such legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, after reviewing pending and 
threatened litigation with counsel, management believes at this time that, except as noted below, 
the outcome of such litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, 
financial condition or results of operations.   

On November 22, 2010, a suit was filed against the Bank in the Circuit Court of Greene County, 
Missouri by a customer alleging that the fees associated with the Bank’s automated overdraft 
program in connection with its debit cards and ATM cards constitute unlawful interest in violation 
of Missouri’s usury laws.  The Court has certified a class of Bank customers who have paid 
overdraft fees on their checking accounts pursuant to the Bank’s automated overdraft program. 
The Bank intends to contest this case vigorously.  At this stage of the litigation, it is not possible 
for management of the Bank to determine the probability of a material adverse outcome or 
reasonably estimate the amount of any potential loss. 

Note 26:  Summary of Unaudited Quarterly Operating Results  

Following is a summary of unaudited quarterly operating results for the years 2014, 2013 and 2012: 

2014 
Three Months Ended 

March 31 

June 30 

September 30  December 31 

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data) 

Interest income 
Interest expense 
Provision for loan losses 
Net realized gains (losses) and impairment 

 $ 

on available-for-sale securities 

Noninterest income 
Noninterest expense 
Provision (credit) for income taxes 
Net income from continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 
Net income  
Net income available to common 

shareholders 

Earnings per common share – diluted 

42,294 
4,328 
1,691 

73 
924 
25,894 
2,487 
8,818 
— 
8,818 

8,673 
0.63 

 $ 

44,384 
4,413 
1,462 

569 
10,631 
34,399 
3,687 
11,054 
— 
11,054 

10,909 
0.79 

 $ 

47,607 
3,501 
945 

321 
1,778 
29,398 
3,951 
11,590 
— 
11,590 

11,445 
0.83 

 $ 

49,077 
3,559 
53 

1,176 
1,398 
31,168 
3,628 
12,067 
— 
12,067 

11,923 
0.86 

145

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

2013 
Three Months Ended 

March 31 

June 30 

September 30  December 31 

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data) 

Interest income 
Interest expense 
Provision for loan losses 
Net realized gains (losses) and impairment 

 $ 

on available-for-sale securities 

Noninterest income 
Noninterest expense 
Provision (credit) for income taxes 
Net income from continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 
Net income  
Net income available to common 

shareholders 

Earnings per common share – diluted 

47,356 
5,224 
8,225 

34 
2,924 
25,920 
2,517 
8,394 
— 
8,394 

8,249 
0.60 

 $ 

43,481 
4,980 
3,671 

97 
2,327 
26,712 
2,221 
8,224 
— 
8,224 

8,079 
0.59 

 $ 

43,019 
4,555 
2,677 

110 
929 
26,156 
2,121 
8,439 
— 
8,439 

8,294 
0.61 

 $ 

44,939 
4,444 
2,813 

2 
(865) 
26,830 
1,315 
8,672 
— 
8,672 

8,528 
0.62 

2012 
Three Months Ended 

March 31 

June 30 

September 30  December 31 

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data) 

Interest income 
Interest expense 
Provision for loan losses 
Net realized gains (losses) and impairment 

 $ 

on available-for-sale securities 

Noninterest income 
Noninterest expense 
Provision for income taxes 
Net income from continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 
Net income  
Net income available to common 

shareholders 

Earnings per common share – diluted 

44,677 
7,904 
10,077 

28 
6,087 
24,106 
1,539 
7,138 
359 
7,497 

7,353 
0.54 

 $ 

48,221 
7,744 
17,600 

1,251 
35,848 
27,273 
9,923 
21,529 
127 
21,656 

21,512 
1.58 

 $ 

50,159 
6,904 
8,400 

507 
2,085 
27,976 
1,922 
7,042 
63 
7,105 

6,955 
0.51 

 $ 

50,451 
5,825 
7,786 

200 
1,982 
29,248 
1,196 
8,378 
4,070 
12,448 

12,278 
0.90 

146

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Note 27:  Condensed Parent Company Statements 

The condensed statements of financial condition at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and statements 
of income, comprehensive income and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 
and 2012, for the parent company, Great Southern Bancorp, Inc., were as follows: 

Statements of Financial Condition 

Assets 
Cash 
Available-for-sale securities 
Investment in subsidiary bank 
Income taxes receivable 
Prepaid expenses and other assets 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses 
Deferred income taxes 
Subordinated debentures issued to capital trust 
Preferred stock 
Common stock 
Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive gain 

December 31, 

2014 

2013 

(In Thousands) 

 $ 

 $ 

64,836 
3,154 
385,046 
— 
1,466 

38,965 
2,869 
371,590 
31 
1,752 

 $ 

454,502 

 $ 

415,207 

 $ 

 $ 

3,126 
702 
30,929 
57,943 
138 
22,345 
332,283 
7,036 

2,891 
689 
30,929 
57,943 
137 
19,567 
300,589 
2,462 

 $ 

454,502 

 $ 

415,207 

147

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Statements of Income 

Income 

Dividends from subsidiary bank 
Interest and dividend income 
Net realized gains on sales of 
available-for-sale securities 

Other income (loss) 

Expense 

Operating expenses 
Interest expense 

Income before income tax and 

equity in undistributed earnings  
of subsidiaries 

Credit for income taxes 

Income before equity in earnings 

of subsidiaries 

Equity in undistributed earnings of 

subsidiaries 

Net income 

2014 

2013 
(In Thousands) 

2012 

 $ 

36,000 
22 

 $ 

24,000 
20 

 $ 

12,000 
33 

— 
(20)   

— 
13 

280 
 (19) 

36,002 

24,033 

12,294 

1,198 
567 

1,765 

1,132 
560 

1,692 

1,297 
617 

1,914 

34,237 

(388)   

22,341 

(365)   

10,380 
(401) 

34,625 

22,706 

10,781 

8,904 

11,023 

37,925 

 $ 

43,529 

 $ 

33,729 

 $ 

48,706 

148

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Statements of Cash Flows 
Operating Activities 

Net income 
Items not requiring (providing) cash 

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary 
Compensation expense for stock option grants 
Net realized gains on sales of available-for-sale 

securities 

Amortization of interest rate derivative 

Changes in 

Prepaid expenses and other assets 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses 
Income taxes 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Investing Activities 

(Investment)/Return of principal - other investments 
Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities 
Proceeds from maturity of held-to-maturity securities 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing 

activities 

Financing Activities 

Purchase of interest rate derivative 
Purchases of the Company’s common stock 
Dividends paid 
Stock options exercised 

Net cash used in financing activities 

Increase in Cash 

Cash, Beginning of Year 

Cash, End of Year 

Additional Cash Payment Information 

Interest paid 

2014 

2013 
(In Thousands) 

2012 

 $ 

43,529 

 $ 

33,729 

 $ 

48,706 

(8,904) 
565 

— 
19 

(3) 
(67) 
43 
35,182 

20 
— 
— 

20 

— 
(512) 
(11,257) 
2,438 
(9,331) 

25,871 

38,965 

64,836 

570 

(11,023) 
443 

— 
— 

4 
(146) 
1 
23,008 

(13) 
— 
— 

(13) 

(738) 
— 
(7,964) 
1,242 
(7,460) 

15,535 

23,430 

38,965 

565 

(37,925) 
435 

(280) 
— 

(19) 
226 
10 
11,153 

49 
664 
840 

1,553 

— 
— 
(12,991) 
2,269 
(10,722) 

1,984 

21,446 

23,430 

620 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

149

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Statements of Comprehensive Income 

2014 

2013 
(In Thousands) 

2012 

Net Income 

$ 

43,529 

$ 

33,729 

$ 

48,706 

Unrealized appreciation on available-for-sale securities, 
net of taxes of $100, $302 and 195, for 2014, 2013 
and 2012, respectively 

Less: reclassification adjustment for gains included in 
net income, net of taxes of $0, $0 and $98 for 2014, 
2013 and 2012, respectively 

Change in fair value of cash flow hedge, net of taxes  
(credit) of $(88), $(19) and $0 for 2014, 2013 and  
2012, respectively 

Comprehensive income (loss) of subsidiaries 

185 

— 

(164) 

4,553 

561 

363 

— 

(182) 

(34) 

(14,715) 

— 

4,056 

Comprehensive Income 

$ 

48,103 

$ 

19,541 

$ 

52,943 

Note 28:  Preferred Stock and Common Stock Warrant 

CPP Preferred Stock and Common Stock Warrant 

On December 5, 2008, as part of the Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP) Capital Purchase 
Program of the United States Department of the Treasury (Treasury), the Company entered into a 
Letter Agreement and Securities Purchase Agreement (collectively, the “CPP Purchase 
Agreement”) with Treasury, pursuant to which the Company (i) sold to Treasury 58,000 shares of 
the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the “CPP Preferred 
Stock”), having a liquidation preference amount of $1,000 per share, for a purchase price of $58.0 
million in cash and (ii) issued to Treasury a ten-year warrant (the “Warrant”) to purchase 
909,091 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common 
Stock”), at an exercise price of $9.57 per share.  As noted below under “SBLF Preferred Stock,” 
the Company redeemed all of the CPP Preferred Stock on August 18, 2011, in connection with the 
issuance of the SBLF Preferred Stock.  The Company also repurchased the Warrant on September 
21, 2011.   

The CPP Preferred Stock and the Warrant were issued in a private placement exempt from 
registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities 
Act”).  In accordance with the CPP Purchase Agreement, the Company subsequently registered the 
CPP Preferred Stock, the Warrant and the shares of Common Stock underlying the Warrant under 
the Securities Act. 

150

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

SBLF Preferred Stock 

On August 18, 2011, the Company entered into a Small Business Lending Fund-Securities 
Purchase Agreement (the “SBLF Purchase Agreement”) with the Secretary of the Treasury, 
pursuant to which the Company sold 57,943 shares of the Company’s Senior Non-Cumulative 
Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the “SBLF Preferred Stock”) to the Secretary of the Treasury 
for a purchase price of $57.9 million.  The SBLF Preferred Stock was issued pursuant to 
Treasury’s SBLF program, a $30 billion fund established under the Small Business Jobs Act of 
2010 that was created to encourage lending to small businesses by providing Tier 1 capital to 
qualified community banks and holding companies with assets of less than $10 billion.  As 
required by the SBLF Purchase Agreement, the proceeds from the sale of the SBLF Preferred 
Stock were used in connection with the redemption of the 58,000 shares of CPP Preferred Stock, 
issued to the Treasury pursuant to the CPP, at a redemption price of $58.0 million plus the accrued 
dividends owed on the preferred shares.   

The SBLF Preferred Stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital.  The holders of SBLF Preferred Stock are 
entitled to receive noncumulative dividends, payable quarterly, on each January 1, April 1, July 1 
and October 1.  The dividend rate, as a percentage of the liquidation amount, can fluctuate between 
one percent (1%) and five percent (5%) per annum on a quarterly basis during the first 10 quarters 
during which the SBLF Preferred Stock is outstanding, based upon changes in the level of 
“Qualified Small Business Lending” or “QSBL” (as defined in the SBLF Purchase Agreement) by 
the Bank over the adjusted baseline level calculated under the terms of the SBLF Preferred Stock 
$(249.7 million).  Based upon the increase in the Bank’s level of QSBL over the adjusted baseline 
level, the dividend rate has been 1.0%.  For the tenth calendar quarter through four and one-half 
years after issuance, the dividend rate will be fixed at between one percent (1%) and seven percent 
(7%) based upon the level of qualifying loans.  The Company has now reached the tenth calendar 
quarter and the dividend rate will be 1.0% until four and one half years after the issuance, which is 
March 2016. After four and one half years from issuance, the dividend rate will increase to 9% 
(including a quarterly lending incentive fee of 0.5%). 

The SBLF Preferred Stock is nonvoting, except in limited circumstances.  In the event that the 
Company misses five dividend payments, whether or not consecutive, the holder of the SBLF 
Preferred Stock will have the right, but not the obligation, to appoint a representative as an 
observer on the Company’s Board of Directors.  In the event that the Company misses six dividend 
payments, whether or not consecutive, and if the then outstanding aggregate liquidation amount of 
the SBLF Preferred Stock is at least $25.0 million, then the holder of the SBLF Preferred Stock 
will have the right to designate two directors to the Board of Directors of the Company. 

The SBLF Preferred Stock may be redeemed at any time at the Company’s option, at a redemption 
price of 100% of the liquidation amount plus accrued but unpaid dividends to the date of 
redemption for the current period, subject to the approval of its federal banking regulator. 

151

 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Note 29:  Discontinued Operations 

Effective November 30, 2012, Great Southern Bank sold Great Southern Travel and Great 
Southern Insurance divisions.  The 2012 operations of the two divisions have been reclassified to 
include all revenues and expenses in discontinued operations.  Revenues from the two divisions, 
excluding the gain on sale, totaled $8.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, and are 
included in the income from discontinued operations.  In 2012, the Company recognized gains on 
the sales totaling $6.1 million, which are included in the income from discontinued operations. 

Note 30:  Acquisition of Certain Assets and Liabilities of Boulevard Bank 

On March 21, 2014, Great Southern Bank completed the acquisition of certain loan and depository 
accounts and two branches in Neosho, Mo., and certain loan and depository accounts in St. Louis, 
Mo., from Neosho, Mo.-based Boulevard Bank.  The fair values of the assets acquired and 
liabilities assumed in the transaction were as follows: 

March 21, 
2014 
(In Thousands) 

Assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Loans receivable, net of discount on loans purchased of $-0- 
Premises and equipment 
Accrued interest receivable 
Core deposit intangible 

Total assets acquired 

 $ 

Liabilities 

Total deposits 
Accrued interest payable 

Total liabilities assumed 

80,028 
10,940 
668 
34 
854 
92,524 

93,223 
93 
93,316 

Goodwill recognized on business acquisition 

 $ 

792 

152

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

This acquisition was determined to constitute a business acquisition in accordance with FASB 
ASC 805.  FASB ASC 805 allows a measurement period of up to one year to adjust initial fair 
value estimates as of the acquisition date.  Therefore, provisional measurements of assets acquired 
and liabilities assumed were recorded on a preliminary basis at fair value on the date of 
acquisition, March 21, 2014.  Based upon the preliminary acquisition date fair values of the net 
liabilities acquired, goodwill of $792,000 was recorded.  Details related to the purchase accounting 
adjustments are as follows: 

March 21, 
2014 
(In Thousands) 

Deposit premium per Purchase and Assumption Agreement 

 $ 

(976) 

Purchase accounting adjustments 

Deposits 

Core deposit intangible 

Goodwill recognized on business acquisition 

 $ 

(670) 
854 

792 

At December 31, 2014, the Company has finalized its initial analysis of these assets and 
liabilities without adjustments to the preliminary estimated recorded carrying values. 

Note 31:  FDIC-Assisted Acquisition of Certain Assets and Liabilities of Valley 

Bank 

On June 20, 2014, Great Southern Bank entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with 
the FDIC to purchase a substantial portion of the loans and investment securities, as well as certain 
other assets, and assume all of the deposits, as well as certain other liabilities, of Valley Bank 
(“Valley”), a full-service bank headquartered in Moline, IL, with significant operations in Iowa. 
The provisional fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction were as 
follows: 

Cash 
Due from banks 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Investment securities 
Loans receivable, net of discount on loans purchased of $30,103 
Accrued interest receivable 
Premises 
Core deposit intangible 

153

June 20, 
2014 
(In Thousands) 

 $ 

2,729 
106,680 
109,409 

88,513 
165,098 
1,004 
10,850 
2,800 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

Other assets 

Total assets acquired 

Liabilities 

Demand and savings deposits 
Time deposits 

Total deposits 

Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements with 

customers 

Accounts payable 
Accrued interest payable 
Advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance 

Total liabilities assumed 

1,060 
378,734 

186,902 
179,125 
366,027 

567 
561 
182 
592 
367,929 

Gain recognized on business acquisition 

 $ 

10,805 

Under the terms of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, the FDIC agreed to transfer net assets 
to Great Southern at a discount of $37.5 million to compensate Great Southern for estimated losses 
related to the loans acquired. No premium was paid to the FDIC for the deposits, resulting in a net 
purchase discount of $37.5 million. Details related to the transfer are as follows: 

Net liabilities as determined by the FDIC 
Cash transferred by the FDIC 

Discount per Purchase and Assumption Agreement 

Purchase accounting adjustments 

Loans 
Deposits 
Investments 

Core deposit intangible 

June 20, 
2014 
(In Thousands) 

 $ 

(21,897) 
59,394 
37,497 

(28,088) 
(399) 
(1,005) 
2,800 

Gain recognized on business acquisition 

 $ 

10,805 

The acquisition of the net assets of Valley was determined to constitute a business acquisition in 
accordance with FASB ASC 805. FASB ASC 805 allows a measurement period of up to one year 
to adjust initial fair value estimates as of the acquisition date. Therefore, provisional measurements 
of assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded on a preliminary basis at fair value on the 
date of acquisition. Based upon the preliminary acquisition date fair values of the net assets 
acquired, no goodwill was recorded. The transaction resulted in a preliminary bargain purchase 
gain of $10.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2014. The transaction also resulted in the 
recording of a deferred tax liability in the initial amount of $3.6 million. 

154

 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 

The carrying amount of assets related to the Valley Bank transaction at June 20, 2014 (the 
acquisition date), consisted of impaired loans required to be accounted for in accordance with 
FASB ASC 310-30 and other loans not subject to the specific criteria of FASB ASC 310-30, but 
accounted for under the guidance of FASB ASC 310-30 (FASB ASC 310-30 by Policy Loans) as 
shown in the following table: 

FASB 
ASC 
310-30 
Loans 

FASB ASC 
310-30 
by Policy 
Loans 

(In Thousands) 

Total 

Loans 

  $ 

3,920 

  $ 

161,178    $ 

165,098 

On the acquisition date, the preliminary estimate of the contractually required payments receivable 
for all FASB ASC 310-30 loans acquired was $5.7 million, the cash flows expected to be collected 
were $4.0 million including interest, and the estimated fair value of the loans was $3.9 million. 
These amounts were determined based upon the estimated remaining life of the underlying loans, 
which include the effects of estimated prepayments. At June 20, 2014, a majority of these loans 
were valued based on the liquidation value of the underlying collateral, because the expected cash 
flows were primarily based on the liquidation of underlying collateral and the timing and amount 
of the cash flows could not be reasonably estimated. 

On the acquisition date, the preliminary estimate of the contractually required payments receivable 
for all FASB ASC 310-30 by Policy Loans acquired in the acquisition was $187.4 million, of 
which $28.4 million of cash flows were not expected to be collected, and the estimated fair value 
of the loans was $161.2 million. A majority of these loans were valued as of their acquisition dates 
based on the liquidation value of the underlying collateral, because the expected cash flows were 
primarily based on the liquidation of underlying collateral and the timing and amount of the cash 
flows could not be reasonably estimated. 

At December 31, 2014, the Company has finalized its initial analysis of these assets and liabilities 
without adjustments to the preliminary estimated recorded carrying values. 

The amount of the estimated cash flows expected to be received from the acquired loan pools in 
excess of the fair values recorded for the loan pools is referred to as the accretable yield. The 
accretable yield is recognized as interest income over the estimated lives of the loans. The initial 
accretable yield recorded for Valley was $23.0 million. 

155

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
156

greatsouthernbank.com